BY THE SAME AUTHOR.
AN INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL ECONOMY, - - - - $1 00
THE LABOR MOVEMENT IN AMERICA, - - - - - 1 50
TAXATION IN AMERICAN STATES AND CITIES, - - - - 1 75
PROBLEMS OF TO-DAY, - ______ 150
SOCIAL ASPECTS OF CHRISTIANITY, ____-„ 90
FRENCH AND GERMAN SOCIALISM IN MODERN TIMES, - 75
Gbautauqua IReaDing Circle literature
OUTLINES
OF ECONOMICS
BY
RICHARD T. ELY, PH.D., LL.D.
Professor of Political Economy mid Director of the School of Economics,
Political Science, and History in the University of
Wisconsin, Madison, H'w.
FLOOD AND VINCENT
Cbc (jiEbautauqua^enturin preprf
MEADVILLE PENNA
150 FIFTH AVE. NEW YORK
1893
Copyright, 1893, by
HUNT & EATON
NEW YORK.
Composition, Eloctrotyping, and Printing by
HUNT & EATON,
ISO Fifth Avenue, New York.
PREFACE.
WHEN I began the present work I asked the assistance of
Mr. H. II. Powers, then of the graduate department of the
University of Wisconsin, and now professor-elect of Political
Economy in Smith College, Northampton, Mass. I antici-
pated help which could be passed over with little more than
mere mention in the preface, but the aid received is so great
that it becomes both my duty and pleasure to make particular
acknowledgment of it and to state frankly that this book is
a joint product. While I am primarily responsible for the
whole, as according to agreement I have freely rejected,
qualified, or accepted what has been done by Mr. Powers, it
should be known that much credit is due to my fellow- worker
for whatever success the book achieves.
Mr. M. B. Hammond has rendered efficient assistance in
the collection and critical examination of statistics, and Mr.
J. W. Crook has read the proofs of the book and offered
useful suggestions from time to time. I am also indebted to
Mr. David Kinley for helpful suggestions. All of these
gentlemen are connected with the graduate department of
Economics in the University of Wisconsin, and I wish to
express to them my thanks for their aid. Professors Turner
and Haskins, of the same institution, have read the earlier
chapters in the book, and I have to thank them for helpful
criticism.
The present book was begun as a revision of my Introduc-
22O5121
vi PREFACE.
tion to Political Economy, but it has become practically a
new book, and the publishers will retain the older work on
the market. This newer work is more theoretical, and perhaps
naturally follows the earlier one. The Introduction to Polit-
ical Economy, which has been used in many schools and
colleges, gives large scope to a teacher to develop his own
line of thought, and may still be preferred by some who have
become accustomed to it. In any future revision of the two
books an effort will be made to develop still further the
peculiar characteristics of each; the aim of the Introduction
being to furnish chiefly historical and descriptive material;
the aim of the Outlines being to give a systematic sketch of
theory.
The limits set for the present work have made it impos-
sible to include a discussion of State revenues and taxation,
as well as much other matter necessary to fit the book for
school and college use. The matter thus excluded will be
included in a larger edition issued simultaneously with this
and designed especially for college classes.
MADISON, Wis., June, 1893. RICHARD T. ELY.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
BOOK I.
HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION.
CHAPTER I. PAGB
THE ECONOMIC LIFE or UNCIVILIZED MAN 3
CHAPTER II.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF SEMICIVILIZED MAN 7
CHAPTER III.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — FIRST STAGE 14
CHAPTER IV.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — SECOND STAGE 18
CHAPTER V.
THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART 1 26
CHAPTER VI.
THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PABT II 34
CHAPTER VII.
THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART III 42
CHAPTER VIII.
REMARKS ON THE ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 54
CHAPTER IX.
TENDENCIES TO REACTION AGAINST A PASSIVE POLICY OF GOVERNMENT
IN THE UNITED STATES . . 64
viii CONTENTS.
CHAPTER X. PAGE
THE NATURE OP THE SUBJECT OP ECONOMIC STUDY 72
CHAPTKR XI.
DEFINITION OP ECONOMICS AND ITS RELATION TO THE OTHER SOCIAL
SCIENCES. . , .... 81
BOOK II.
PRIVATE ECONOMICS.
PART I.
PRODUCTION.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.. 89
CHAPTER II.
THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION 99
CHAPTER III.
ORGANIZATION OP THE PRODUCTIVE FACTORS Ill
PART II.
TRANSFERS OF GOODS.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY 118
CHAPTER II.
THE ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE. . . 127
CONTENTS. ix
CHAPTER III. PAGE
MONEY AND rrs VARIETIES 140
CHAPTER IV.
CHANGES IN THE AMOUNT OF MONEY — BIMETALLISM 150
CHAPTER V.
CREDIT AND THE MECHANISM OF CREDIT 157
PART III.
DISTRIBUTION.
CHAPTER I.
DEFINITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AND RENT 166
CHAPTER II.
KENT WITH AND WITHOUT FREE LAND. . ..... .173
CHAPTER III.
WAGES 180
CHAPTER IV.
THE LABOR MOVEMENT 187
CHAPTER V.
PROFIT SHARING AND COOPERATION 199
CHAPTER VI.
INTEREST AND PROFITS ». 209
PART IV.
CONSUMPTION.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY 219
CHAPTER II.
CONSUMPTION AND SAVING ... 224
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER III. PAGE
LUXURY 230
CHAPTER IV.
TI ARMFUL CONSUMPTION 236
CHAPTER V.
CRISES AND ANALYSIS OP CONSUMPTION , . 242
BOOK III.
PUBLIC ECONOMICS.
PART I.
PUBLIC INDUSTRY AND THE RELATION OF THE STATE TO
PRIVATE ENTERPRISE.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY 249
CHAPTER II.
FUNDAMENTALS — THE RIGHT OP PRIVATE PROPERTY 257
CHAPTER III.
FUNDAMENTALS — GUARANTEED PRIVILEGES 265
CHAPTER IV.
STATE PARTICIPATION IN INDUSTRY 271
CHAPTER V.
STATE REGULATION OP INDUSTRY 279
CHAPTER VI.
STATE REGULATION OP INDUSTRY BY POSITIVE STATUTE. . . 287
CONTENTS. xi
CHAPTER— VII. PAGE
STATE MANAGEMENT OP INDUSTRY 295
CHAPTER VIII.
SOCIALISM. . . 308
PART II.
STATE EXPENDITURE.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY 316
CHAPTER II.
EXPENDITURES FOR SECURITY 324
CHAPTER III.
EXPENDITURES FOR THE POOR AND UNFORTUNATE 329
CHAPTER IV.
EXPENDITURE FOR EDUCATION 336
CHAPTER V.
EXPENDITURE FOB COMMERCE, DIPLOMACY, AND GOVERNMENT 343
BOOK I.
HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION.
'
->^>e.
<77^^
/
CHAPTER I.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF UNCIVILIZED MAN.
WITHOUT troubling ourselves at present about exact defi-
nitions, let us notice what kind of history we have before
us. The history of literature, the history of government,
the history of religion, and many others, all have one thing
in common: they are all of them histories of man. They
each treat of man, however, in one line of his activities. So
with economic history. Its subject is man, but it deals pri-
marily not with his thought or his government or his wor-
ship, but with his efforts to get a living. If any one is
tempted to think this a narrow subject he should remember
that it means more than bread and butter. Literature,
science, art, religion, government, all require, not only bread
and butter for those employed in them, but books and papers
and laboratories and art galleries and churches and court-
houses— all of them a part of man's " living." It is plain
that every kind of activity depends on material things to
some extent. So this subject of ours — man in his effort to
acquire and to use material things to satisfy his wants, or, in
other words, to get a living — is of interest to everybody and
to every kind of human effort.
The various ways of getting things may be roughly re-
duced to two: one must find things, or else one must make
them. Of course these two ways shade into each other, but
they are sufficiently distinct for our purpose. Uncivilized
man finds things; civilized man makes things. Indeed,
material civilization consists largely in wanting many things
and in learning how to make and to use them.
The Hunting and Fishing Stage. — The first want is
food, and the primitive man, who has not learned to make
4 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
or " raise " it, must depend upon what he can find. Wild
berries and roots will count for something, but plainly not
for much. He must live principally on game and fish. It
has been suggested that as man has to fight many animals to
keep them from eating him he naturally eats them when he
kills them in the fight. This would hardly seem to be a sat-
isfactory account of the origin of the use of animal food, for
as a rule the animals dangerous to man are not those he eats,
but it is possible that the attacks of wild animals may have
helped to accustom man to slaughter animals generally, and
this may have rendered it easier to kill even men. Hunting
is the first thing in which man learns skill.
Another thing that sometimes arises at this early stage is
cannibalism. Cannibals are not simply very wicked men,
but men who are very ignorant and very hungry. Inasmuch
as they do not know enough to help Mother Nature to raise
food she furnishes very little. A tribe of hunting savages
is said to require fifty thousand acres per person to live on.
Now, as we know, the human race tends to multiply rapidly.
Hence they live continually on the verge of starvation. If
we remember that even civilized peoples are guilty of occa-
sional cannibalism in times of famine we shall not be sur-
prised that uncivilized man should be guilty of it frequently
when he has to choose between that and starvation. The
subject of cannibalism is one which does not appear to have
been sufficiently investigated, but the practice is often con-
nected with war and religious rites. If begun as a result of
hunger it would seem not unnatural that it should be con-
tinued for other reasons by an ignorant and degraded tribe.
However, we must not suppose that the lowest savages
ever killed and ate one another indiscriminately. No body
of men ever existed on the basis of " every man for him-
self." In the lowest stages men respected family ties, and
these in a larger and larger circle, till a tribe was the result.
Within the tribe men were brothers who shared what they
had with each other. Outsiders were enemies, to be robbed,
killed, or eaten as the circumstances might require.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF UNCIVILIZED MAN. 5
Let us notice very carefully this fact which we find at the
very bottom of human life, in the lowest tribes of which we
know anything. Man never leaves all his fellows to their
fate. Even while as yet he is little more than an animal he
begins to be a moral animal, setting bounds to his own lib-
erty and imposing upon himself certain duties. Of course
his morals are crude and his circle of brotherhood narrow,
but they are facts. We have said that material civilization
consists in wanting many things and in learning how to
make and to use them. Moral civilization consists in per-
j'«-tii«j tin; ilnt'n'S and enlarging the circle of brotherhood.
From the beginning until now man has divided his fellows
into those who were to be fed and those who were, figura-
tively at least, to be eaten, and his progress is measured by
the proportion between the two.
What has been said of hunting tribes applies with slight
changes to fishing tribes. The difference of occupation is
due to location. On the whole, however, fishing requires
more skill and more tools than hunting, and so these tribes
are as a rule slightly more advanced, and they are more
likely to advance to a higher stage in a near future. But
primitive fishing, like hunting, is a precarious means of get-
ting a living, and leaves those who follow it in a low social
condition. Of course there is little buying and selling under
such circumstances.*
So long as man depends for his living upon what Nature
furnishes of her own accord population is thin, poverty ex-
treme, starvation frequent, and war and cannibalism a natural
outcome between the small and scattered tribes. To be rich,
man must learn to want and learn to make; to be strong and
safe, he must learn the meaning and extent of brotherhood.
\\ e shall see as Ave go on how impossible it is either to de-
velop or to study these things separately.
* There is said to be little buying and selling to-day among the inhabit-
ants of Iceland, because nearly all produce substantially the same things.
2
OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Economic history is tlie history of man in his efforts to get a living;
that is, to gel the things needed in all his activities.
2. He may find things or make them; uncivilized man finds things; civ-
ilized man makes them.
3. Material civilization consists in the making and using of things; moral
civilization in the development of brotherhood.
4. Uncirilized man fi.-hes and hunts. Scarciiy of food makes him a
fighter and sometimes a cannibal.
5. Even the savage is a moral animal, and limits his depredations by self-
imposed duties.
QUESTIONS.
1. How much is included under the term "living?" What are the
economic elements in religions work? in education? in government?
2. What two ways are there of getting things? In which way can man
get more ?
3. What is civilization? What two kinds and the difference between
them ? What are the advantages of material civilization?
4. What is the cause of cannibalism? its limits? its cure?
5. Ts moral civilization dependent on material civilization? If so, how?
-7
LITERATURE.
English works bearing upon the economic aspect of the developments of
civilization are inadequate. The following may be read w iih profit:
Lubbock, Sir John: Prehistoric Times, particularly the last chapter; also,
Origin of Civilization and Primitive Condition of M<m.
Wilson, Dr. Daniel : Prehistoric Man, dealing chiefly with natives of
America.
Morgan, L. H. : Ancient Society.
Tylor, E. B. : Anthropology.
Drnmmond, Henry: Tropical Africa, especially chapter iii.
Stanley, Henry M. : In Darkest Africa.
Gomnie, G. L. : The Village Community.
Reports of the Bureau of Ethnology connected with the Smithsonian In-
slit ution. Washington.
CHAPTER II.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF SEMICIVILIZED MAN.
BETWEEN the uncivilized man, who uses what he can find,
and the civilized man, who makes what he wants, there is a
middle ground. The man of this period neither depends on
what he finds nor yet makes things to any great extent, but
he "raises" his living ; in other words, to a limited extent
he has learned to give direction to the forces of nature. He
lias learned to produce, but he lives on " raw materials," not
knowing how to work them up. Man very soon makes a few
simple tools like bows and arrows and the early stone imple-
ments, as knives, hatchets, and arrowheads; but with this
exception it is worthy of note that as man begins to subdue
nature he begins not with dead nature, but with living na-
ture; he uses not metals, but animals and plants, and learns
to increase their amount. Moreover, of these two kinds of
living things, he first subdues the higher life, that most like
his own, and not until long after learns to control plant life
for his uses.
The Pastoral Stage. — Man may have tamed dogs for
hunting and sometimes horses while still in the hunting stage,
but the pastoral stage begins with an extensive pasturing of
animals for food and clothing. Man no longer depends upon
hunting; but having learned that if he is to have animals in
plenty he must take care of them, not simply kill them, he
gains their confidence and now has flocks and herds. Some
marked features of the preceding stage still continue. While
man now lives upon his flocks the gi'asses and plants upon
which they feed are still left to themselves ; the flocks still
live on what they can find. So, while man no longer needs
in wander in search of food for himself, he must do so for
8 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
his flocks. Cities are, therefore, still impossible. Moreover,
while the land will now support many more inhabitants than
before, much land is still needed to pasture the flocks, and
as the tribes or families roam about at will they frequently
come into collision and fight over desirable pastures. Thus
war continues, keeping down the population, but with one
important change. Cannibalism ceases. For a long time
the victims of war continue to be slaughtered, but men with
flocks at their disposal do not feed upon human flesh. Doubt-
less even this is an advance toward brotherhood, for it re-
moves one inducement to war and so paves the way for its
final abandonment. Then, too, men very slowly begin to see
that war is disastrous, scattering their flocks and destroying
their wealth. Thus it is clear that on the whole property
tends to make men more humane, although this tendency
may be one working within comparatively narrow limits.
War becomes somewhat more difficult when men have prop-
erty to lose, although the pursuit of wealth has itself been
the cause of many wars.
The history of Abraham gives us examples of pastoral
society and warfare, also of the peaceful settlement of diffi-
culties between Abraham and Lot. Evidently these men are
afraid that war will result in their mutual impoverishment.
Still it is worthy of note that they were kinsmen, and perhaps
would not have made this arrangement but for the feeling,
known from the first, that kinsmen must not make war upon
each other. War still remains common — due, as we have
said, to overcrowding, to the wandering habit of the peo-
ple, and to human passions of all kinds. It is in this stage
that those great migrations occur, so unlike anything we
now know, whole tribes leaving their country and seeking
a new one, dri\ ing out the former inhabitants before them.
Many individuals do the same thing to-day; but who ever
heard of a whole city, still less a whole country, being aban-
doned in our day by its inhabitants? That happens only
in this early stage, while as yet men are used to a wander-
ing life.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF SEMICIVILIZED MAN. 9
It follows from what we have said that there is very little
ownership of land at this time. Tribes as a whole lay claim
to certain districts and try to keep other tribes from pastur-
ing on them. But individuals own either no land or very little,
and it is doubtful whether even the tribe would claim any-
thing quite like ownership in our sense so long as land is
used only for pasturage. The notion of ownership develops
as land becomes more useful.
In this stage there are frequently great accumulations of
wealth, such as it is. It consists mostly of great flocks, and
gold, silver, and precious stones, which early appeal to the
barbarian taste for showy ornament. Wealth produces, as
everywhere, extremes of condition, the rich and poor being
sharply contrasted with each other. But this early wealth
does not produce commerce to any considerable extent. The
reason is plain. In order to have trade we must not only
have wealth, but diversity of wealth. There is in general
veiy little reason why men should exchange one ox for
another, and as this is about all the primitive " cattle king "
can do, trade does not develop. Of course there is some lit-
tle exchange besides this. The precious metals are obtained
in this way by the wealthy, and linely woven fabrics may be
procured from a wandering merchant.
The Agricultural Stage. — Man's next accomplishment
is of immense importance. He has learned to manage ani-
mals to his advantage ; he now learns to manage plants and
" raise " them at will. The effect is almost incalculable.
The first result is to increase population immensely. The
soil which formerly maintained a handful of herdsmen with
their scattered sheep now supports a whole community. The
second result is even more important. Men cease to roam
about and settle in one place. Now, nothing is more neces-
sary for human development than that men should live in
definite places and have homes and a country. This results
at once in new relations between men, new duties, new arts,
and new possibilities. A man never accomplishes much in
this or any other age till he settles in a definite territory ;
10 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
and in the slow development of the race the taking up of
agriculture was a decided advance.*
A third result which came naturally though gradually was
the private ownership of land. The cultivation of the soil
required a good deal of detailed personal attention, and some
sort of a division was necessary in this work. We must not
suppose, however, that this first parceling out of the soil re-
sulted immediately in private ownership. The tribe still
owned the land, and the division was only a temporary one
for purposes of convenience. Strangely enough, the first
owners of the soil were in many countries not the cultivators,
but the chieftains of the tribes, an ownership which became
very important in its later consequences, as we shall see.
But the most important characteristic of this period is
slavery. Men now cease to kill their prisoners of war, but
make them slaves instead. Slavery begins long before agri-
culture, but it now attains its full magnitude as an institution.
It is hard work to till the soil, and men, especially primitive
men, are not fond of hard work. So they save the lives of
their prisoners in order themselves to be spared the neces-
sity of work. This is a poor reason for becoming humane,
perhaps, but it is well to become humane even for a poor
reason. There have been many discussions as to whether
slavery is right or wrong. It is both. There is a time in
human development when slavery represents a step in human
progress, the best and longest that men are able then to take.
Such a step is always right. It is wrong when men have
learned how to do better. The slavery of the early period
we are now considering was not only inevitable, but, inns-
much as slaves, like other property, were seldom bought and
sold, it was very mild. The existence of a large slave popu-
lation, however, which can be kept regularly at work greatly
* The Book of Job gives us a fine picture of an early agricultural stage.
The plow was in use, but wealth was estimated in "live stock." His "sub-
stance was seven thousand sheep, and three thousand camels, and five hun-
dred yoke of oxen, and five hundred she asses, and a very great household;
so that this man was the greatest of all the men of the east."
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF SEMICIVILIZED MAN. 11
increases the wealth of society. We now know that free
labor is better than slave labor, especially in the later stages
of industrial development; but, inasmuch as primitive man
is with difficulty induced to work at all, slave labor is a great
improvement on free idleness. Of course all that we have
said is subject to many exceptions, for as men develop they
become more diverse. Among some peoples slavery never
became an important institution, while in others it was highly
developed, affecting their entire social life.
With every increase of wealth the tendency to trade in-
creases, but as yet the occasion for it is comparatively slight,
for men's wants and wealth aixi still much the same every-
where. Fixed residence develops village communities — not
cities; these have a different origin — and these have little to
gain by trading with others like themselves. Such trade is
usually by barter; that is, goods are exchanged for goods, not
for money. Money does not at this time perform important
functions in the life of every day.
But we must notice the change or enlargement in men's
ideas during this period. This we shall find in their laws
and customs; the Mosaic code is our best example, as it was
designed to govern a people in the pastoral and agricultural
stages. Before this time there were numerous customs reg-
ulating life, and there may have been such a thing as even
the tyranny of custom, but we are struck with the immense
increase of duties and restrictions which are now recognized.
With fixed residence has come the State, with its institutions
of justice, guidance, and protection, its numerous thou shalts
and thou shalt nots. At every turn we see that men may not do
as they please, but that they arc restricted, or perhaps, rather,
have restricted themselves for their own good. Why all this,
when we saw comparatively little of it before ? Simply be-
cause men are now become permanent neighbors, and they
have need of an understanding on many points to keep from
trespassing on each other's liberty. If men are to live close
together and accumulate property and enjoy it in peace
there must be general agreement among the many and vig-
12 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
orous compulsion for the few on many points. And so again
interests of property and person lead men to recognize du-
ties and establish laws which they learn to obey later as a
matter of sacred honor, even though it cost them life and
property to do so. It is noteworthy, however, that these
duties and laws are chiefly recognized at home. Beyond the
boundaries of the tribe or nation these duties are scarcely
held to be binding at all. In the early German communi-
ties, when the scattered tribes were still small and separated
by unoccupied land, each tribe lived in relations of brother-
hood within itself, property being common and mutual
rights closely guarded. But between different tribes no rules
held. "When they met on the neutral ground or Mark, as it
was called, to trade, all kinds of sharp practice were deemed
admissible. Things not to be thought of at home were here
unquestioned. This Mark and the trading that took place
in it suggest our modern market, and even if the word
market is not derived from the word Mark, as their simi-
larity would indicate, it probably gets some of its practices
from the trading in this neutral ground. Thus we still see
the division with which we are already familiar into those
who are protected from man's rapacity by moral restrictions
and those who are not.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF SEMICIVILIZED MAN. 13
SUMMARY.
1. Between the finding of things, which is savagery, and the making of
things, which is civilization, comes a period of " raising " things, or semi-
civilix.ation.
2. The domestication of animals assures subsistence, helps to stop canni-
balism, introduces slavery, checks war, and creates wealth.
3. The cultivation of the soil fixes residence, extends law and custom,
and develops tribal ownership of land.
4. Barter trade begins with a different code of law, and honor for neighbors
and strangers, much to the disadvantage of the latter.
QUESTIONS.
1. \Vhatpartofnaturedoesmansubduefirst? Why?
2. Why does the hunter not accumulate wealth? Why does he not own
land? Why does the shepherd not own land? What advantage has the
shepherd o"er the hunter?
3. What influence has agriculture on wealth, and why? on slavery? on
law? on moral civilization?
4. What was the Mark? its code of honor? How much does this code
correspond with our present market code?
LITERATURE.
Maine, Sir Henry: Ancient Law; Village Communities in the East and
West; Early History of Institutions; Early Law and Custom; especially
chapter viii in the last work. These four works are standard.
Seebohm, F. : The English Village Community.
Allen, W. F. : MonograpJis and Essays.
Wallace, Mackenzie : Russia, contains a popular account of Russian com-
munities.
Stepniak: Russia Under the Tsars, contains a clear account of the Russian
village community, the Mir. A cheap edition is published in Harper's
Franklin Square Library,
NOTE.— The works enumerated at the end of these chapters often bear upon the sub-
jects of other chapters as well, but to save space we shall mention works but once,
except in cases of special Importance. No attempt is made to make the enumeration
a complete bibliography.
CHAPTER III.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN— FIRST STAGE.
IT must not be supposed that these periods are sharply
defined in date or character. They shade into one another
gradually, and come at very different times for different
peoples. But, nevertheless, most peoples pass through these
stages, and at any particular time a given kind of economic
life will be found to be dominant among a given people.
We have said that civilization begins with making things,
or, if we prefer a longer word, manufacture. This is of two
kinds, hand manufacture and power manufacture. It is with
hand manufacture that we now have to deal.
The Trades and Commerce Stage. — Though this stage
is characterized by the development of trades and commerce,
as the name implies, the real cause of this is manufacture.
Men learn to weave fabrics and fashion things in wood,
metal, etc., and use dead as well as living nature. The re-
sults of this arc:
1. Trades. To make anything well requires so much skill
that a man needs all his time at it. The man who makes
only one thing makes it better than he who makes many
things. So labor learns to specialize, as we say, and we have
division of labor or trades, such as blacksmiths, shoemakers,
weavers, dyers, etc.
2. Commerce. We have seen that there was little com-
merce so long as everybody was engaged in one business —
the raising of animals and grain — because each had nearly
all the kinds of wealth which any one else had to sell him.
But, plainly, when men learn trades and each makes only
one kind of an article, he will neither want all the things he
* O
makes nor make all the things he wants. He must trade.
ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — FIKST STAGE. 15
And so wherever manufacture develops we find trade grow-
ing up as a necessity. For convenience' sake some men
spend all their time in exchanging goods which other men
make, and so save them time and trouble. Different coun-
tries have different trades, and merchants find it convenient
to make exchanges between them.
3. Money. Plainly, such a general system of exchange
cannot be carried on by barter. The shoemaker who needs
bread cannot wait till he finds a baker who needs shoes and
make a trade with him. Under such a system everybody
would be poor for the lack of the things that everybody else-
was anxious to furnish. They would simply fail to make
necessary exchanges. In order to effect exchanges easily we
must have some common article for which we can exchange
everything. This was early felt, and yet it has proved one
of the most difficult of all problems to find precisely the
right thing and just enough of it. Many things have been
tried: near the times of barter, skins, shells, cattle, etc. ;
then iron, copper, bronze, silver, and gold. Silver and gold,
which still constitute the world's universal money, came
fully into use during this period, and money becomes in-
creasingly important.
4. Cities. We have seen the tendency of those emploj'ed
in agriculture to form small village communities. These
existed in early times for reasons of protection, coopera-
tion, and sociability, but they could not become large
because agriculture required the population to be scat-
tered. Manufacture requires precisely the opposite. If
people are to live by trades and exchanging each other's
goods they must be near together for convenience' sake. So
cities situated according to the convenience of commerce
develop wherever men learn to manufacture. Except in case
of rare combinations of political forces, cities not only do
not, but they cannot, grow up until men learn to manufac-
ture ; for if they only knew herding and agriculture the in-
habitants would perish for lack of employment where there
was no land for cultivation or pasture. So, wherever we
16 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
find the remains of a city, we may conclude that the people
had learned manufacture and commerce and passed into the
stage of economic civilization.
5. The Guild System. New forces introduced into society
do not take care of themselves. So the trades had to organ-
ize in order to reduce their business to some kind of order.
Each trade had its guild, which specified in detail how the
business should be carried on, how many should be admitted
to it, and how the trade should be learned. Where, as was
usual, the guilds controlled the cities their rules were early
sanctioned by law.
6. Political Freedom. The agricultural stage had in the
o o
greater part of Europe culminated in the feudal system.
The feudal lord occupied a commanding position, like that
held by the patriarch in an earlier state, and he owned the
land occupied by the tribe, and the tillers of the soil had
become serfs; that is, while they could not be sold they
were obliged to stay on their lord's domains and work for
him lor such pay as he chose to give them or such remunera-
tion as might be established by custom and public opinion,
especially as manifested through the Church. The manu-
facturing cities were the natural rivals of these great feudal
estates. The lords felt their power threatened and bitterly
opposed the cities. And so there were wars and alliances
and treaties until finally the cities conquered, as they were
bound to do in the end. These cities were free, and serfs
who fled to them were accepted and made freemen. Thus
feudalism began to perish, and, slavery and serfdom grad-
ually disappearing, another step was taken toward liberty and
humanity by man's progress in learning to get his living.
ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — FIRST STAGE. 17
SUMMARY.
1. Economic civilization begins with in;iiuif;icturc, at first by hand.
2. The result is the learning of trades and the development of exchange
and commerce.
3. Money is devised to facilitate exchange.
4. Trades organize into guilds, and commerce develops cities which be-
come free and destroy the feudal system after bluer opposition.
QUESTIONS.
1. Why does manufacture necessarily lead to commerce?
2. What is the difference between barter and money exchange ? What
things have been used as money ? Why did people choose such things?
3. Why could not agriculture alone develop cities? Why do they de-
velop under manufacture?
•1. What was a guild? What were its purposes?
5. What produced the feudal system? Why? What were its advan-
tages? Its weakness ? What caused its downfall? Whj*?
<!. What was the effect of manufacture and commerce on slavery and
serfdom? Why?
7. Does liberty depend on the absence of restraint? Why?
LITERATURE.
Rogers, Thorold : Work and Wages.
Ashley, W. ,T. : Introduction to English Economic History and Tltcnry.
Cunningham, W. : The Growth of English Industry and Cmmncn-e.
CHAPTER IV.
THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN— SECOND STAGE.
WE have seen in the preceding stage an immense develop-
ment of wealth and of those soeial institutions upon which
the welfare of men depends. This all results from man's
learning to make things by distribution of occupations or
division of labor. But there was one great limitation to this
progress. Things were still made and moved for the 7iiost
part by mere muscle. Machines were used to some extent,
but they were almost altogether such as could be run by the
power of man or some lower animal, as the ox or the horse;
for with the exception of sailing vessels, windmills, and
water wheels men knew no other. Invention progressed
slowly under such circumstances ; but the tools and imple-
ments already in use were improved, their number gradually
increased, and wind and water were utilized as forces to a
greater extent as time went on. When things were made
they were hauled and transported by horses and mules or
boats and vessels to their destination. Now, mere muscle is
an insignificant thing compared with the powers of the uni-
verse, and man accomplishes relatively little so long as he
depends upon it. But man has more brains than any other
creature, and progresses by their use. The next step in
progress is easy to anticipate.
The Industrial Stage. — The characteristic of this stage,
as we have said, is power manufacture. It is hardly neces-
sary to say that this dates from the invention of the steam
engine in 1769. Though little used at first, it was destined
soon to accomplish changes such as men still hardly under-
stand. Up to this stage men had practically what their own
muscle could produce. No\v it is estimated thai the power
ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — SECOND STAGE. 19
employed in manufactures produces twelve times as much as
all human labor could produce unaided.* In some manufac-
tures, as in making steel rails and sawing lumber, the power
employed is many hundred or even thousand times that of
the workmen's muscle. This is plainly an advantage. The
great number of things which we now enjoy must be a mat-
ter of satisfaction to all who believe in human comfort.
Yet there appear to have been few periods in human history
when so many have been dissatisfied. What is the reason
of all this ? Simply that the change from the old to the
new way of manufacture has been violent and rapid, and has
required a reconstruction of the old social order. The old
system of rights and duties and laws would not apply to the
new conditions, which soon broke them down and left society
in a disorder from which we have plainly not yet recovered.
Men learned with astonishing rapidity how to make new
things, but they were slower in learning how to use them
wisely, much slower still in learning how to distribute them
justly. So manufacturers made more than they could sell,
and had to stop, throwing workmen out of employment
until factories started up with another spurt, only to stop
again with returning " hard times." The multitude of
hand manufacturers found their business ruined and suffered
abject misery before they understood the situation and
moved to the great cities to become workmen in the facto-
ries. The process moved on slowly, and one trade after
another had the same fate. Some are in the process to-day.
There is always the same reluctance to give up the old busi-
ness, the same poverty and hardship compelling men to do
so, and the same feeling of Avrong and injustice at the dire
* Mr. Gamier, in Lalor's Cyclopedia, estimates that iu the production of flour
the labor of one person is equal to that of one hundred and forty-four per-
sons in the time of Ulysses. In the iron industry twenty-five times as
much is now produced with the best inventions as in the Pyrenees with the
old methods. In the cotton industry three hundred and twenty times as
much is produced now per person employed as in 17'JO. Transportation by
railway i.s ten times easier than on ordinary roads.
20 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
compulsion. Let us notice some of the contrasts between
this and the former stage.
1. Relation Between Classes. Under the system of hand
manufacture each master in the trade worked by himself or
with a few others. He employed one or more journeymen
and apprentices, but as these were simply learners, who in
time became masters themselves, we may say that men in
full possession of their trade worked on their own account
and owned what they made. If prices rose they received the
benefit of the higher prices; but this was seldom the case,
for the guilds regulated the number of masters, the number
of apprentices, and the mode of manufacture. Thus all went
on evenly, employment was relatively constant, and there
was in the first part of this period general satisfaction with
the existing order, although, of course, there were then, as
there always have been, individual grievances. Strictly
speaking, there were no class divisions in manufactures, ap-
prentices and journeymen being simply masters not grown
up, and living on friendly terms in the master's family as his
industrial children. This system was not specially favor-
able to progress, but it was good for social order, which
is the next best thing.
But each workman cannot have an engine and machinery.
They cost more than he can pay, and furnish more power
than he can use. If the masters had known enough, they
would, perhaps, have combined, bought machinery, and
changed their methods; the local guild would have become a
cooperative factory, and all would have gone well. But they
did not know enough. Men are generally opposed to change
and " new-fangled notions." So a few, more enterprising and
wealthy than the rest, made the experiment to the certain loss
of the rest. We can hardly expect them to enjoy the process
or be patient under its operation. They appealed to the guild
laws, but these were not equal to the emergency. They turned
mob and broke machines, but the result was only delayed
a little. "With their fortunes wasted and their business
ruined, they had nothing else to do than to yield and sullenly
ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — SECOND STAGE. 21
seek places as workmen in the new factory. Before, they had
all been "masters;" now they have a master in a sense
unknown before. Before, any man with health and sense
could become a master, and permanent class distinctions did
not exist among them. Now, in some industries, not one in
a hundred can by exceptional ability become an independent
employer, and the workman knows that he is a workman for
life. So we have now two industrial classes, with a great
gulf between them which comparatively few men can cross,
and with interests which seem irreconcilable. It is not too
much to say that the relation between employer and em-
ployee has tended to become strained and unfriendly ever
since it existed on a large scale — that is, for the last hun-
dred years.
2. The Wages System. Formerly the workman had what
he made and sold it for what he could get. This was natu-
ral under the division of labor, where each man made one
article and a whole article. But now we have a much greater
division of labor, or rather a combination of labor; for it
takes a whole gang of workmen to make a single article.
When a set of men have finished a case of shoes, and one
has cut out the soles and another made the heels, etc., how
many shoes has each man made ? Then, too, the employer
has furnished the stock and tools, and must be paid. How
many shoes shall he have? Some way out of the trouble has
to be found. The way adopted was the simplest and per-
haps the best. The employer takes all the shoes and pays
the workmen stipulated wages. This system, which, though
very old, has only recently become general, seems natural
and right to us who know no other, but it must be confessed
that it has not been entirely satisfactory. One reason is that
we have discovered no very good way of telling just how
much wages to pay. Once it was thought that competition
would settle it, and it is true that employers cannot by any
means do just as they please; but, after a century's experience,
there is a widespread feeling that in all these bargains about
wages the workman is at a disadvantage, and does not get
22 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
the share which it would be well for him to have. Thus the
wages system is a source of difficulty.
3. Competition. Under the guild system prices were reg-
ulated by custom or law. The man who tried to undersell
his neighbor would have been considered a mean man and
been boycotted, or treated even worse. He could compete
with his neighbor by making better goods, but not much
was done in this line, quality, like prices, being generally
fixed by custom or law. But when the factory came it had
to undersell. Only so could it sell its large output. When
the competition was once started there was no stopping it.
Factories competed with each other, and, as one after another
became hard pressed, a new machine was invented or a new
process discovered, and progress was continual. It was what
men needed to develop their enterprise. Machine followed
machine, cost was lowered, and year after year the buyer
rejoiced in lower prices. Thinkers of this time were pro-
foundly impressed by the increase of wealth due to competition
as well as by the irksomeness of the old guild restrictions,
which still made awkward and futile efforts to control the
new movement. And so they concluded that the State
should not try to guide industry, as it had so long been do-
ing, but that all that industry needed was to be let alone.
We shall note later some of the results of the attempt to
follow this principle.
4. Hanking and Credit. The preceding age developed
money; this age developed credit. Money is used now
chiefly in retail trade, and in large transactions has been
almost displaced by ci'edit and the instruments of credit, as
checks, drafts, and bills of exchange. A debtor pays his
creditor by a check on his bank account. The creditor hands
the check into the bank, and the amount is charged to the
debtor and credited to the creditor. If the two men have
accounts in different banks the banks exchange checks and
pay the difference. In the New York Clearing House,
where all the New York banks exchange checks and bal-
ance accounts, the whole amount of payments averaged
l> 0y(sQs*^'-4^&6 J,
> j&A. ', MX^U (•'
~Eb> V* sj: «*"***» <*^~ •«£
— ef-a-is^^.., -*^i^-». ,
ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — SECOND STAGE. 23
$113, 019,011. 01 per clay, not long ago; but the checks so
nearly offset each other that only $5,403,941.40 remained to
be paid between the parties, and almost all of this was paid
in another form of credits, clearing house certificates, and
almost none in money. That is, of every $100 paid, all but
$4.78 was paid in checks and only a few cents in money.
To manage this great business of credit, banks, as we now
know them, have been created. In 1782 there was but one
bank in America, now we have 9,307.*
5. Transportation. The moving of things was far less
important before this period. Not much could be moved
long distances on land while only pack horses and wagons
were known. Sailing vessels, although slow, could transport
even commodities of large bulk between places connected
by water, and cities were then ports. The invention of the
locomotive and steamboat has been hardly less important
than that of the engine itself. We need not dwell on this
point. Any man who has taken wheat to market in a farm
wagon over a muddy road, and has seen a railway train
dash past him on its steel track, has had a glimpse of the
progress we have made in a hundred years. This illus-
tration, however, calls to mind only one aspect of this prog-
ress. Another is suggested by the statement that we have
become relatively, though not wholly, independent of water-
ways furnished by nature or by art. Cities can now be
located elsewhere than on the seacoast or navigable rivers.
The power of man over nature has increased. The percep-
tion of this fact led to an excessive reaction, and recently,
in the United States, at least, the importance of waterways
has been underestimated, to our disadvantage.
6. Moral and Legal Restraints. We have seen hitherto
a sharp distinction made between neighbors and strangers.
The former, in large or small circle, were protected by detailed
* There wore in the United States, October 31, 1892, 3,788 national banks,
3,191 State banks, 1,161 private banks, 1,059 savings banks, and 168 loan
and trust companies. The latter, though not performing all the functions
of banks, may properly be included in our aggregate.
24 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
laws and customs from the overreaching of one another, and
of strangers; the latter were exposed to whatever treatment
might be considered advantageous. A characteristic of the
industrial stage is that there is no longer any such clearly
defined distinction. We naturally ask, Have all men become
brothers, or are they all enemies ? Opinions will differ, but
few will claim that men in their business dealings are very
brotherly. Nor did men make any pretense of establishing
universal brotherhood when the old protective customs and
laws were repealed. They thought every man could take
care of himself if he were let alone. The old customs and
laws were so outgrown, so selfish in their later form, and,
above all, so utterly inadequate to the new industry that was
growing up, that all activity of the State was distrusted.
Then, too, the change has been going on so rapidly and
constantly that it seemed impossible to devise laws for the
new society. The result is that this stage has been charac-
terized, especially at first, by a minimum of law and moral
sense in economic life. It would be a mistake to suppose
that men were less moral than formerly, but circumstances
have turned moral effort into other channels and left the
economic life relatively non-ethical.
Our history, so far, has been put wholly in general terms
for convenience' sake, but the industrial stage, being the one
in which we live and whose problems we have to settle, must
now be studied more in detail.
ECONOMIC LIFE OF CIVILIZED MAN — SECOND STAGE. 25
SUMMARY.
1. The invention of the steam engine multiplies human power; revolution-
;.ry changes and disorder appear in industrial society.
2. The reorganization of industry produces widely separated classes be-
fore unknown, resulting in hostility and resistance to the new order, espe-
cially to machinery.
3. The subdivision and dependence of labor develops the wages system.
4. Custom gives place to competition in the government of prices, and a
great fall is the result. As a result, competition is urged by many as a suffi-
cient regulator of economic relations.
5. Credit now develops, limiting greaily the use of money. Banks are
organized.
6. Canals, railways, and steamboats revolutionize transportation.
7. There is a great diminution of moral and legal restraints in business.
The economic life of the period, owing to distrust of State interference and
confidence in competition, is non-ethical.
QUESTIONS.
1. Why has machinery made relations between employers and men un-
friendly ? Why were they not unfriendly before ?
2. Why do men dislike machinery? Is their dislike justified ? Why?
3. What is the objection to the wages system ? Why was it not adopted
sooner? What system went before it ?
4. Were the former objections to competition reasonable ? Why? What
are its advantages ? Its disadvantages ? How did machinery introduce it ?
5. What is a bank ? What good does it do ? What is the advantage of
checks and drafts?
6. How does transportation affect manufacture?
7. What change of feeling did men experience at this time regarding law
and custom? Why? Was it for the better ? Why?
LITERATURE.
Toynbee, Arnold : Tlic Industrial Revolution in England. An admirable
work of which free use lias been made in the preparation of this and the
following chapters.
Rand, Benjamin : Selection* IHustratlnij Economic History Since the Seven
War.
CHAPTER V.
THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND*— PART I.
THE passage from the trades and commerce stage to the
industrial stage is generally known in England as the Indus-
trial Revolution. The name is appropriate. A change that
takes place gradually, so that life adjusts itself to the new
conditions easily and no great loss or suffering results, a change
like that which takes place in the plant which is always grow-
ing while it seems to be at a standstill — such a change we call
a development or evolution. But a change that comes so fast
that life cannot adjust itself to the new conditions, a change
which breaks down the old order with much confusion and
suffering — this we call a revolution. In England particularly
the adoption of the industrial system was one of these vio-
lent changes last described. To understand it we must first
notice the condition of things just before it began.
The Economic Condition of England in 1760.—
1. Agriculture. We have seen that the cultivation of the soil
develops the idea of ownership, first by the tribe and later
by the individual. But the slowness of this process may be
understood from the fact that in 1760 immense tracts of land
were still held as "common" or " waste " land. Seven mil-
lion acres of such land were made private property between
1760 and 1833. Upon this common land the laborers built
their cottages, cultivating little patches of it for themselves,
and pasturing upon the rest the few geese or sheep which they
were able to keep. The advantage was that the laborers
* In the preparation of the following chnpters lnrge use has boon made of
Toynbee's Industrial Revolution, but in accordance with a principle adopted
throughout this book detailed references have not been introduced into the
text.
INDUSTRIAL DEVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART I. 27
were somewhat independent, paid no rent, and had a little
means of support besides their wages. The disadvantage
was that the land was mostly " waste " in fact, the marshes
undrained and the partial cultivation very primitive and
poor. A traveler at this time describes it us " beneath con-
tempt." Even the private lands were ill cultivated. It is
not strange that Great Britain, raising all her own food as
yet, should have had in 1760 little more than one fifth her
present population.
2. Manufactures. Here we are especially interested, as
it was in this department that the great change was to take
place. The system of hand manufacture was still in general
operation.* The principal manufacture was woolen goods,
of which England exported in 1770 about £4,000,000 worth,
or nearly a third of her entire export trade. The manufac-
ture was, however, primitive. A writer somewhat before
this time thus describes it : The land " was divided into
small inclosures from two acres to six or seven each, seldom
more; every three or four pieces of land had an house belong-
ing to them, . . . hardly an house standing out of a speaking
distance from another. . . . We could see at every house a
tenter, and on almost every tenter a piece of cloth or kersie
or shaloon. ... At every considerable house was a manu-
factory. . . . Every clothier keeps one horse, at least, to carry
his manufactures to the market; and everyone generally keeps
a cow or two or more for his family. By this means the
small pieces of inclosed land about each house are occupied, for
they scarce sow corn enough to feed their poultry. . . .
The houses are full of lusty fellows, some at the dye-vat, some
at the looms, others dressing the cloths; the women and
children carding or spinning, being all employed, from the
youngest to the oldest. . . . Not a beggar to be seen nor an
idle person." This seems a most wretched way to make cloth,
*The word manufacturer at this time signified a person working wiih his
own hands. In 1776, in his Wealth of Nations, Adam Smith said, "A man
grows rich by employing a multitude of manufacturers." The use of the
word as a large employer is of later origin.
28 OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
but we must not forget that the picture has some attractive
features. The " manufacturer," as the hand worker was then
properly called, had his home, his cows, and his poultry; he
bought his own wool, his wife spun it into yarn, and together
they wove it and sold it at the " fair," enjoying all the pro-
ceeds. These proceeds were not, could not be, very great, and
he never became rich, but he enjoyed independence and rude
comfort. It is much to say in favor of any system that it
produces general independence and comfort, but " not a
beggar or idle person." Before the age of which we write,
however, this had somewhat changed. Cities began to at-
tract " manufacturers " according to the inevitable law we
have mentioned. The inevitable tendency to divide the
process appeared ; manufacturers found it difficult to buy wool
and spin it along with the weaving process. So the proc-
esses were divided and a middleman appeared who bought
yarn from the spinners and sold it to the weavers. Then he
oieased to sell the yarn, but advanced it, keeping a claim on
the cloth and paying a certain sum for the weaving. Thus
the "manufacturer" became a workman, a wage-earner, and
a dependent upon the capitalist who furnished the stock.
The germs of the factory system thus existed in 1760,
though as yet the work was generally done by hand.
The iron industry was next in importance, but England in
1737 imported perhaps 20,000. tons of iron, or more than
she produced, while in 1881 she exported 3,820,315 tons.
The iron manufacture was evidently waiting for the power
blast furnace. The cotton manufacture, destined later to
eclipse almost all others, was scarcely begun.
3. Transportation. This was exceedingly backward. The
roads are described by a traveler as "most execrably vile,"
which would seem a reasonable epithet when he tells us that
he found ruts four feet deep and " saw three carts break
down in a mile of road." Such was their condition that
pack horses were still the common means of transporting
goods to and from market. Nothing so greatly impeded the
development of manufactures as the difficulty of moving
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART I. 29
about and taking wares to any but neighboring markets.
The only improvement in this line up to 1760 was the build-
ing of a few canals, which were a great help as far as they
wont; but this was not very far.
4. Economic Legislation. This to us will seem strangest of
all. The mediaeval notion of government was still nominally
in force. This notion was in general that detailed and
special legislation was required in many places where we
now consider general laws preferable. So the State passed
many laws to regulate religion, agriculture, manufactures,
and commerce. Some of these laws we must notice. We
have seen that men did not believe in competition. They
dreaded the mischief which a stranger might work, coming
into a town and carrying on a trade in an irregular fashion.
So, by the law of settlement no man could carry on a trade
in a city unless he was a citizen of that city and a member of
the trade guild in that place.* By another law he could not
get this right unless he served seven years as an apprentice
at the trade, and in a manner prescribed in much detail.
Further still, there were regulations as to the number of
apprentices, so that in any case he might be refused. The
purpose of such regulations was to protect the trade from
overcrowding and irregular methods, and from the result-
ing disorder and confusion. Another law required inspec-
tion by government officials, because it was thought that
society must be protected from adulteration and all kinds of
cheating by dishonest manufacturers and dealers, it being
taken for granted that buyers did not know enough to tell
honest goods from shams. Of course this was so. Even
* The law of settlements aimed also to make each parish support its own
poor, and a workman coming into a new town had to give evidence or
surety that he would not become dependent on the poor rates. As few
could furnish adequate guarantees, this was so serious an obstacle to free-
dom of movement that Adam Smith said there was in his day scarcely a
" poor man in England of forty-seven years of age, . . . who had not in
some part of his life felt himself most cruelly oppressed by this ill-con-
trived law of settlements."
30 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
to-day how many can tell pure baking powder, or all-wool
goods, from those that are not ?
But perhaps the most striking of all was the law which
left it to justices of the peace to fix the wages of workmen.
It was often held that workmen would be oppressed if left to
the mercy of employers ; but the real purpose of the law
seems to have been the protection of the employer against
high wages, and the spirit of the administration of the law
appears to have conformed to this purpose. Laws regulating
wages were passed after the plague, or " Black Death," had
in the fourteenth century carried off a large part of the
working population of England ; and the avowed aim of this
legislation was then to prevent the wage-earner from taking
full advantage of the scarcity of labor. Inasmuch as they
were held to be thus protected by law in their wages, combi-
nations among workmen were considered unnecessary and
dangerous and were strictly forbidden.
We cannot mention the many other laws governing foreign
commerce and other lines of business, still less those that
governed religion, politics, and other departments of life.
What the experience of the eighteenth century proved in
England was not that the State should not regulate the
economic life of its citizens, but that it was then regulating
it in an antiquated and injurious way.
The careful observer will notice that — in spite of laws
which, when enumerated, seem to cover all the affairs of life
— many subjects of legislation, now regarded as of prime
importance, were then neglected. Police protection was
inadequate, the fire department, as we know it, was not
organized, education was not fostered, and sanitary laws
were few in number, and there was then no great branch of
the public service engaged in the administration of such
laws. This brings us to the last point of this chapter.
5. The Condition of Thought in 1760. Here, especially,
we shall fail to understand the industrial revolution if we
look only at the economic life. A tremendous revolt had
begun against the whole system of government we have
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART I. 31
de-scribed and in favor of liberty. But it would be a great
mistake to suppose that this revolt, which carried, eventually,
everything before it, showed itself only in the Held of
industry. The restrictions which were most objected to
were those upon conscience and religion. This was the real
animus of the revolution under Cromwell a century before;
but it must not be supposed that the most of the Puritans
desired this liberty for others as well as for themselves.
Next to religious liberty political liberty was the desire of
Englishmen, and this had been a prominent issue in the rev-
olution under Cromwell. While restrictions upon trade
were contentedly accepted the passion for personal liberty
worked itself up to a fanaticism. Rousseau stormed against
the artificiality of society and summoned men to free them-
selves from its restraints and return to nature, winning the
sympathy of Thomas Jefferson, who was profoundly influ-
enced by French thought. In a universal struggle for free-
dom economic life could not be left out. The same year that
Thomas Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence,
asserting that all men are by nature free and equal, Adam
Smith, formerly a professor in Glasgow University, pub-
lished TJie Wealth of Nations, the most influential book ever
written on economics. We can notice here only the central
idea of his remarkable book. It is the same as that of
Jefferson, only applied to economic rather than to political
life. Men are by nature free and equal ; the law should not
establish artificial inequalities among them. What men need
in business is not protection but liberty. Under free com-
petition each man seeks his own interest, and in seeking his
own interest promotes, as a rule, the best interests of society.*
Such was the temper of the time, so universal the impa-
tience with restraint, even the most wholesome, and so mis-
chievous much of the existing economic legislation, that the
* The exceptions to the rule, which the careful reader of Adam Smith
discovers, are more important than generally supposed ; yet the chief empha-
sis was laid on the rule and not the exceptions, and the impression which
the book produced was in favor of the abolition of legal restrictions.
32 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
book was soon elevated to the rank of a gospel of economics,
and, followed by works equally great, it inspired the eco-
nomic policy of the next century. We shall see the results
of this policy in the next chapter. It is sufficient now to say
a word about its central principle. If we consider this as an
expression of the passionate yearning of an age, namely, that
all men should be free and equal, it is worthy of our highest
honor. But if we consider it as a sober judgment it is open
to an objection which to-day a schoolboy can see ; men may
be made free and equal before the law, but by nature all men
are not free and equal.
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PAKT I. 33
SUMMARY.
1. The passage to the industrial stage was sufficiently violent in England
to be called a revolution.
2. England in 1760 had a poor agriculture, with much land held in com-
mon.
3. Manufactures were divided, largely rural and inefficient, but steady
and prosperous in their way.
4. Transportation was backward, roads being exceedingly bad.
5. Economic legislation was detailed and special, adapted to former con-
ditions, but hindering industrial progress.
6. The public mind was in strong revolt against former restrictions, re-
Mgious, political, and economic.
7. Adam Smith's Wealth of Nations asserts the doctrine of economic lib-
erty. The motto of the age is, "All men are by nature free and equal"
QUESTIONS.
1. What is the difference between an evolution and a revolution? Which
is best? Why?
2. What were the advantages of waste or common lands? The disad-
vantages? Who gained most by change to private ownership?
3. Why was the old manufacture of cloth inefficient? Why were manu-
facturers prosperous? Who suffered most by the old system?
4. What was the general character of legislation in this period? How
different from that of our day? What old laws have we abandoned? What
new ones have we added ? Why?
r>. What was the trend of thought at that time ? Where did it first ap-
pear? What countries did it affect? Who applied it to economics? Why
did he oppose labor legislation?
6. Are men free and equal in any sense ? In what sense free and equal ?
In what sense not? What are the inequalities which exist among men?
To what are they due ?
LITERATURE.
Taylor, E. W. C. : Introduction, to a History of the Factory System. •
Wright, Carroll D. : Tlie Factory System in the United States. Vol. II,
Tenth Census Reports. Reviews English and Continental experience as
well as that, of America.
Ashley, W. J. : Early History of the English Woolen Industry. American
Economic Association Publications. Vol. II, No. 4.
CHAPTER VI.
THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND— PART II.
Haifa Century of a Passive Policy of Government
in England. — It is hard to be fair in drawing conclusions
from history. The things that happen are due to so many
causes that it is difficult to tell how much any one cause lias
to do with them. This is especially true of the period of
English history with which we now have to do. In addition
to the new methods in manufacture there were wars, peculiar
facts about land-ownership, duties and taxes, and other
things of great influence on the economic life of the period.
It is hard to tell, therefore, how much machinery and the
new economic policy had to do with it. But that they had
much to do with it everybody admits. We must get as clear
an idea as we can of what this influence was.
1. Changes in Legislation. We have seen that Adam
Smith argued for liberty. He asserted that every man, if
allowed to do as he pleased, would sooner or later do that for
which he was best fitted, and would consequently work where
he could get the most wages. Every man would buy what
suited him best, and, after some experiment, manufacturers
would make what was called for. If one business was making
more money than the rest more men would go into it, and by
their competition would bring prices down. If men cheated
their customers, the customers would go somewhere else, and
cheating would not pay. And so on indefinitely. Everywhere
men would look out for their own interests, would make the
bargain that was most advantageous to themselves. This
system of balanced self-interest resulting from competition
was the best regulator possible, infinitely better, he claimed,
than the old-time laws, which only encumbered the devel-
INDUSTRIAL DEVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART II. 35
opment of industry. If the policy of industrial freedom
were adopted, he prophesied a great increase in the national
production of wealth.
Tli is system was adopted. Not that a wholesale repeal
of the old laws occurred — such things never happen in Eng-
land and are difficult anywhere — but there is a quiet and
effective way of changing laws by simply changing men's
ideas regarding them and leaving them unenforced. A law
that has been long observed has often to be long dead before
people gain the courage to repeal it. So the law requiring
seven years' apprenticeship before one could enter certain
trades quietly died during the eighteenth century, and when,
finally, in the labor troubles early in this century, some
workmen in desperation discovered the old law and prose-
cuted employers for violating it the law was first suspended
and then repealed, as being plainly ill adapted to the new
condition of industry. So, little by little, the old laws were
repealed or forgotten, and men were left free to bargain and
manufacture as they pleased.
One reason that these laws were the more easily set aside
was that they never had been really intended to protect trade
in general and secure the economic welfare of all. In the
legislation of the Middle Ages social and political considera-
tions were always mingled with economic questions. The
restrictions placed upon trade were not in the interest of
trade, but in the interest of a few people engaged in that
particular trade. Thus the very influential dealers in woolen
goods, alarmed at the introduction of cotton, had secured a
law placing a heavy tax on cotton goods, lest these, by their
cheapness, should injure the woolen trade. Other trades did
the same, till finally there was a network of burdensome
restrictions under which all suffered. Laws regulating
labor at that time were not so much to help workmen as to
check their growing power and aspirations.*
* Adam Smith, in declaiming against laws regulating labor, had in mind
laws aimed against labor, and not laws like those of modern times designed to
Vnefit labor. He said in one place in his Wealth of Nations that if any law
36 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
A striking instance of the unfairness of the old laws is
seen in the law against labor combinations. Although cap-
italists had been allowed to combine from the tirst, workmen
were forbidden to do so under severe penalty. Even after
the laws of apprenticeship, regulation of wages, inspection
of goods, and many others had been repealed this law was
retained, and men who attempted to form unions were se-
verely punished. This was due to the slow recognition of
the workman's rights, and also to the curious fact that even
the believers in the new gospel were opposed to labor unions,
believing that competition among workmen would secure
their proper wages and their best rights. Eventually this
law also was repealed.
2. Changes in Manufacture. In 1769, the year that Na-
poleon and Wellington were born, James Watt invented the
steam engine. It is an interesting fact that Watt was a
friend of Adam Smith ; and when the city of Glasgow re-
fused to let him work at his trade because he was not a
member of the guild at that place, Adam Smith allowed him
to set up a shop on the university grounds outside the city's
jurisdiction, and thus the two great forces that created the
revolution were born close together. The same year that the
steam engine was invented began a series of inventions
which, during the next fifty years, completely revolutionized
the manufacture of cotton. The earlier of these inventions
affected only the spinning of cotton, and, while hand spin-
ning immediately ceased, hand weavers were kept busier
than ever. The improvement in goods and lower prices
immensely increased the demand, while weavers were paid
not less, but rather more, than before. Finally, however, the
power loom was introduced, and then there was a change.
The immense number of hand weavers thrown out of work
could not find employment in tending the new looms, nor
could they immediately secure another occupation. The
chanced to be beneficial to labor it was sure to be a just law. Writers of
our day who protest against labor legislation are opposing laws of a differ-
ent kind from those which aroused the ire of Adam Smith and his friends.
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART II. 37
number of power looms was at first much smaller, and the
machinery was so nearly self-acting that one person easily
tended four looms. Moreover, as the work required deftness
rather than strength, women and children were employed in-
stead of men, because they could be hired cheaper. The
distress among the unemployed wrorkmen was very great.
Forbidden to combine openly, they did so secretly in dark
conspiracies to wreak vengeance on their enemies, as they
gradually conceived the class of employers to be, and espe-
cially upon the machinery, which they considered the par-
ticular cause of their misfortunes. This was a perfectly
natural result of free competition, allowing every man to do
as he pleased, at a time when invention was necessitating
rapid changes in the economic life of society. Laws were
passed against the rioters, punishing machine breakers with
death. This did nothing to cure the misery of the land, but
was a strong argument to men to endure it. It took Par-
liament a long time to learn that it could interfere in a way
to lessen the suffering of the people.
The great battle of the industrial revolution was fought
out in the manufacture of cotton, an industry which has held
one of the first places in English economic life. But the
same experience, in greater or less degree, was repeated in
the manufacture of woolen, linen, and silk goods. The en-
gine applied to the manufacture of iron furnished the blast
furnace, and the industry was revolutionized. Here, however,
the change was principally one of simple increase, and did
not cause suffering ; or, rather, if there was suffering it wras
transferred to other countries, for England had imported a
large part of her iron, and now she made all her own and ex-
ported to these same countries and others. This relation of
England to foreign countries, which were slower to adopt
machinery, did much to lessen the suffering of English workmen
by deranging the industries of foreign countries rather than
her own. To estimate in human suffering the cost of this revo-
lution we should, therefore, have to consider much more than
the suffering of Englishmen; but that is enough to appall us.
38 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
3. Transportation. We have seen that the building of
canals had begun before 1760. This received a decided
stimulus from the growth of manufactures and trade at this
period. The invention of a new kind of turnpike by Mac-
adam greatly improved the roads at this period, and led to
the construction of those magnificent highways which are
now the wonder and admiration of the American traveler.
In 1830 the first railway was opened, and was soon followed
by that vast network of railways which now covers the Brit-
ish kingdom. We must not for a moment suppose that this
was an undesirable change. Such a development of commu-
nication is of immense advantage to all human interests, just
as is the introduction of machinery and the perfection of man-
ufacturing processes. But, in considering these advantages,
we must not forget that these changes were revolutionary.
We have seen how the hand industi-ies were scattered over
the country, largely to suit people's convenience who found
it difficult to bring things from a distance. But as it be-
came easy to bring things from a distance the balance of
convenience turned in favor of concentrating manufactures
in certain places where they could be carried on to special
advantage and then distributing the goods over the country.
Thus not only were the country artisans driven out of busi-
ness, but certain towns were sacrificed to other towns more
favorably situated. It could not be expected that people
would understand this and adapt themselves to it. People
are slow to believe that things are not going on as they al-
ways have done, and so they stick to the old stand or the
old way till hunger and desperation compel them to change.
4. Fluctuations in Trade. One great advantage of the
old slow-going system of manufacture and trade was its
regularity. One year was like another, and men's incomes
from their work were generally much the same. This was
due, not to any peculiarity in the method of manufacture,
but to the fact that it was settled and men knew what to ex-
pect. Moreover, it dealt mostly with necessities, which are
less subject to caprice than luxuries are. But the introduc-
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PAKT II. 39
tion of machinery both increased the amount and changed
the quality of manufactured goods ; and the improvement
in the means of communication and transportation finally
substituted a world-market for the earlier local markets.
Now, while men can learn to consume almost any amount of
goods, and that in endless variety, they learn to do so grad-
ually, because habits are hard to change, sometimes even in
the direction of greater indulgence. Moreover, the nature of
our industrial organization is such that it is difficult to re-
arrange social relations which have been disturbed, and the
readjustment requires time. Manufacturers had little to help
them to decide what and how much to make, especially as the
area of their markets increased. If they were careful and
increased their output cautiously the demand outran their
supply, and high prices encouraged them to extend their
business. More workmen were called for, wages were good,
and the workmen became accustomed to living well. But
now they had gone too far ; goods did not sell, or fell greatly
in price; they had to shut down and wait for better prices,
or perhaps failed altogether. And for the wage-earners the
years of plenty were succeeded by years of famine. It has
been noticed that these fluctuations have occurred ever since
manufacture was carried on on a large scale. It is due to
the fact that manufacture is carried on with reference to a
changing and enlarging demand which it cannot calculate,
and also that manufacture itself is constantly disturbed by
improvements which cannot be foreseen. The large scale of
manufacture itself may not be responsible for the fluctua-
tions except in so far as it is itself responsible for the facts
just mentioned. A still larger scale of manufacture hereafter
may perhaps bring steadiness in industry. But, whatever the
cause of these fluctuations, the effect upon the wage-earner is
demoralizing. If he were wise enough to save his earnings
during good times, and so have something for hard times, he
would not suffer so much. But very few people who live in
abundance can do this ; how much less those whose con-
dition even in good times is one of meager comfort !
40 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
5. Pauperism. We remember the statement of the trav-
eler who in 1760 found among the country weavers "not a
beggar or idle person." Looking at the country as a whole,
we should say that it was poor, that is, the total wealth was
small ; but it was so distributed that there was general com-
fort. The revolution changed this condition of things.
Adam Smith urged that free competition would greatly
increase the production of wealth. Whether this was true
or not it is certain that free competition and machinery
together did increase the production of wealth immensely.
There is reason to believe that this was due in a con-
siderable degree to competition, but it was undoubtedly
largely due to machinery. Turning, however, from the pro-
duction of wealth to its distribution, we find that competition
had an immense influence, an influence in part disastrous.
While wealth increased at a hitherto unheard-of rate pov-
erty increased nearly or quite as fast. In 1760 the amount
spent in poor relief was £1,250,000, while in 1818, after
an immense increase in national wealth production, it was
£7,870,000. While the population had increased seventy
per cent the cost of poor relief had increased five hundred
and thirty per cent. Here more than anywhere else fairness
compels us to consider other things than the changes of
economic conditions. War had something to do with this
increase; both the appropriation of waste or common land
and the continuance of unwise legislation, made largely with
a view to the interests of others than the paupers, contrib-
uted to this result. But industrial changes, likewise, had
much to do with it. One of the best of modern writers says,
in speaking of Adam Smith and the impending revolution :
" There were dark patches even in his age, but we now ap-
proach a darker period, a period as disastrous and terrible as
any through which a nation ever passed ; disastrous and
terrible because side by side with a great increase of wealth
was seen an enormous increase of pauperism, and production
on a vast scale led to a rapid alienation of classes and to
the degradation of a large body of producers."
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART II. 41
SUMMARY.
1. There is a general decrease in the legal restrictions of industrial liberty
in England at the beginning of the century.
2. These restrictions had been in the interest of special classes, and had
been more and more ignored during the preceding century.
3. The invention of the steam engine, followed by that of the spinning
jenny, the power loom, and other machinery, revolutionizes the manufacture
of cotton and establishes the factory system. This soon follows in other
manufactures.
4. Distress results to workmen ; men give place in a degree to women and
children ; rioting and unsuccessful efforts at legal repression follow.
5. New turnpikes and canals, and, later, railways, revolutionize transpor-
tation, with further disarrangement of industry.
6. The great expansion of trade produces fluctuations of prosperity and
adversity, greatly enhancing the sufferings of the working population.
7. There was an immense increase of pauperism during this period.
8. Adam Smith's prophecy that unrestricted competition would increase
production was fulfilled; but it resulted in an unfortunate and disastrous
di.stribmiou.
QUESTIONS.
1. How and why were the mediaeval restrictive laws abandoned ? Why
did Adam Smith object to them?
2. Why did the invention of the steam engine necessitate the factory s\-s-
tem? How did this system differ from the preceding?
3. What was the result of the earlier inventions on workmen ? Of the
later inventions? What influence on the amount of goods? On their qual-
ity ? Their price ?
4. Do the workmen profit by this? Why? Does society profit? Why?
5. Why do wage-earners often oppose machines? Is there any ground for
their feeling?
6. How did railways tend to consolidate industry? Is this consolidation
the same as that produced by machinery?
7. What caused fluctuations in trade under the new system? Are fluc-
tuations inevitable under the modern system ? Why ?
8. Are uneven wages as good for wage-earners as even wages, if the aver-
age is as high? If so, why? If not, why not?
9. Why were women arid children now employed? What arc the ob-
jections to this? The advantages?
10. How was increased pauperism possible with increased national
wealth? What is wrong when this is the case?
LITERATURE.
See references to preceding chapter; also:
Rand, Benjamin: Economic History Since 17G3. Chapters II, V, and IX.
CHAPTER VII.
THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND— PART III.
The Reaction Against the Passive Policy of Gov-
ernment.— In a truly progressive country all reactions
against nominal freedom are new efforts in favor of real
liberty; reactions against false liberty in favor of true liberty.
What is false liberty ? Simply permission to do as you like.
This would in some respects be an admirable thing for adults
of full normal development if it were not that other people,
enjoying the same permission, are sure to do things that you
do not like, and thus frequently make it quite impossible to
do even halfway as you would like. If men's interests did
not clash it would be different ; but as it is, the general per-
mission to do as one pleases results in liberty for the strong
and slavery for the weak ; or, more truly, since the strong are
themselves dependent ultimately upon the weak, it results in
more or less of slavery for all.
True liberty is not simply the permission but the power to
act freely. We are truly free in our external relations just
so far as we have real scope for unhindered action and
normal development of all faculties.*
It is plain that if people's tracks cross each other they
must occasionally step aside for each other, or get in each
other's way, in which case the weaker suffers first and worst.
Of course the best possible basis of freedom is to have every -
* This is only a single phase of this important subject. Its complete dis-
cussion would require a book. Wise laws, well executed, increase real
freedom, although they appear to be restraints. Life in the family and iu
society seems to impose restrictions, yet actually increases real freedom.
External restraint at times acts upon character and frees the mind from
evil, thus increasing real freedom. This is a true object of punishment in
the family and in the State.
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART III. 43
body disposed not to molest, but to assist everybody else at
every contact ; but men are not yet so disposed. There-
fore the law is appealed to to supply the lack of individual
wisdom and benevolence. When all men have learned to do
spontaneously that which a just law commands the law has
done its work, in so far as this is merely repressive, and it is no
longer needed; but until then it is needed. Never is law so
much needed as when the conditions of life are changing and
are imposing upon men new duties which many of them do
not see or own. It must be confessed that it is hard to make
wise laws at such a time, but even tolerable laws are better
than none. Moreover, it may be remarked in passing that
while repressive laws may disappear as men improve in dis-
position, laws of positive constructive nature, designed to
furnish norms for guidance and rules for cooperative effort,
will surely increase in number and in importance.
We have seen that laws regulating industry were generally
repealed during the period we have been considering, and
that, despite the commotion produced by the revolution,
little attempt was made to replace them. Up to that time
the State had, on the whole, increased its regulation of eco-
nomic life from age to age; but now there was a sudden
halt. This was partly due to the feeling that men had really
matured enough so that when they came in contact with
each other they would respect each other's rights at least
more than before; but this feeling had not much to do with
the change. The real cause of the movement was Adam
Smith's central doctrine that not benevolence but self-inter-
est would regulate men's relations for the general good. It
is hardly too much to say that this theory, which has domi-
nated business for a century, implied, if it did not assert,
that in the economic world there was little need of a moral
law. We have now to consider some of the points in which
this theory broke down in practice and men reacted against it.
1. The Quality of Goods. In repealing the laws for the
inspection of wares it was urged that cheating would not
pay, and so would cure itself. It is strange that, though the
44 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
principle of " honesty is the best policy " had been known
for centuries, men had not become honest. But so strong
was the new doctrine of self-interest that men urged that the
very inspection of wares by the government was the cause of
fraud ; for, the government brand being often put on care-
lessly, men bought poor goods, because of the brand, which
they would have rejected if they had examined them. The
abolition of the laws would result in each examining goods
for himself, it was claimed. It is hardly necessary to say
that these hopes were not realized. Nor is the reason hard
to see. Men might be trusted to attend to their own inter-
ests if they knew enough to do so, but they do not. Who
can tell the quality of baking powder, or ground spices, or
patent medicines, or many other things subject to constant
adulteration ? Who can tell whether well water has fever
germs or pork contains trichinae ? For these the ordinary
buyer's knowledge is worthless; an expert must be employed.
Such has been the experience of the English people, and the
law now provides for the inspection by government experts
of meat and fish, groceries, drugs, butter, and other articles
of food. Of course most articles in which differences of
quality do not endanger the public health are left to private
management, but not all, as for instance, butter in Ireland and
herring in Scotland, where the government test is used for con-
venience. Gold and silver plate are tested, gun barrels, steam
boilers, drains and sewers, gas, weights and measures, all
on the same general principle that the government, through
its expert, must guard people from those serious dangers
against which they cannot, or habitually do not, protect
themselves. In reality men do protect themselves through
government, which represents cooperative effort. They select
certain persons to act for them as their agents, and what
one does through an agent one does one's self. For every
person to attempt to do everything directly for himself
would mean return to barbarism. Division of labor and co-
operation are a law of civilization.
The theory that men will ruin their business if they cheat,
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART III. 45
and so will be deterred from cheating, has been utterly
exploded by this great English experiment. It may be true
of those long-established concerns whose reputation is a large
part of their capital in business; but many a man has per-
petrated an audacious fraud upon a country for a few years
and retired with a fortune when his cheating began to be
known. The inspection of goods by the State is a principle
now fully recognized, the only question being how far it
should be applied.
2. T/ie Protection of Labor. Nowhere was freedom more
absolutely demanded than for labor, and nowhere was it
more needed. The old restrictions were very galling and
burdensome. But what of the new freedom ? The introduc-
tion of machinery made it possible to employ women and
children, as has been said, where men had been needed before.
But modern machinery is as destructive as cannon if human
life comes in its way; and the destruction of life and limb
was appalling. It had been argued that employers would
find it to their interest to protect their emplo}Tees from injury
of every kind, but, however that may be, they failed to do
it. So scandalous was their neglect that the law had to
require by heavy penalties what the simplest dictates of
humanity ought to have secured. The employment of
young children of four and five years of age, the bad venti-
lation of factories, working overhours, neglect of education
of children, and many other things called for a like interfer-
ence. It would be difficult to mention a point in which
employers could have neglected the interests of their em-
ployees where they did not do so. And here it must be
noted that free competition fastened upon industry the very
evil it promised to prevent. Many employers were humane
in intention, but if they went to any expense to help their
employees their less scrupulous competitors too often under-
sold them and drove them out of the trade. Thus competi-
tion not only did not recognize, but it did not tolerate, the law
of benevolence.
The result of this was a series of acts of Parliament known
46 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
as the Factory Acts, beginning in 1802 and culminating in
the Consolidation Act of 1878,* which Mr. Jevons, one of
the most distinguished of English economists, calls " one of
the brightest achievements of legislation in this or any other
country." He well adds: "The great fact is that it embod-
ies disinterested legislation; the health and welfare of the
people at large form its sole object; no one class or trade is
to be promoted, as in almost all the older industrial laws."
This remarkable act — "the mere table of contents filling
eight pages and the text sixty-five " — cannot be thoroughly
stated in a few words. In general it establishes : (1) the
fencing in of all dangerous machinery ; (2) ventilation and
other sanitary conditions in factories; (3) a working day
for women and children of not over ten or ten and one half
hours; (4) a Saturday half holiday; (5) prohibition of employ-
ment of children under ten years of age, and under sixteen
years of age unless furnished with a certificate of fitness ;
(6) schooling for children half of each day or on alternate
days ; (7) government inspectors to supervise and enforce
the law. This last provision is a necessity without which
the law would be a dead letter. In contrast with this law,
limiting the work of women and children to not more than
ten nnd one half hours per day (ten in cotton factories and
the like), let us notice the old law of apprenticeship by which
a boy must work at least from five o'clock in the morning
until between seven and eight o'clock at night, with time off
for meals, and which punished him with imprisonment if he
refused. Is it not plain that the old act was in the interest
of employers rather than in the interest of the people ?
Extensions of the law and improvements in administration
have taken place from time to time, but the first radical in-
novation seems to have occurred in 1891. By the act of 1891
* Improvements have since been made in English factory legislation, but
the Act of 1878 is properly designated as the culmination, as it may almost
be called a code of factory law, and contained in itself the more important
provisions, and also the germs of what was to follow. It marks an epoch in
the history of the wage-earner.
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART III. 47
the age at which children could be employed was raised to
eleven years. The powers of inspectors were increased,
greater sanitary precautions and fire escapes were required,
and certain kinds of heavy labor prohibited for women. But
the most important feature of this act is an attempt to regu-
late work done in homes. Employers are compelled to keep
a register of those to whom they give out work, and by this
means the inspector is enabled to inspect the places where
such work is done. This attempt to deal with a most
grievous evil is distinctly a new departure, and its results
will be watched with interest.
Although the beneficence of these laws is now everywhere
admitted, they were bitterly opposed in their earlier forms by
most of the economists of the Adam Smith school in Parlia-
ment, who claimed that it would injure the interests of the
workmen. Of course employers predicted ruin. Neither
proved to be right. It is to be noted that, except in its
general provisions, the law does not protect grown men, but
only three classes, namely, (1) women, (2) children, (3) young
persons — young persons meaning those under eighteen years
of age. Furthermore, being only a factory act, it does not
extend to agricultural laborers, a sadly neglected class in
England, for whose amelioration interest has been generally
awakened only in recent years. The interests of the great
landowners, who were strongly represented in Parliament,
have apparently prevented action in their behalf.
3. Trades Unions. "We have noticed the guilds, which
played a large part in the history of the Middle Ages. These,
however, were not like modern trades unions. They were
unions of men who worked, but not exclusively of wage-
earners, nor in the interests of wage-earners even chiefly.
They were fo'rmed of masters. As we have said, however,
the modern division into employers and employees scarcely
existed. With the development of the wage system, however,
there grew up a most natural tendency on the part of wage-
earners to combine into unions for protection against what
seemed to them the rapacity of their employers. So jealous
48 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
had the ruling classes been of the lower classes, who outnum-
bered them, and might thus endanger their power, that laws
against such combinations had been passed at intervals ever
since 1304. When these classes found the need of union
increasing they were driven to organize clandestinely, and
adopted secret violence in lieu of the open methods which were
denied them. In 1800 Parliament, h'nding that unions were
steadily increasing, passed a most comprehensive law to sup-
press them, declaring illegal " all agreements between journey-
men and workmen for obtaining advances of wages, reductions
of hours of labor, or any other changes in the conditions of
work." Under this law many workmen were prosecuted and
severely punished, but in vain. The law became so odious that
employers were led to pledge themselves to their workmen not
to appeal to the law. In 1824 Parliament confessed the law
a mistake and repealed previous laws relating to combina-
tions of workmen. Trades unions, thus tolerated, grew at
an astonishing rate, but they were still subject to legal perse-
cution of one sort and another. Judicial decisions, especially,
were adverse to them. Their efforts were condemned as
conspiracies "in restraint of trade;" but in 1875 a law was
passed which declared that the purposes and actions of trades
unions were not to be deemed unlawful merely because they
were " in restraint of trade ; " also that acts which were lawful
if done by one should still be lawful if done by two or more
in furtherance of trade disputes. No provision was made
until about this time for the protection of the property of
trades unions, and treasurers and others could steal from
them with impunity. This protection to their property was
at last afforded. They gradually became a powerful factor
in English economic life. Whether they have raised wages
or not is disputed, it being claimed by the older economists
that wages are governed by laws that no direct pressure can
modify. The view of most economists of the present day,
however, seems to be that trades unions find limits to their
power to raise wages in general conditions which, merely as
trades unions, they have not created and cannot change, but
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART III. 49
that within these limits their power is considerable ; in other
words, well-managed trades unions enable wage-earners to
avail themselves of favorable circumstances which other-
wise might pass unutilized by them. It may be added that
few persons, after careful investigation, would be found to
deny their beneficial effect on the education and discipline
of the laboring classes.
Trades unions hav.e attained their highest development in
England; but even in that country the days of their glory
seem to be passing away. The recent progress of industry
has broken down the barriers between separate trades, and it
is easier to pass from one to another, or even from the ranks
of unskilled workmen into factories operated by machinery.
It is now necessary for artisans and mechanics to organize
with reference to those outside of their ranks, if they would
protect themselves and advance their industry, or to seek an
amelioration in their condition through legislation. This is
an explanation of the "new trades-unionism" in England,
which strives, on the one hand, to organize unskilled wage-
earners ; on the other hand, to secure the assistance of law
in the prosecution of their plans.
4. Regulation of Wages by Law. The old law had al-
lowed justices of the peace to fix wages authoritatively.
This law, of course, went with the rest, as being opposed to
free competition in the labor market. Here more than
almost anywhere else the new principle was put into opera-
tion. We have seen as a first result the employment of
women and children instead of men. This was strictly in
keeping .with the principle of free competition, but it pro-
duced the fearful evils which the factory acts were enacted
to correct. It was further found that men were often un-
able to protect their own interests in their agreements with
the employers. If higher wages were paid somewhere else
they did not find it out, or if they found it out they and
their families were attached to the place and could not move
readily. So lower wages were paid until the man who paid
more was forced by competition to cut down wages. It is
50 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
appalling to watch the development of industry early in this
century. The limit of wages was bare subsistence, enough
to keep the wage-earner in working condition, and in this
the employers were apt to calculate below the point of their
own interest, not appreciating the value of efficient, well-fed
employees whom perhaps they had never known. The com-
placency with which employers fell back on the law of self-
interest is well portrayed by Carlyle, who represents one of
them as saying in self-defense: "'My starving workers?
Did I not hire them fairly in the market ? Did I not pay
them to the last sixpence the sum covenanted for ? What
have I to do with them more ? ' " As Carlyle well adds, " We
have profoundly forgotten that cash payment is not the sole
relation of human beings ; we think, nothing doubting, that it
absolves and liquidates all engagements to man." It is here
that we discover the fatal weakness of the competitive theory
in its dependence upon the popular political error of the day
to which we have already referred, the doctrine that "all
men are by nature free and equal." If they were, competi-
tion would produce better results.
The downward movement of wages the trade unions
claim to have nrrested and even reversed. Certain it is that
wages have risen during the period of their influence.
Others claim that the larger wages have been made possible
only by the larger production of wealth in our age. This
last was a necessary condition, but if the helpless inequality
of the laborers while dealing singly with their employers
had continued it is not clear that wages would have risen
as production increased. The many disputes and bitter
quarrels between employers and employees led to legislation
which aimed to adjust the differences between them. An
act was passed in 1824 to provide for the settlement of ex-
isting disputes by justices of the peace or referees. The
arbitration was compulsory with reference to the decisions, for
heavy penalties were pi-ovided which could be inflicted upon
those refusing to adhere to them. An act in 1867 established
" Equitable Councils of Conciliation to Adjust Differences
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION IN ENGLAND — PART III. 51
between Masters and Men." These Councils were more
elaborately constructed, and decisions could be enforced by
legal penalties. An act of 1872, commonly known as Mr.
Mundella's Act, gave power to make settlements with refer-
ence to the future as well as to settle existing disputes. These
acts give recognition to the principle of legal regulation of
controversies, but they have up to the present not been used.
Voluntary boards of conciliation and arbitration, on the
other hand, have proved most salutary in England. Social
action has in that country, as elsewhere, been found neces-
sary to preserve industrial peace.
The last three chapters are a brief sketch of England's
attempt to deal with a new economic theory and a new eco-
nomic power. The new theory was industrial freedom, com-
petition; the new force, steam and invention. Both were
relatively unknown before. The new theory proposed to do
without benevolence in men or interference from the State, and
promised immense increase of wealth and harmonious and
equitable distribution of it among the various parties to its pro-
duction. Both proposals were assented to; were both prom-
ises fulfilled ? An imihense increase in production did take
place, due in part to competition, more to machinery. But
the distribution of this wealth, growing directly out of the
principles of competition so long as they were unrestrictedly
applied, was such that poverty grew faster than wealth, and
the laboring population of the realm sank day by day into
deeper distress and degradation. The partial benevolence
of employers, which would fain have mitigated this disaster,
was, as a rule, neither welcomed nor tolerated by the competi-
tion which had made itself law. Not until this benevolence
was formulated, generalized, and enforced by disinterested
legislation was the horror of the situation diminished. When
we hear the principle of "a fair field and no favor" and "no
State intervention " advocated by a man strong in the con-
sciousness of personal advantages (for such he is sure to be) we
must remember that he is a century behind his time, and that
he has not read or has not profited by one of the most dolorous
52 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
chapters in human history. The English nation, after a trial
of free competition and no interference, as thorough as could
well be made, has undeniably returned to the principle of
governmental activity which she had abandoned — a principle
which recognizes as the function of the State the pro-
tection of the citizens and the furtherance of their material
and social well-being, by every law and every activity which
offers a reasonable guarantee of contributing to that end.
The three words which have become the motto of the
French Republic, "Liberty, Equality, Fraternity" may be
found on the public buildings of France. These three
words likewise convey the spirit of the Declaration of Inde-
pendence. If the aspiration expressed in the motto is ever
realized it will be because liberty is defined and equality
secured by fraternity; it will be because benevolence as well
as competition will rule the economic actions of men ; also
because social readjustments will render our neighbor's
interests more nearly our own. It is a matter for regret
that for so long a time England and America tried to omit
the last and greatest term from the trinity of this new social
creed. The theory of the past century erred in its central
assumption that men were equal. The Creator of the uni-
verse, for reasons presumably wise, has made impossible an
equilibrium of balanced selfishness among men.
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION m ENGLAND — PART III. 53
SUMMARY.
1. Liberty, to be effectual, is found to require mutual limitations.
2. Expert examination of certain goods is found to be necessary.
3. The employer's interest fails to protect employees from bodily injury.
4. The English Factory Acts protect the interests of women, children, and
young persons employed in i'actories, specifying the time and conditions of
their employment.
5. Trades unions, at first forbidden, are permitted in 1824, and rapidly
developed. They powerfully affect the conditions of economic life in England.
6. They now seek to organize unskilled laborers both in city and coun-
try, and to secure the aid of legislation.
7. Legal boards of arbitration are established, but not used.
8. Voluntary boards of arbitration are widely employed with beneficial
results.
9. The principle of non-interference of the State is abandoned as a prin-
ciple in England.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is liberty? What is its counterfeit? What is the result of
general permission to do as one pleases?
2. Is there less or more need of law as society develops? Why ? What
change takes place in the character of law as civilization increases? Why?
3. What need is there of State supervision of commerce? Is it necessary
in all lines ? Why ?
4. Is self-interest a guarantee of honesty? Why?
5. Did competition protect workmen from injury ? Why?
6. What are the provisions of the English Factory Acts? How do they
contrast with former labor legislation ? What are their defects? Why?
7. Why were trades unions at first forbidden bylaw? What was the
result? Why was the prohibition removed? What results followed?
8. What was the attitude of the earlier economists toward trades unions?
Why? Of the later economists? Can they affect wages? How much?
9. What is "new trades-unionism? "
10. How were wages formerly regulated in case of difficulty? Did com-
petition regulate them successfully? Why?
11. What modern means of regulation? Which kind is more used?
LITERATURE.
Brentano, L. : On the History and Development of Guilds and the Origin of
Trade Unions.
Trant, W. : Trade Uiuons.
Seligman, E. R. A. : Two Chapters on the Jfediceval Guilds of England.
American Economic Association. Yol. II, No. 5. (Contains a bibliography.)
• See also references to preceding chapters,
5
CHAPTER VIII.
REMARKS ON THE ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES.
THE economic history of the United States is, in part, the
history of an attempt to apply the principles of free compe-
tition and a minimum of interference on the part of the
State to a new country instead of an old one. This differ-
ence is so great as to have modified the result materially.
As is well known, the principle of non-intervention was
adopted here more widely than in England, where the State
has never ceased to exercise a certain control over religion.
Politically and economically, also, the principle of no State
interference beyond what is absolutely necessary was in the
main recognized for a time. In some particulars the results
have been parallel, in others not. There has been the same,
perhaps an even greater, increase of wealth-production, with
a concentration of wealth which is without parallel in mod-
ern times — which means the growth of great fortunes — the
same extension of commerce, development of railways, and in-
troduction of machinery. In the most important points, how-
ever, the darker side of England's experience does not seem
to have been fully repeated here. We have never known
such low wages, such extended poverty, such suffering and
starvation on a large scale. Real wages are said to have
risen gradually throughout our history, and this, with numer-
ous exceptions, may not be far from the truth. Our expe-
rience, therefore, has, at first blush, not seemed to condemn
a passive policy of government so strongly as has that of
England. The question, therefore, naturally arises whether
the conclusions drawn from English experience were correct.
Which of the two countries has given the principle the fairer
test?
THE ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 55
It will be remembered that the suffering accompanying
the industrial revolution in England was of two kinds. One
was temporary or transitional, the other was permanent or in-
herent in the system. The first was due to the simple fact
of changing. No matter what the change might be, if it
were equally sweeping and rapid, suffering could scarcely
fail to result. Thus a new method was introduced, and those
who practiced the old must lose their occupation and in-
come. Not seeing that the change was coming, they did not
adapt themselves to it, and were sacrificed to it. Trade
drifted from the country to the town, and from one town to
another, the retreating wave leaving many helplessly stranded.
The second kind of suffering came not from change, but
from the very nature of the system introduced, from the
sacrifice of the weak to the strong in the soulless struggle
for existence. This lowering of factory wages and degrada-
tion of factory operatives would, apparently, have happened
just the same if the system had come in ever so slowly or
had existed from the first. Now both these difficulties in
our economic experience have been offset by features pecul-
iar to our country as compared with England.
Difficulty of Transition. — This was slight in America,
because in changing to the new system there was little to
change from. Our economic littleness was our salvation.
Our industries were scarcely started when the steam engine
was introduced, and so from almost the beginning the fac-
tory system seemed the natural one. Such change as there
was from hand industries to power manufacture produced
results similar to those in England; but this change was rela-
tively so insignificant in amount as to attract comparatively
little notice. Moreover, the artisans thrown out of employ-
ment found new employment in the growing industries and
moved willingly from place to place, as English artisans did
not do. This was due to local causes. Thus the change
which in England was a revolution in America was an evolu-
tion, a process that built much and destroyed little, because
there was little to destroy.
56 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
Difficulty of Operation. — The workingmen of this coun-
try seem not to have played a continually losing game, as
did their English cousins, during the period of unlimited
competition. The reason is in a way the opposite of that
just considered. If the littleness of our industries has saved
us from the friction of transition the bigness of our terri-
tory has saved us from the friction of operation. The Amer-
ican workman, either by immigration hither or by the inherit-
ance of traditions that are national, moves about quite freely
in search of his own interests. Through our industrial his-
tory to the present he has been able, by going a reasonable
distance, to find cheap or free land where he could earn an
independent living. Under such circumstances it has been
impossible for the pressure of competition to work out its
natural results in manufacturing industries. It is free land
rather than a protective tariff which has kept up the wages
of labor, and if that resource, which has thus far tempered
the asperities of the struggle, once disappears we may look
for different results unless new safeguards take its place.
It is, of course, objected to this and many previous state-
ments that wages are determined by the product of industry
divided according to immutable laws; to which it may be re-
plied that even if this theory of " immutable law " be true —
a very doubtful " if" — it holds only as a contract holds which
divides the profits of a partnership, a division which is in nowise
certain to be realized if some of the partners are unable to
interpret the contract. There is no conceivable expedient by
which the weak and ignorant can associate with the strong
and unscrupulous without increasing detriment to the for-
mer, unless strength and disinterestedness from without in-
terpose efficiently and permanently in their behalf. Favor-
able as has been the situation of the United States, her
economic history furnishes abundant illustrations of this
fact. As free land becomes less abundant and less accessible
the wage-earning portion of our eastern population finds con-
ditions of life forced upon it which at least hold down if they
do not lower the standard of life. Pauperism is undoubtedly
THE ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 57
increasing with the increase of wealth, and extremes of con-
dition and alienation of classes are familiar to all. Riots
that call for military interference testify to the fact that we
have not escaped, and are escaping less and less, the friction
that accompanies all unfraternal arrangements among men.
Between the two experiments, therefore, we cannot for a
moment hesitate as to which has fairly tested the system.
All countries tend t» fullness, and newness always disappears
in time. That system which will not work in a thickly set-
tled country is a condemned system, for it fails to work
under what arc now generally, and will soon be universally,
the normal conditions of human life.
Competition among Employers and. Centralization.
—We have so far considered the effects of competition upon
the laborers, and in tracing this effect the history of England
has been peculiarly instructive. When we turn to the results
of competition upon the employers we shall find that the his-
tory of our own country is more conclusive. Owing to the
peculiar circumstances of our situation the results of compe-
tition among employers have been developed more rapidly
than abroad. While the conflict between workmen and
employers led to a certain feeling of common interest be-
tween the latter, and frequent combinations among them-
selves for mutual protection against workmen (combinations
which the English law never prohibited), the principle of
competition made them perfect Ishmaelites in their relations
with e:ich other. If they could undersell each other or outdo
each other, by any means recognized in the very flexible
code of business honor, they did so. One of the saddest
things about the history of oppression of labor, which we
have been considering, was the fact that often when employ-
ers were dictating ever-harder terms to their men they were
themselves crowded to the wall and compelled to fight for
existence by the merciless competition among themselves.
Oppression thus necessitated oppression. Of course the
general public, including workmen, stood at the end of this
series and profited by the lower prices; but in such a series
58 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
the lowest term suffers most and profits least by the reduc-
tion. The employer's position, however, not infrequently
was such as to appeal to sympathy.
In America, where no old system had existed to establish
conservative traditions, and where the acquisition of wealth
has been a far more distinctively national passion than in
England, the law of competition has operated far more fully
among employers than it has in England. The resources
which have so mitigated the lot of the employee have not
been available for the employer. Enslaved by fixed invest-
ments of capital, he has had to fight out to the end this war
without quarter. In every such warfare the number of com-
batants tends to decrease. In spite of the enormous growth
of our industries and population, a growth which continues
with unparalleled rapidity, the number of competitors in
many industries, though greatly increasing at first, has of
late shown a remarkable decrease. In 1870, according to the
United States Census, there were in the Southern States 1 75
concerns engaged in the manufacture of iron and steel, with
a capital of $13,372,085 and an annual product of $21,472,665.
In 1880 there were 218 firms, with a capital of $29,145,830
and an annual product of $25,353,251, an increase of 24.6,
118, and 18 per cent respectively. In 1890 the capital had
increased to $50,845,666, or over 74 per cent as compared
with 1880. The annual product had increased to $42,590,822,
or about 68 per cent. Hut the number of concerns had de-
creased to 145, or over one third. The woolen manufacture
presents a still more striking example. According to the
census there were in the United States, in 1870, 3,590 con-
cerns in this business ; in 1880 the number was 2,689, and in
1890, 2,503. In spite of this decrease, the amount of goods
manufactured increased in the last decade over one fourth,
and the capital employed in an even greater degree. The
illustrations we have chosen are good types of the industrial
progress of the country. Competition attained its maximum
in the decade between 1870 and 1880. It became familiarly
known as " cut-throat competition," and but for the existence
THE ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 59
of free land, unworked resources, and the constant increase
of inventions, widespread disaster must have resulted. Since
then the number of competitors who have been forced out of
the struggle has steadily increased and business has fallen
into fewer and fewer hands. This centralization of estab-
lished industries has been much more rapid in America than
elsewhere, due primarily to the absence of hampering con-
ditions, especially to the lack of legal restraint, which has
characterized our economic history ; also to the presence of
conditions positively promoting centralization, like the favor-
itism which has been shown by railways to a fortunate few.
Thus the fruit of the system is ripening sooner than else-
where.
Monopolies. — The centralization of which we have
spoken is only a partial one. It does not necessarily lessen
competition at all. It only gives the business into the hands
of those competitors who are best able to continue it under
the rigorous conditions which competition has imposed.
Other things being equal, the large concerns have the best
chance, and so the tendency is more and more to give them
the business. This seems plainly a reasonable thing to do,
and up to the time we have mentioned, some fifteen or
twenty years ago, there was a very general belief in the
efficiency and sufficiency of competition to control all indus-
tries. Horace Greeley even urged that it would be advanta-
geous to turn the business of the post office over to the
express companies and thus subject it to the great law of
competition. But experience has shown that under certain
circumstances competition ceases altogether and abandons its
beneficent control. TJiis makes a monopoly, which is not/tin (j
else than a business not limited by competition. A monopoly
results whenever one competitor enjoys certain advantages
which the other competitors cannot obtain, and the process
of competition goes on far enough to drive them from the
field. This advantage may be natural or artificial, and
accordingly we have natural and artificial monopolies.
Artificial monopolies usually depend on some favoritism of
60 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
legislation or of great corporations like railways, or sovereign
power shown to special individuals. Such were the rights
of exclusive manufacture or trade in certain commodities
granted by monarchs to their favorites. These were one of
the most hated features of the old system against which
Adam Smith and the men of his day rebelled. Tariff laws
are sometimes so framed as to favor certain individuals,
under the guise of general rules, and thus form the basis of
monopolies. There is generally very little excuse for arti-
ficial monopolies save in the case of patents, copyrights, and
the like, and of course they can be terminated by removing
the artificial prop which supports them.
But natural monopolies are a different matter. We can-
not legislate away the inequalities of nature in such cases.
The growth of natural monopolies has of late years been
prodigious. Without trying to make an exhaustive list the
following monopolies may be mentioned as having assumed
national importance. First, the railways are at least partial
monopolies, and their residual competition is constantly di-
minishing. Great commercial cities like Chicago and New
York are connected by several lines, and at times a fierce
struggle breaks out under such circumstances, but an agree-
ment is soon reached and the minimum of competition re-
maining relates to quality of service rather than to price.
Even the competition in quality is less than is often claimed,
affecting chiefly a few-through trains. But the great major-
ity of people in the United States are not situated like the
residents of New York and Chicago. Smaller places are
often connected with larger places and with one another by a
single line, and do not have the benefit of even the minimum
of partial competition which exists elsewhere. The power of
railways left to themselves is almost unbounded, far greater
than that of any sovereign. By far the larger number of
towns in the United States are on one line of railway only,
and even if all were on more than one line of railway the
ultimate result would be combination and monopoly.
Instances are numerous where railways have so regulated
THE ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 61
rates as to kill one town and build up another as they saw
fit. In the West they have built grain elevators, allowed no
private elevators on their track or charged exorbitant rates
for private shipments, and thus compelled farmers to sell
grain to them at their own price. They have put up and
overthrown manufactures as they chose. So great has be-
come the importance of transportation in our day that the
control of it by a monopoly is the most far-reaching tyranny
now made possible by our economic life.
The second important group of natural monopolies with
which we have become familiar consists of those which we
may know as the centralized branches of municipal supply.
These are city water works, city gas works, electric lighting
plants, street-car lines, and possibly others. That these
industries are monopolies by nature was not at first clear, but
now it is generally admitted. For instance, though there
may be several street-car lines in a city they cannot be in
the same street and cannot compete to any considerable ex-
tent. Competing gas and water companies may exist in the
same city and lay parallel systems of pipes, but the cost
of such a system of pipes with a central plant is so great
that the interest on the capital thus invested constitutes a
very large part of the cost of gas and a still larger part
of the cost of water. So, when two plants are put in to do
the work of one, the increase of cost is so great that it more
than balances the gain from competition. Competition in
such cases is therefore justly regarded as out of the question,
and rival companies never long compete in good faith.
The third group of natural monopolies consists in the cen-
tralized control of gi-eat natural treasures. The principal
examples are the Standard Oil Company and the " Coal Com-
bine." These two monopolies control almost completely the
price of two important commodities. It is to be noted that
both these monopolies owe their existence in the first
instance to the previous monopoly of railways. Natural gas
also may be instanced as an illustration following under this
head.
62 OUTLINES OP ECONOMICS.
In addition to these monopolies, which plainly have a
natural basis, there has been of late a remarkable movement
toward the formation of monopolies in other industries which
have become highly centralized. When an industry has
fallen almost entirely into the hands of a few large and ably
managed concerns these have united in an agreement not to
compete with each other in the matter of price. They have
usually limited the amount of the total output and assigned
a certain quota to each concern. These combinations, vari-
ously known as pools, combines, and trusts, according to the
method of their organization, are a matter of great interest,
and, it must be confessed, of considerable anxiety in our own
day. So long as they last they constitute real monopolies
and regulate prices wholly in their own interest. There are
those who claim that all industries will become monopolies
if competition is unchecked; that competitors are never long
equal, and that the first result is bound to be centralization
and the final result monopoly. The instability of most pools
and trusts up to date gives little warrant for such an asser-
tion. Experience beyond what we now possess is necessary
to decide. All we can now say is that certain industries, by
virtue of natural inequalities necessarily existing between
the competitors, if left to the control of competition, inevi-
tably become monopolies, while others find it seemingly im-
possible to escape from the control of the competitive
principle. While it is difficult to draw the line between
these two kinds of industries they seem none the less to in-
dicate the existence of two separate industrial fields, the
monopolistic and the competitive, requiring different princi-
ples of control.
THE ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 63
SUMMARY.
1. Non-intervention in its extreme form became the early policy of the
United States.
2. The transitional suffering which accompanied the industrial revolution
in England was avoided in the United States by the fact that industries
were but little developed under the old plan.
3. The tendency of the new system to depress wages was prevented by
the competing presence of free land, and by the greater mobility of American
labor.
4. On the other hand, competition among employers has been severe and
often self-destructive, resulting largely in consolidation.
5. The development of monopolies based on natural or artificial advan-
tages has been a marked feature of our industrial experience.
6. These are chiefly in transportation, collective municipal service and
natural treasures, with a suggestion of possible monopoly in other fields.
QUESTIONS.
1. In what respect has private enterprise had freer scope in America
than in England? Its results on labor? Why? Will these results be
permanent? Why?
2. Why has competition among employers been freer than in England?
What has been the result ?
3. What constitutes a monopoly? What is the difference between a
natural and an artificial monopoly ? Mention examples of each. Classify
the former.
4. Is general manufacturing and commerce liable to become monopolistic ?
Why?
LITERATURE.
Ely, R. T. : Labor Movement in America.
Rand, Benjamin: Economic History Since 1873. Chapter XV. This
chapter contains four reports made for the Tenth Census by P. A. Walker,
Carroll D. Wright, Edward Atkinson, and James M. Swank.
CHAPTER IX.
TENDENCIES TO REACTION AGAINST A PASSIVE POLICY OF
GOVERNMENT IN THE UNITED STATES.
WE have seen that the misery and degradation of the
wage-earning classes which led in England to the reaction in
favor of an active policy of government did not at first exist
in the United States to so great an extent as to require and
secure legislation in their behalf; but soon similar conditions
led to like results, and in most of the commonwealths of the
American Union we have now a considerable body of factory
laws for the protection of the wage-earning classes and for
the promotion of their interests. Massachusetts leads the
country in this respect, and the factory legislation of this
State is probably surpassed only by that of England. The
growth of factory legislation in our country illustrates the
principles already stated, for it follows the lines of indus-
trial development spreading from New England to the West
and the South, but more slowly in the latter direction.
Nor has the adulteration of foods or the falsification of
wares ever received any such attention as in England, though
here there has been need enough surely. Not only have we
become painfully familiar with the style of goods which the
competitive system always produces, and which in England
are known by the expressive term " cheap and nasty," but
dangerous adulterations are as common here as anywhere in
the world. The fact that the theory of non-interference was
not so completely broken down by the pressure of labor inter-
ests, together with the general weakness of our administrative
system, accounts, in part, at least, for the general reluctance
to intrust to government in this country the duty of inspecting
wares and products of manufacture. But the recent growth
of monopolies has been a problem calling for earnest thought
REACTION AGAINST A PASSIVE POLICY. 65
and revision of opinion. Of course the objection to monop-
olies has been that they were able and inclined to regulate
prices entirely for their own interest. Even this would have
been less objected to if the employer, thus relieved from the
necessity of forcing down wages, had been careful to divide
the profits thus increased with his employees. But the
schooling obtained in the great struggle which had made mo-
nopoly widespread was not of a kind to make men " tenderly
affectioned one to another," and the increasing size of man-
ufacturing concerns had hopelessly separated the two classes.
It has clearly not helped the wage-earning classes that profits
have been increased by monopolistic control. The same
could be said of other important interests. Never wns in-
dustry more careless of life than under monopolistic control.
The greatest of our monopolized industries, the railways,
in 1892 sacrificed the lives of over seven thousand persons,
a number almost incredible to one accustomed to the legally
enforced precautions of European countries. Far more em-
ployees than passengers were killed ; and the lives of most
of them, and of many of the passengers and other persons
killed, might have been saved by the adoption of safeguards
perfectly well known, and not adopted, simply because of
their cost.
The history of our attempt to control monopolies is long
and confusing. In general, however, three methods have
been employed — competition, government regulation, and
government ownership. Let us notice briefly each of these
methods.
Competition. — This was the favorite method of dealing
with natural monopolies so long as competition was regarded
as the only safeguard of industry. It has been tried espe-
cially in railways and in gas service. We may say, in a
way, that the history of our railway business is the history
of competing lines Avhich have tracked each other across the
country, endeavoring rather to overreach each other than to
serve the public. While we can safely assert that but for
the rivalry of competing roads the enormous fixed invest-
66 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
ments of our railways could have been much better distrib-
uted for the service of the country, it must be admitted that
the competing lines thus constructed have often served dif-
ferent local interests, and they have been constructed accord-
ing to the dictates of competition. But it is not this com-
petition which is significant under the heading of this chapter,
for this was not an abandonment of the principle of competi-
tive control, but an avowal of it. Not so, though, with
certain cases like that of the West Shore Railway in New
York. This was built almost absolutely parallel to the New
York Central, whose monopoly of the carrying trade of
central New York it was designed to check. To insure this
object the charter provided that it should never sell out to
the New York Central Company; that is, it should forever
compete with it. Let us notice the real nature of this provi-
sion. The doctrine really at the bottom of the whole was
that the State should not interfere with private enterprise,
but should allow free competition to regulate prices. But,
free competition having failed in the case of railways, the
State seeks to establish compulsory competition, which is as
direct a form of State interference as well could be. But
so strong is the faith in competition that the State, having
decided to interfere, does so through the form of an artificial
competition, the most expensive and least efficient means that
could be devised; expensive because the public were com-
pelled at once to suffer the complete loss of the needless
railway and ever afterward to pay charges high enough to
cover interest on the larger capital. The State thus sought
by increasing the cost of transportation to lower profits,
whereas the real object to be obtained was lower charges and
better service, both of which were prevented by the building
of the new road. So much for the economy of the method;
now for its efficiency. After it was opened for a few years
the road was leased to the New York Central Company for four
hundred and seventy-five years, and has since been run as a
needless fifth track to their four-track road. Competition
is postponed until the expiration of the lease. The same
REACTION AGAINST A PASSIVE POLICY. 67
experience has been continually repeated in the case of gas
service. Cities oppressed by monopoly have eagerly wel-
comed a new company which has torn up their streets and
inflicted on them great inconvenience to lay a second system
of gas mains, hoping thereby to get competitive prices.
What has been the result ? After a brief pretense of com-
petition, rather, indeed, industrial war, the new company,
whose purpose from the first had only been to force the old
company to divide its monopoly profits with them, has con-
solidated with its rival, and prices are as high as before, with
this important difference, that before they would admit of
great reduction by legal enactment, while now they must be
high to pay interest on the capital so needlessly increased.
We may lay down the general maxim, deduced from our
national experience, that the public must pay for every article
needlessly duplicated in monopoly service, and that, too, with-
out compensating benefit. So thoroughly has this method
been discredited by experience that laws have been proposed
in certain States forbidding the construction of needless
competing railways as resulting in a loss to the public.
Professor Jevons claims that English railways could carry
passengers in first-class cars at one cent a mile (the present
rate is three and one half cents) were it not for the waste-
fulness with which they have been constructed under the
system which we have been considering, and, doubtless,
much the same could be said of our own.
Government Regulation. — We have already seen that
the system of enforced competition is a species of govern-
ment control by clumsy and costly means. It is a sort of
compromise between new necessity and old tradition, a sort
of compulsory freedom with most of the losses and few of
the gains of either system. From this half regulation we
now pass to the avowed application of the principle of State
control. This began on a considerable scale more than
twenty years ago, at the time of the granger movement, as it
was called : at first an uprising of unorganized farmers
against railway claims and abuses; later, an organized move-
68 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
ment which centered in the " Order of the Patrons of
Husbandry," an organization of farmers, founded in 1867.
Laws were passed in a number of States regulating rates and
binding the roads by many rules of action. Much of this
legislation was ill-considered, passed under pressure of popu-
lar excitement, and soon repealed. One unfortunate result c
was the discouragement, for a time, of further attempts at
regulation of railway traffic. Since then, however, the effort
to control railways by legislation has steadily increased in
strength, and has resulted in the creation of the State rail-
way commissions in most of our States and of the federal
interstate commerce commission, with certain powers of
adjudication and control. The application of the principle,
however, has proved exceedingly difficult. The railways
have endless ingenuity at evasion and large power of retalia- ^
tion. They so generally cross the State boundaries that
State laws are of comparatively little effect. No more c
troublesome question of practical legislation now confronts
our people.
The principle of municipal control has resulted even less
satisfactorily. Very seldom have equitable prices been
secured, while the corruption of city councils by monopoly
money has been notorious. Thus the enormous needless cost
of various municipal services has often been divided between
illegitimate profits and still more illegitimate bribes. The
" Broadway Street Railway " franchise in New York is still
fresh in memory. The councilmen were bribed to give away '
a franchise worth an immense sum, and, though the criminals
were punished, and the fraudulent charter nominally re-
voked, by a legal decision the franchise and all assets
of the company were turned over to the directors to be
administered for the benefit of the stockholders, and the
effect was practically Q]}. This decision of the New York
Court of Appeals, it ought to be said, has often been called
in question, and it is to be hoped that it will not be followed
by other courts. This episode illustrates the great weakness
of the system of municipal control, a corrupt council having
'/
. ff^y , '.4-^t><>O o» * "jti.-t.-j-te-k
v
REACTION AGAINST A PASSIVE POLICY. 69
power to perpetuate indefinitely the mischief they do. Here,
if anywhere, " the evil that men do lives after them." On
the other hand, it is equally true that honest councils have
often exerted their power wisely and secured bargains
reasonably advantageous to the city. Still, the most san-
guine advocate of municipal control, as opposed to munici-
pal ownership and management, would hardly claim that our
experience in this respect has been satisfactory.
Government Ownership. — This principle, which has
been extensively adopted in European countries, has, with
exception of the post-office, been applied in our own only
to municipal monopolies, and that to a limited degree. It
is now the generally recognized principle for the manage-
ment of city water works. Why it should be applied here
more than to other branches of the municipal service is not
clear. It is, to be sure, the most essential of all, and the
necessity of a supply that shall be abundant, constant, cheap,
and pure imperatively demands the most efficient and re-
liable management possible. It is significant of the growth
of popular sentiment that this necessity' has led cities gen-
erally to resort to municipal ownership to secure this result.
Municipal gas works now exist in a number of American
cities and are regarded with increasing favor. The most
rapid extension of this principle, however, comes in the case
of electric lighting plants, which are now being introduced
throughout the country. Very many cities have adopted
the principle of municipal ownership, and the tendency to do
so increases. "Without anticipating here the discussion of
this principle, which belongs in another place, it may be said
that the reduction in expense to those cities owning their
own plants has been very great indeed, while up to date few,
if any, cases of failure or mismanagement seem to have been
reported. The means of bribery and the occasion for it
seem to have been largely reduced.
As a result of the century's experience present opinion
seems to tend toward —
1. Private enterprise in the competitive field.
6
TO OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
2. Government ownership in the field of monopoly.
3. Right of private organization for all legal purposes.
4. Government regulation of private industry to protect
the life, health, education, and general welfare of workmen.
5. Government arbitration, if needed, to settle labor dis-
putes.
REACTION AGAINST A PASSIVE POLICY. 71
SUMMARY.
1. The enactment of factory laws in the United States has been less gen-
eral than in England, but not inconsiderable, especially in some States.
2. The testing of i'oods and other products in America has been generally
neglected.
3. Monopolies have, on the contrary, attracted much attention.
4. State encouragement to competition in the case of natural monopolies
has been a disastrous failure.
5. Government regulation of monopolies by law has been tried with but
partial success, especially in the case of municipal regulation.
6. Municipal ownership of local monopoly services has proved more satis-
factory, and is increasing in favor.
QUESTIONS.
1. Against what features of our industrial system has there been a re-
action? Contrast with England?
2. What is the result of competition as a means of controlling natural
monopolies ? "Why ?
3. What effort has been made to control railways by legislation? With
what result? Why?
4. What is the difficulty of municipal control of collective services ? Why
in ust this be so ?
5. What new principle has this difficulty developed? Where has it been
most extensively applied? To what branch has it been applied in the
United States? What are its results ? Why ?
LITERATURE.
Ely, R. T. : Problems of To-day.
See references to preceding chapter.
CHAPTER X.
THE NATURE OP THE SUBJECT OF ECONOMIC STUDY.
WE began this book by saying that economic history was
the history of man in his efforts to get a living; that is, to
get and to use material things to supply his wants. It would
have been easy to begin at once to define the subject and lay
out the principles of our science, instead of going so much at
length into the history of economic effort; but we should
have missed some important points or been in danger of
missing them to some extent. The things which science
learns from history can usually be duly impressed upon us
only by the study of history. In a way we may know the
results of human experience without history, but to follow
that experience with something of attention and sympathy
adds a new and deeper quality to our knowing. What facts,
then, are especially worth noticing as we follow this age-long
struggle of man to get a living ?
1. Economics Treats of Man. — In the first place, we
should note the importance of man in contrast with all the
things we have been considering. This seems a very com-
monplace remark, but the fact is, men who have studied
this science have often not appreciated this fact at all.
Among the most serious mistakes is to consider man simply
as a producer of goods, one " by whom " are all things of
interest to our science, while the infinitely greater truth is
that man is the one "for whom " they are all produced. Of
course no one denies this truth, but men might almost as
well deny it as to leave it out of account. The result of
such neglect is that men devise with great skill rules by
which man may be made the best possible manufacturing
machine. It sometimes quite escapes the notice of these
THE NATURE OF THE SUBJECT OF ECONOMIC STUDY. 73
wise men that in making of man the best possible manufac-
turing machine they may make him a very poor sort of a man ;
that in teaching him to supply his wants very bountifully
they may prevent his developing and correcting those same
wants. They forget that there are two kinds of poverty,
one a lack of goods for the higher wants, the other a lack
of wants for the higher goods. To become rich in goods
while losing at the same time the power to profit by them
is unfortunately one of the commonest retrogressions in
human experience. We do not mean that the whole prob-
lem of human development is the subject of economics, but
simply that manhood, rounded human development, is the
goal of all social sciences, and none must consider their sub-
ject so narrowly as to exclude that object.
Another' common mistake has been to regard as of chief
importance a class of men in their efforts to get a living,
especially the employer. Other men were treated simply as
" a factor in production." An English writer speaks of dear
labor as one of the chief obstacles to England's economic
pi'osperity. Could anything be more utterly an oversight of j
general human well-being? Dear labor should be the very \
goal of England's economic effort, for that means abundant
supply of the wants of the great mass of her people ; and
the fact that labor is dear, so far from being an obstacle
to prosperity, is the very proof and substance of that
prosperity. Our glance at history indicates that men i
have made these mistakes not only in theory but in practice. »
Industries have been developed to majestic proportions while
man was sinking into deeper degradation ; wealth has gi'own
at the expense of that human weal in whose service it won
its name.
2. Economics Treats of Man in Society. — This is
another truism which only history can make true to us. We
have seen as we pass from the savage and cannibal, up
through all the stages of development, an ever-increasing in-
terdependence among men. Man is least dependent when he
wants least, cares least, has least, knows least, and is least,
'
74 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
With every betterment of condition and character he is
more dependent than before, more dependent and yet more
really free. The beginnings of barter are a confession of
mutual need ; the coining of money is a declaration of
dependence to all men. We look with pride upon a century
of progress, but that progress has consisted in little else than
a growth of dependence, an ever-increasing departure from
that rude kind of literal self-help in which each one does
everything for himself. Our fathers drew water, each for
himself, in "the moss-covered bucket," while our mothers
dipped candles for the evening's light. If one was negli-
gent the rest did not suffer. To-day a network of pipes
radiate from a common center to enter a thousand house-
holds. An engineer makes a blunder at the station and
thousands are in darkness or drought. Society is an organ-
ism, and that increasingly. Progress is nothing other than
the building of the organism called society out of the atoms
called men ; a passage from independence to dependence,
from distrust to confidence, from hostility to amity, from
helplessness to helpfulness, while the great law of social
solidarity gains ever-increasing importance. Our science,
then, is interested wholly in man in his relations to others,
not at all in man by himself. Moreover, as a science which
studies the present, in order that it may predict and prepare
the future, discovering that interdependence is the law of
progress, it must not hesitate to shape its pi-inciples with
reference to a solidarity which shall grow more rather than
less, stronger rather than weaker.
3. Economics Treats of Man as in Process of De-
velopment.— Few truths are more easily admitted or more
persistently ignored than that of change in human life and
condition. History makes it real. Man now wanders about
by force of necessity and age-long habit, now starves rather
than be moved from his home. Land is now free to all, now
parcelled out with well-nigh absolute right of individual pos-
session. The seemingly eternal features of the social struc-
ture are gone in a few generations. Nothing so invalidates
THE NATURE OF THE SUBJECT OF ECONOMIC STUDY. 75
theories, laws, general principles, institutions, and enterprises
as this great law of change of which we seldom take full ac-
count. Take, for instance, bequests. Nothing is commoner
than for a man to leave a legacy under specified and detailed
regulations, binding for all time. One leaves money to en-
dow a religious service in a language which in a few genera-
tions no one understands; another founds a college to teach
certain doctrines which in a century no one believes; and so
on indefinitely. These and a thousand other laborious efforts
of statesman, warrior, or philosopher quite lose their worth
for the future because their authors assumed that the future
would be like their present.
This was the mistake of the early economists. They dis-
cerned, often with great clearness, some of the forces then
at work in economic life, and correctly measured their influ-
ence. But white some of these were fundamental and per-
manent others were scarcely more than the accidents of
their day. Thus work which was exceedingly well done had
soon to be undone, and was the source of persistent fallacies.
Especially must we remember that the magnitude and pres-
ent impor^nce of an institution argue little as to its perma-
nency. The wages system and the division between capital
and labor seem rooted in the constitution of society, but
they are scarcely over a century old as a general system.
We may properly study economic life in a temporary and
local stage of its development if we recognize it as local and
temporary, and do not generalize from it for other times and
places. Such a study is a static or standing-still study, and
bears much the same relation to the whole subject as an in-
stantaneous photograph of a crowded thoroughfare bears to
the life of the street. If, on the other hand, we study eco-
nomic life in its changes, determining the laws of those
changes and their direction, we have a dynamic science, or
a science of forces in action. It is as though we followed
up the men on the street day after day until we know who
they are, where they come from, where they are going to,
and what is likely to come of all their doings. It is a harder
76 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
and more valuable study. One object of introducing the
study of history into that of economics is to change it from
a static to a dynamic science.
4. The Laws with which Economics Deals. — The
question is often asked whether economics is a science based
upon natural law. Such questions in their nature are some-
times largely questions about words. What do we mean by
natural law ? In the narrowest sense natural laws are the
habits of nature which know absolutely no variation. Such
are gravitation and chemical affinity ; and the sciences based
upon such laws — astronomy, physics, and chemistry — were
the first to develop, and have attained a maximum degree of
exactitude. The term science is sometimes used in a way to
imply only sciences of this character. These sciences are
more properly known as exact sciences, and they are charac-
terized by the fact that the relations with which they deal
can usually be expressed quantitively, that is, in terms of
mathematics.
When we come in contact with life, however, and espe-
cially with its higher forms, the exactness with which an
astronomer predicts an eclipse or a chemist anticipates a re-
action becomes impossible. Not that life is without laws ;
very far from it. There is, in the first place, the basis of
physical nature, with its perfect regularity, upon which all
life rests and to which it must conform. Then, too, there
are laws governing life directly and pertaining to it. These
form the subject of the group of sciences known as biology.
We must remember, however, that all we can say of natural
laws is that they are habits, not compulsory necessities of
nature, and the laws of life seem to differ from those of
inanimate nature in that they are not quite invariable habits.
Variability seems to be inherent in life, increasing as life
rises in the scale of development. It is often assumed, to
be sure, that these laws are as invariable as any other, and
that this seeming variability is only a greater complexity
which we do not yet understand. However that may be, the
result is the same for the present. The sciences of life are
THE NATURE OF THE SUBJECT OF ECONOMIC STUDY. 77
not exact or mathematical in the sense we have defined.
We must further note that in so far as a science deals with
facts which seem to be governed by no invariable law, or
whose law has not been discovered, it must content itself
with a description of this part of its subject. Thus we have
the term descriptive science. We might better speak of the
descriptive part of a science, for all sciences are able in part
to reduce their facts to law.
What has been said of the sciences dealing with life ap-
plies to an even greater extent to those sciences which deal
with man. It is perfectly true, of course, that within certain
limits man is governed by absolutely invariable laws. He
is as much bound by gravitation as anything else, and if he
falls over a precipice we can predict the results as certainly
as though a stone fell over. But, without entering the bog
of discussion as to the nature of human freedom, we may
safely assume, for practical purposes, that man is also,
within certain limits, a law unto himself. Nowhere do we
find an element of variability so great and so seemingly
ultimate as here. We must remember, therefore, that the
sciences which deal with man deal with a being who is mod-
ified by his environment, but who has the power of modifying
that environment by his own conscious effort. Let us consider
very carefully what this means. It does not mean simply that
man modifies his environment because he has been modified by
it and so reacts upon it, just as things do when they come in
contact. If we accept this view we shall come to Mr. Herbert
Spencer's theory of natural selection. The forces at work
accomplish their own results, according to this theory, whether
jimu will or will not, simply by natural action and reaction.
This implies that man is modified by his enviixmment,
and that he in turn modifies that environment without con-
scious effort. This theory is based on an assumption that
man has no power of initiating an influence, and consistently
concludes that social development, like geological develop-
mcMit, must be left to work itself out. Mr. Spencer, however,
goes farther, and stoutly maintains that man by conscious
78 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
effort, especially by collective or state effort, not only does
not help this development, but actually hinders it. In this
the whole theory is abandoned, for it is plain that if man by
conscious effort can hinder a process he can help that process
in the same way if he only has enough wisdom and sense.
These it is the purpose of science to give him.
In opposition to the theory of natural selection, or uncon-
scious development, has been urged the theory of artificial
selection, or conscious development. Ages of natural selec-
tion made of the potato a lean, watery, unpalatable tuber ;
a few years of artificial selection made it a valuable food
product and a table delicacy. Compare the development of
domestic animals in the last few years, under man's conscious
guidance, with their slow and meager development in a state
of nature. Man has precisely this power of consciously
modifying the natural and artificial elements of his environ-
ment, and this power continually enlarges.
So, when we ask if economics deals with natural laws, we
really ask whether this being, whose activity in a certain line
we are studying, is governed by such laws. If we mean by
this to ask whether his action is characterized by absolutely
invariable habits, like the forces of physics, we must plainly
answer, no. If man had no power of initiative, or, on the
other hand, were so perfectly rational as to always do the
wisest thing, there would be a regularity in his action which
might perhaps form the basis of a complicated, but exact,
science. As it is, all social sciences are approximate and
partly descriptive. There is much in man's action which is
exceedingly (though not perfectly) regular, and hence we
haVe general, though apparently not invariable, laws. There
is a part of his action, however, that seems as yet to be
capricious, and we can only make note of it till we have
more knowledge. The laws of economics are not compara-
ble to the laws of inanimate nature in invariability, but they
are of very general applicability, and are wholly in line with
the action and intent of nature, and are, in this sense, " natu-
ral." But the laws of economics are not natural laws in the
THE NATURE OF THE SUBJECT OF ECONOMIC STUDY. 79
sense in which the word is often used, namely, laws exter-
nal to man and not at all the product of man. The laws of
economics have been designated as social laws to distinguish
them from those of physical science. Social laws describe
tendencies, or regularities, which appear especially in the
consideration of large masses of facts. Human mortality
serves as an illustration. When and how a certain man, as
A, will die is proverbially uncertain; but when we speak of
hundreds of thousands of lives we can predict with such an
approximation of accuracy that a vast business-like life insur-
ance can be built upon the regularity of the action of death.
The importance of this question will appear later in consid-
ering the history of the development of economics.
The foregoing discussion enables us to answer in a word
the much-mooted question, " Is economics a science ? " It is
not an exact or mathematical science, though certain portions
of the subject may possibly become so. It is an approxi-
mate and partially descriptive science, like all sciences deal-
ing with man, or even with life. The inexactness of the
social sciences is due to the very thing which gives them
their supreme value, the nature of man and the greatness of
their subject.
80 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMABY.
The study of economic history emphasizes the following facts as the basis
of economic science:
1. Man must be regarded primarily as a consumer if his true dignity is
to be maintained.
2. The recognition of a social class existing simply for the sake of pro-
duction has tended to a wrong organization of society and a wrong concep-
tion of economic science.
3. Economic progress has been a progress toward interdependence, toward
social as contrasted with isolated activity.
4. The conditions of economic life are constantly changing, and conclusions
based upon them are only relative.
5. Economics may be studied as a static or a dynamic science, each having
its value, but needing o be clearly distinguished from the other.
6. The laws with which economics deals are not invariable, like those of
physics and chemistry, because of the interplay of the human will, which
has the power of independent initiative.
7. Economics is therefore a science, but not an exact science.
8. Man's power of consciously modifying his environment is the basis of
artificial as opposed to natural selection.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is the necessity of making man rather than goods the prominent
thing in economic science ?
2. What ultimately determines whether a man is poor or not? What
kinds of poverty are there?
3. What is meant by " dear labor ? " Is it a good or a bad thing for so-
ciety in general, and why? for employers in general, and why? for an indi-
vidual employer, and why ?
4. How far is independence a good thing? dependence? Are the two
compatible?
5. What is a static science ? a dynamic science? What is the advantage of
each ? What mistake are we apt to make iu considering a science statically ?
G. What is the difference between natural and civil law? How do the
laws of inanimate nature differ from those governing life?
7. What is the difference between an exact and a descriptive science?
8. What is meant by natural selection ? by artificial selection ? Which
applies to human society? Why?
LITEBATUBE.
Sidgwick, Henry: The Scope and Method of Economic Science.
Keynes, J. N. : The Scope and Method of Political Economy.
Ingram, J. K. : A History of Political Economy. Chapter VII.
CHAPTER XI.
DEFINITION OF ECONOMICS AND ITS RELATION TO TI1K
OTHER SOCIAL SCIENCES.
WE have necessarily anticipated, little by little, most of
the elements needed to define economics, but we need to
collect and formulate them as exactly as possible. Especially
do we need to see clearly the relation between economics and
its sister sciences.
Man has been busy from the first in several lines of effort.
He has talked, worshiped, fought, studied, etc., and each of
these lines of effort has developed its own faculties and
institutions. For convenience we may arrange these in eight
groups, as follows: language, art, education, religion, family
life, society life, political life, economic life. Each of these
is the subject of a science more or less developed. The
group of society life — that is, the life of polite society, calls,
parties, balls, etc., has been studied but little, and we know
few of its governing principles.* Language, on the other
hand, is a science which has attained to very complete de-
velopment. The rest lie scattered between these extremes.
A peculiar feature of these activities is that they are all of
them collective activities, activities which one man cannot
well carry on alone. This is obviously true of family and
political life, language, and others, and on careful examina-
tion it proves to be true of the rest. It is now admitted,
after many experiments, that art and even religion do not
thrive in solitude. It would seem that if a man could do
* An attempt to examine scienti6cally some, at least, of the phenomena of
polite society has been made by a learned jurist, the late Professor Rudolph
von Ihering, in his Zweck im Recht, a work which should receive more
attention from American and English scholars than they have heretofore
accorded it.
82 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
anything by himself it would be to get a living; but our
brief study of history impi'esses us with the insignificance of
all such effort and the inevitable tendency of men to drift
together in their economic activity. If it were possible for
men to live in isolation we may safely assert that in such
isolation every one of the eight lines of effort we have men-
tioned would soon dwindle into insignificance or altogether
cease. So these sciences are all of them social sciences; and
as the sciences that deal with life are now grouped together
under the name biology (science of life), so the social sciences
are now grouped under the title of sociology, or the science
of society. It must be remembered, then, that sociology is
a comprehensive science, or rather a group of sciences.
Economics is a branch of sociology. Next to language it
is the best developed of them all, and is by far the best
introduction to the larger group. Sociology as a coordinat-
ing science is in a most undeveloped condition, and must
remain so till much painstaking work is done in each of its
branches. Economics may be defined as the science of those
social phenomena to which the icealth-getting and wealth-
using activity of man gives rise. This wealth-getting activ-
ity is called economic. We may speak of it in all its rela-
tions as economic life, or economy. "VVe may thus say that
.economics is the science which deals with the economic
life, or the economy of man. A useful distinction in lan-
guage is thus made between economy, the life itself, and
economics, the science dealing with that life. If this dis-
tinction could always be observed much confusion would be
avoided.
We have economies of various sorts: the economy of an
individual, of a family, a tribe, a city, a state, or a nation,
and we have, correspondingly, many economic units. The
dominant unit in ancient Greece, for example, was the house-
hold, which included the family and all the slaves and other
dependents. These lived together and formed a little group
by themselves. The economic life of Greece meant, largely,
a sum of the economic activities of these households, each of
DEFINITION OF ECONOMICS. 83
which strove to be sufficient unto itself. It is interesting to
know that many a well-managed Southern plantation before
the late civil war endeavored to produce all the means of
life on the plantation, and in this respect, as in others,
resembled a Greek household. But as time has progressed
these old groups have been partially dissolved, and in many
instances in modern times the individual, in his economic
activity, constitutes a unit, although the family is still the
prevalent economic unit. It is a natural outcome of industrial
progress, as already explained, that the relations between
these units have multiplied indefinitely in number and in
importance. This is simply another way of describing the
growing interdependence of men. Economics deals espe-
cially with the mutual relations of economies of all kinds,
private and public. It is chiefly, if not exclusively, a science
of human relations, and without these relations could not exist.
We are already prepared for the discovery that these dif-
ferent activities of which we have spoken cannot be wholly -
separated from one another either in theory or in practice.
We have noticed the bearing of legislation on economic life;
but legislation belongs primarily to the science of politics, not
to economics. If we had studied the history of Russia we
should have found that the number of saints' days is so
great as to hinder industry seriously; but these belong pri-
marily to the subject of religion. The dependence of eco-
nomic life upon such institutions as the family, education,
etc., is too apparent to need illustration. Hence our defini-
tion must be somewhat broadened, as follows: Economics is
the science (1) which treats of those social phenomena due to
the wealth-getting and wealth-using activity of man, and (2)
which deals with all other branches of his life in so far as
they affect his social activity in this respect. Of course the
other social sciences require a similar extension, and so they
all are dependent upon economics.
The Principal Divisions of Economics.— Economics
in this work will be presented under two main heads, Private
and Public.
84 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
1. Private Economics treats of the economic life of individ-
uals and private combinations. It is not to be understood
that this economic life is isolated, for such scarcely exists.
The individual, whether single or in association, is still con-
sidered in his relations to society. The distinguishing char-
acteristic of this economy is that it is under the control of
private persons subject only to such general regulations as
the government may prescribe for the protection of the gen-
eral interests of society.
2. Public Economics. This branch of economics corre-
sponds to some extent, but not wholly, to the economic politics
or practical economics of the Germans. It treats of the
economic life of man as manifested in the activity of the
State.* In this we have to do both with the intervention of
the State in private industries and with that economic activity
which is carried on exclusively under its direction. Such
are taxation in its various forms, the management of State
property, the appropriation of State revenues, and the man-
agement of monopolies owned by the municipality or the
State. This branch of economics naturally increases in im-
portance as the functions of the State are enlarged, and it
is now attracting great attention, f
Private economics is again divided into four departments,
production, distribution, transfer of goods, and consumption.
Production is the creation of utilities ; distribution is the
dividing of the product thus created among the different
factors of production ; that is, among those different persons
*It will be observed that "State" is used here in the generic sense cor-
responding to the original meaning of "political." It includes the activity
of local political units, the commonwealth, and the nation.
f On some accounts it would be better to entitle the two main divisions
Social Economios and Political Economics, in which case " political " would
be used in its true meaning, referring to the State. Social economics in the
broadest sense would, however, naturally include political economics, for
society is larger than government, and includes all its activity within itself.
It would, therefore, not be an absolutely correct arrangement, if reference
is had to the strict meaning of the terms. It is, however, frequently neces-
sary to restrict technical terms more or less arbitrarily.
DEFINITION OF ECONOMICS. 85
or elements which have combined to produce it; transfer of
goods is explained by the words, meaning their transfer from
one person to another, usually in form of exchange ; con-
sumption is the use made of goods, not always a using up,
but the process in which goods serve their final purpose and
for which they exist.
7
86 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMABY.
1. The different groups of men's social activities correspond to as many
social sciences which collectively constitute sociology or the science of society.
2. Economics is the branch of sociology which treats of those social phe-
nomena to which the wealth-getting and wealth-using activity of men gives
rise.
3. Economics deals with all other social activities in so far as they affect
economic activity.
4. Private economics treats of the economic life of individuals and private
combinations.
5. Public economics treats of the economic life of the State, not only in
its independent activities but in its connection with individual enterprise.
G. Private economics is divided into production, distribution, transfer of
goods, and consumption.
QUESTIONS.
J. Into what groups have men's social activities been divided? Why?
2. What is the group with which economics deals? Does it have any-
thing to do with the other groups? How much? Why?
3. What have these groups in common ? What is the relation of eco-
nomics to sociology?
LITEB ATUBE .
Giddings, F. H. : The Sociological Character of Political Economy. (Pub-
lications of American Economic Association. Vol. Ill, p. 29.)
Roscher, W. : Political Economy. (Lalor's Translation.) Introduction,
Chapter II.
BOOK II.
PRIVATE ECONOMICS.
PART I.
PRODUCTION.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
WE have defined private economics as that portion of the
science which deals with private enterprise; that is, with the
economic activities of individuals left to themselves. Of course
no individual in a civilized country is left to himself entirely.
Society, through the organization of government and other-
wise, always controls the individual to some extent, but in
the great majority of cases he is left to his own devices ex-
cept for certain general rules. What these rules should be
we shall consider under public economics, as well as certain
cases in which private enterprise has to be altogether dis-
pensed with. What we have now to consider is not the case
of enterprises which are wholly private, for there are none
such, but rather the private side of economic activities. The
line is not easy to draw, but it is very important to con-
sider the relation between these two functions. This is the
most important economic -question of our day.
Utilities. — Man creates no new matter. Neither the farm-
er nor the merchant adds one atom to the existing material
of the earth. Yet they are both properly called producers.
What do they produce ? Simply quantities of utility. And
how do they produce quantities of utilities ? Simply by put-
ting things in their proper places. Man can only move
things, and when he moves them in a suitable manner he cre-
ates utilities. " This one operation," says John Stuart Mill,
" of putting things into fit places for being acted upon by
90 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
their own internal forces and by those residing in other nat-
ural objects is all that man does or can do with matter." *
It has seemed to some that the farmer is more truly a pro-
ducer than the manufacturer, and the manufacturer than the
merchant; but such is not at all the case. All of these in-
dustrial classes do the same thing. They produce utilities
by putting things into the right places. The farmer adds
nothing to the material of the globe, but he gives direction
to the forces of nature so that existing material becomes better
adapted to the wants of man, and thereby more useful. He
drops corn into the earth, and thereby puts it into a fit place
for being acted upon by external natural forces. From time
to time he removes weeds and throws earth about the stalk
which grows up, and portions of earth, air, and moisture take
new relative positions, and the result is again corn, and more
corn. Changed places and natural forces have rendered
things more useful. All this while man has done nothing
but put things in fit places.
The manufacturer changes forms and combinations of raw
material by putting things into fit places, and likewise pro-
duces utilities. The merchant similarly takes things from
places where they are less useful to places where they are
more useful. He produces utilities as truly as the farmer or
manufacturer. It may well happen that the utilities pro-
duced by the merchant could be produced with a smaller ex-
penditure of economic force, and that by a better organization
of the factors of production saving could be secured; or it
may be that at times the merchant has been able to secure
a larger return for the production of a given quantity of
social utility than the fanner; but all this is no justification
whatever for the popular impression that he is less produc-
tive than any other person who is engaged in economic work.
Production, then, means the creation of utilities by the
application of man's mental and physical powers to the phys-
ical universe, which furnishes materials and forces. This
application of man's powers is called labor.
* Political Economy, book i, chap, i, § 2.
INTRODUCTORY. 91
Those quantities of utility which result from labor are
called economic goods; but not all economic goods are the
result of labor. Economic goods have not been defined thus
far, but they have been described as material good things.
Probably any reader of this book would call a vacant lot on
Fifth Avenue in New York city a material good thing, even
if no person has ever expended a day's labor on it. It is de-
sirable at this point to have a clear idea of economic goods,
and a definition is offered. We will begin with the word
u good." Everything which satisfies a human want we call
a good; and here, on the threshold of our science, we see
how absurd it is to say that economic laws are independent
of man and would be what they are if man did not live
on the enrth. We cannot get half way through our defini-
tion of economic goods before we have brought in the human
element.
Goods we divide into free goods and economic goods.
Free goods are those which exist in superabundance and are
offered freely to every one without charge. Air and water
are usually free goods. Land in a new country is frequently
a free good.
Economic goods are those goods which are usually and
regularly obtained by man only by exertion, and which, or
the use of which, may be disposed of for other goods. They
may be further characterized as directly or indirectly ex-
changeable for all goods which come on the market. After
money comes into use they may be defined as goods which
exchange for money or as goods which are bought and sold.
A few points require further explanation. " Usually " they
are obtained by exertion. One may pick up a diamond or a
nugget of gold upon which one has stumbled. Mere picking
up of these articles cannot properly be called labor.
Man's Original and Acquired Powers. — The goods or
their use may be disposed of for other goods. This enables
us to include in our definition both material and immaterial
goods, like a person's technical skill acquired by labor, and
often very productive. The central point of our science is
92 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
the conception of man in his relations to material good things;
but it does not seem practicable to exclude utilities fixed
and embodied in human beings from the rank of economic
goods because man cannot be bought and sold. Once men
could be bought and sold, and they then took their place
with horses and oxen among material goods. Now man may
sell the use of his powers. It is hard to draw the line, but it
may be done with sufficient accuracy by keeping in mind our
central conception. We would not speak of the cultivation
of our faculties, merely for the sake of our own better devel-
opment, as economic exertion in any strict sense, although it
might well have economic consequences. The economic life
and its goods are subservient to man. We call the acquisi-
tion of a technical skill an economic process, because it has
reference to the creation of utilities incorporated in material
good things. The direct labor expended on matter we may
call a primary economic process, and that labor which pre-
pares us to expend our augmented power on material things
to render them useful, or more useful, we may call a second-
ary economic process. There is a production where economic
exertions and non-economic exertions meet, as in the com-
mon school education of the young. There are such border
lines, where discrimination is difficult or impossible, in natu-
ral sciences as well as in social and mental sciences, but they
need not, as a rule, occasion much difficulty.
"Wealth. — Political economists have usually called eco-
nomic goods wealth. This term is not wholly satisfactory,
on account of the many uses to which the word has been put.
It commonly means abundance of economic goods, either
absolutely, in proportion to one's wants, or, as is more fre-
quently the case, relatively, with reference to the possessions
of others. Wealth is also used often to denote the economic
goods belonging to an organized society of men, especially
of a nation. We compare the wealth of England with the
wealth of France or Germany. We would hardly say Ger-
many is not a wealthy country, but, rather, not a rich coun-
try. Notwithstanding the ambiguity, wealth has so gener-
INTRODUCTORY. 93
ally been used for economic goods, and is so convenient a
term, so much more so than the larger term of two words,
that it may not be possible, perhaps not even desirable, to
displace it entirely. The two terms can be used interchange-
ably in many cases, care being taken to employ economic
goods wherever it will make our meaning clearer or help to
avoid misunderstanding.
The Individual and Society.— One distinction runs all
the way through political economy, and that is the distinc-
tion between the social and the individual standpoint. We
have consequently to distinguish between social and individ-
ual wealth, for what is wealth to the individual is often not
wealth to society.
Many illustrations offer themselves. A mortgage is indi-
vidual wealth. If the claim it stands for is extinguished
society is neither richer nor poorer. Similarly all State,
municipal, and federal bonds represent claims on the indus-
try of the people. If all these bonds should be destroyed
the bondholders as individuals would suffer loss, but so-
ciety as a whole would be neither richer nor poorer, and
society, exclusive of bondholders, would have gained at their
expense.
Census Estimates of Wealth. — Census returns of
wealth, from their very nature, give little idea of the eco-
nomic well-being of the country. First, census returns are
made in money. Now, it is a well-known fact that prices
vary greatly according to the amount of money in circula-
tion. If the amount of currency is increased, prices rise,
and the returns show an increase in valuation when perhaps
there is no real increase of commodities. Plainly such an
increase of wealth on paper means no real advantage to the
country. Second, an article may be so increased in amount
that its value may be reduced in even greater amount. Thus
a very abundant wheat crop may reduce the price so low
that the whole crop sells for less than a poor crop. The
cotton crop of 1869, for example, amounted to 1,129,811,645
pounds, with a farm value of $303,600,000, or a little over
94 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
26 cents per pound. Two years later the crop had increased
to 2,020,693,736 pounds, but tlie total farm value was only
$288,300,000, or a little over 14 cents per pound. Thus while
the amount of the crop had increased 890,000,000 pounds,
or nearly 79 per cent, the total farm value had deceased
over $15,000,000.* Third, the value of things is greatly
affected by the arbitrary disposition of society. When
law gives valuable privileges to a company there is an
immense increase of value in that company's plant but
no increase in social well-being ; perhaps even a positive
decrease, for property is often rendered less serviceable
by such a disposition. When we congratulate ourselves
on having more wealth than a country like Prussia we must
remember that there the immense property of telegraph and
railway lines represents cost, while with us it represents sev-
eral times the cost on account of the peculiar privileges we
have granted to such enterprises. Economic well-being, on
the other hand, depends upon the abundance of economic
goods, their adaptation to the satisfaction of wants, and on
the importance of the wants which they satisfy. Increase
in valuation may mean nothing but increased abuse in the
management of the nation's goods.
Take our own post office. It can figure in census re-
turns only for the actual value of its plant, while if it should
be made over to a private corporation it would soon have a
capitalization of hundreds of millions of dollars. Apparently
the wealth of the country would be increased, but really we
would be poorer, for we should be obliged to support many
highly paid officials and costly attorneys, and an expensive
and demoralizing lobby to shape post office legislation for
private ends.
Most countries have granted limited charters to gas com-
panies, street-car corporations, steam railway companies, and
the like. Very often, at the expiration of a given period, as
thirty, fifty, or ninety years, the entire property, without rec-
* Statistical Abstract of the United States, Eleventh Number (1888),
page 13G.
INTRODUCTORY. 95
otnpense, passes over to the people and becomes public, like
our post office. This is the case with street cars in Glasgow,
Scotland, and Berlin, Germany, and steam railways in France
and Austria. Elsewhere the right is reserved to purchase
property at the expiration of a prescribed period, paying for
the plant only at an appraised valuation, giving nothing for
the franchise. This prevents an inflation of values, but en-
riches a country.
The results of the household work of women do not ap-
pear in the census returns, and yet they include a large part
of the utilities created every year in a country. If bread
should universally come to be baked outside the home it
would increase the wealth of the country as reported in the
census returns.
Various Kinds of Production. — We have isolated
production and social production, domestic production and
production of economic goods for exchanges. Isolated pro-
duction is found only in the earliest stages of human devel-
opment, and even then it is not isolated in the strictest sense
of the term. Even the beasts of the field are not altogether
isolated in their efforts to obtain food, although they differ
considerably among themselves in this respect. While we
do not find individuals living a strictly isolated economic
life we do discover families or households organized as iso-
lated economic units. We find in history, and we discover
in the records of travelers, a relatively isolated economic ac-
tivity. Products are gathered from nature, and these are
used to satisfy the wants of the various members of this
economic unit. But as time goes on, the greater part of
what is produced in industrial centers is destined for the
consumption of others, and the production of to-day is chiefly
social. Men produce for one another. Domestic production,
production in and for the household, is distinguished from pro-
duction for exchange even in present industrial civilization.
We have also individual and social production in a sense
just described in this chapter. Individual production is
sometimes social destruction of economic goods. A proprie-
96 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
tor of a lottery may produce things valuable to him and ac-
quire wealth, while his activity is from a social standpoint
pestiferous. The same thing may be said of the class of
saloon-keepers and of all those unhappy wretches who minis-
ter to vice. We have also the familiar terms of production on
a large scale and on a small scale, well enough understood.
Overproduction and Underconsumption. — The pur-
pose of production is consumption, and if more is produced
more must be consumed. Power to consume is measured
by purchasing power, and power of consumption sets a
limit to production. There is no such thing as general over-
production, for more economic goods of all kinds have never
been produced than men really need to satisfy their legiti-
mate wants. On the contrary, not enough has ever yet been
produced for this purpose. Sometimes production does not
go forward evenly, and there is an undue amount of labor
and capital directed to certain pursuits; but until all men are
well clothed, housed, and fed, and furnished with material
appliances for their higher life, like books, pictures, musical
instruments, church buildings, etc., it will be a manifest ab-
surdity to talk about a general overproduction. When
there is almost universal difficulty in disposing of goods pro-
duced the real phenomenon is described by underconsump-
tion. Men want these goods; they are willing to give serv-
ices in exchange for them, but they cannot dispose of their
services, and consequently they lack purchasing power. A
glut in the market always means underconsumption. This
is one of the sad and curious features of the life of the mod-
ern socio-economic organism. Its parts do not always fulfill
their functions harmoniously; frequently parts are partially
incapacitated and the body is in a diseased condition.
Some have supposed that luxury and extravagance are
able to remedy gluts in the markets, but this is impossible.
On the contrary, they frequently bring about a diseased,
condition of industrial society which leads to gluts. We
shall consider this subject at greater length when we come
to consumption.
INTRODUCTORY. 97
The Relation of Production to Other Departments
of Economics. — Production in its broadest sense includes
the greatest part of all the branches of private economics ex-
cept consumption. We have seen that all man can do is to
change the place of things. He puts things together in new
relations, and new things result. But the process of exchange,
which includes transportation, etc., is plainly only a part of
this process. It looks very strange at first to think of a mer-
chant as a manufacturer, but when we remember that he sub-
divides things which are too bulky for use we see at least a
suggestion of the manufacturer's function. On the other
hand, does not the man who puts a spoke into a wagon wheel
do much the same thing as the one who puts the wagon into the
place where it is to finally serve its purpose ? To a certain ex-
tent also distribution, or the sharing of a good among several
persons who have contributed to its production, is an insepara-
ble part of our present system of production, though the con-
nection here is not quite so absolute or quite so apparent. In
a primitive condition of society, however, distribution was not
separate and distinct from production. What a man pro-
duced, that he had as his share of the total wealth produced ;
it was his income. Public economics also, the part played
by the State in economic life, is largely a direct factor in
production. The remainder has to do with consumption.
We are thus led to conclude that the most essential division
of economic activities from one standpoint is that of pro-
duction and consumption, which are natural correlatives.
But the branch processes of transfers and distribution are so
important, so peculiar, and have so long received separate
treatment, that it is every way more expedient to keep them
coordinate with the others.
98 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Man cannot create matter, but can change its place. When this is
done so as to create utilities we call it production.
2. All parts of the process of preparing things for man's use — agriculture,
manufacture, transportation, etc., are alike productive.
3. A good is anything which satisfies a want; an economic good is one
which may be regularly had for exchange.
4. Men have been excluded from the exchange market, but their labor and,
in a way, their skill are still bought and sold, and so are economic goods.
5. Wealth ofien means, in economics, not an abundance but simply an
aggregate of economic goods.
6. Individual wealth is not necessarily wealth to society.
7. Census estimates of wealth are a most imperfect index of well-being,
among other things, on account of the fluctuating values of money and of
goods.
8. Domestic production does not appear in these estimates.
9. In almost all cases production is a social process.
10. What is usually called overproduction is really underconsumption
due to bad distribution.
11. A large part of both distribution and transfer might be treated as
a subordinate part of production, but they are coordinated with production
and consumption for convenience.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is production ? How much does it include?
2. What is a good ? What is the difference between a good and a thing ?
What is an economic good ?
3. Why are not men classed as economic goods? Why are horses so
classed? Is there any inherent difference between the two from the eco-
nomic standpoint?
4. What different meanings of wealth ? What is the economic meaning ?
5. What is the difference between individual and social wealth ?
6. Why can we not tell by census reports of wealth whether the country
is " well off" or not? Why is domestic production not considered ?
7. Define overproduction. Why is it generally misunderstood?
8. What is the relation between production and the other branches of
private economics ?
LITER ATUBE .
Any of the standard works on political economy, as J. S. Mill's, F. A.
Walker's, or Marshall's, treats of the subjects discussed in this and the fol-
lowing chapters on Production. On the productivity of commerce and the
erroneous opinion that agriculture alone is production, see Chapter IV in
Ely's Problems of To-Day.
CHAPTER II.
THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION.
THERE are three factors of production, of which two,
nature and labor, are primary, and the third, capital, is
secondary. We will consider these briefly in the order
named.
1. Nature. — We include under nature all natural forces
used, as the wind, the movement of water, attraction of
gravitation, cohesion, etc. Many of these things fur-
nished by nature are free goods and not economic goods.
Nature, economically considered, is generally called simply
land, because, of what belongs to external nature, it is with
land that we have principally to do in political economy. It
must, however, be observed that land has a very broad mean-
ing, and includes what is below the surface of the earth, and
water so far as it is appropriated by private parties or public
bodies like cities ; also in some respects the entire surface of
the earth. This factor is in early stages generally common
property, but in later stages of life it has been private prop-
erty, and a return for its use has been secured by private
individuals, or, in cases, by the public when owned by the
public and leased to private parties. The return which land
in itself, apart from capital or labor, yields is called rent.
This is pure rent, or economic rent, which is different from
rent as ordinarily understood, for rent in popular usage in-
cludes recompense for the other factors of production. Pure
rent can best be observed in cities, where it is the annual
value of lots on which buildings stand. A large portion of
the land of Baltimore, Philadelphia, and London is owned by
men who do not own the buildings and other improvements
but receive from owners of improvements an annual rent.
100 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
Land renders three services to production : First, it gives a
" standing place." It is something on which we can rest and
move about while conducting productive processes. Mere
space in itself is often extremely valuable, as can be seen in
the case of city real estate ; and as population is rapidly
growing, and as a continually increasing proportion of the
population dwells in cities, this service is constantly becom-
ing more important, and the return in rent will probably
augment rapidly for a long time to come. Second, land
contains the elements needed by plant life, and thus serves
agriculture. We call this property of the soil its fertility.
Third, land contains natural products below the surface of
the soil, like coal, natural gas, petroleum, iron, gold, silver,
and other metals. These are the natural treasures of the
earth. Man does not create them nor give direction to
nature in their formation. It has seemed to some nations
unfair that these natural treasures should become the prop-
erty of individuals, and they have treated them as a common
heritage, exacting a rent or royalty for the opportunity to
appropriate them. This is perhaps generally the case on the
continent of Europe, but English law, with its inclination to
the exaggeration of private rights, established the principle
that he who owns the surface owns to the center of the earth,
and upward to the sky. It is a peculiarity of land that its
quantity cannot be increased appreciably, and thus it is
spoken of as a natural monopoly. This seems hardly accu-
rate. It is a limited factor, but in the ownership or manage-
ment of land there is no inevitable tendency to monopoly.
2. Labor. — Labor is the second of the two primary things
in production. It is here used in a broad sense, and includes
all the capacities of every sort, intellectual as well as phys-
ical, in man which have economic significance. We might
perhaps, on some accounts, better substitute man for labor
as the second factor.
It is service supplied by human beings, and is different from
other goods because it is always connected with a personality.
Moral and intellectual qualities increase its productiveness.,
THE FACTOKS OF PKODUCTION. 101
Temperance, trustworthiness, skill, alertness, quick percep-
tion, a comprehensive mental grasp — all these and other good
qualities belonging to the soul of man are of chief impor-
tance in man. Man's mere physical strength in itself is a
poor thing, being surpassed by that of lower animals, as
oxen and horses ; but man is far more productive, and even
as a slave sold for far more than the lower animals. The
economic value of intellectual training is generally not suffi-
ciently appreciated. It has been ascertained that, with no
noteworthy exceptions, the higher in any part of the United
States the per capita expenditure for schools the higher is the
average of wages, and the larger, consequently, the produc-
tion of wealth.
Growth of Population. — The supply of labor is increased
with the growth of population, and to this there is no limit
save the means of subsistence. Fear has been expressed that
the growth of population may outrun the means of subsist-
ence. A theory of population has been advanced by the
English economist, Malthus, which is called Malthusianism.
It is simply this : population tends to increase as 2, 4, 8, 16,
32, etc., or in geometrical progression, while the best we can
hope is that food supply will increase as 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, etc.,
or in arithmetical progression ; consequently, if there were
no check to the natural increase of population men would in
a short time starve to death. But there are checks to the
growth of population, and these are of two kinds, namely,
positive and preventive. Positive checks are those which
keep down population by killing off people, like plagues,
pestilence, intemperance, vice, crime, war. Preventive checks
are those which keep down population by preventing the
birth of an undue number of people, as prudence in con-
tracting marriage or abstinence from marriage. These are
checks of a moral character. Men who are conscientious will
not marry until they feel that they will probably be able to
support a wife and bring up children worthily. As popula-
tion becomes denser this postpones marriage, and as the age
of marriage increases the average number of births will
102 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
decrease. Innumerable customs exist all over the world,
especially in older countries, postponing the age of marriage,
and these tend to prevent an undue growth of population.
The only practical conclusion which Malthus drew from his
doctrine was this : let no one marry until he has a reasonable
prospect that he will be able to support and bring up a family
of the average size. He wished to intensify the feeling of
parental responsibility.
At the present time nothing more in the way of restraint
to population seems necessary in the United States than to
keep from our shores the lowest classes of foreigners, and to
exercise in contracting marriage that prudence which has
long characterized the really best classes of American society.
Nevertheless, it must be admitted that by no human possi-
bility can population long continue to increase in the United
States as it has done in the past, for in a comparatively short
period there would not be standing-room on the surface of
the earth for all the people. It is said that our population is
now doubling in less than twenty-five years. If it continues
to increase at this rate we have a geometrical progression.
Let us suppose it is now sixty millions and that it doubles
once in twenty-five years. Two hundred and fifty years is a
short period in the world's history, but our population at the
expiration of that period would exceed sixty thousand mil-
lions of people, which is forty times the estimated population
of the globe at present.
How momentous a thing a geometrical progression is in
such a case has been shown more clearly still. Let us sup-
pose that there are only t\vo people on the face of the eai'th,
and that population doubles only once in fifty years. At
the expiration of three thousand years the whole surface of
the earth, land, and sea would be covered with people piled
one on top of the other eight hundred deep.*
Manifestly the present rapid rate of increase of population
cannot continue forever; yet it does not cause great uneasi-
ness. It has been urged by some writers that as man de-
* Marshall's Economics of Industry, cliap. v.
THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION. 103
velops more highly his fecundity will decrease and the growth
of population will become slower. Others think that pru-
dential and moral restraints will be ample to prevent an
undue increase of population.
The chief cause for anxiety is this: For some reason or
another it seems to be more difficult for a large population
to live peaceably together under present industrial conditions
than for a small one, and there is ground for the anticipation
that the growth of population will test the worthiness of our
civilization to endure, as other causes have tested older civili-
zations. "We may be sure that if there is a moral governor
of the universe modern nations, like ancient nations, will be
called upon to show their fitness to survive. Every time the
sun i*ises it looks upon a lai-ger population than ever before
in the United States, and consequently upon a more complex
industrial civilization. A force mighty, and it almost seems
irresistible, is at work day and night, day and night, never
ceasing, thrusting upon us more and more serious social prob-
lems. These problems can never be solved by the police-
man's club or the soldier's bullet, for this quiet on-moving
force laughs such repression to scorn. Only righteousness
can solve them, for only in righteousness is there power to
enable us to adjust ourselves to our new environment.
3. Capital. — Capital is the third factor in production.
It is not one of the two first things in political economy, but
it is a combination of these two. Land and labor together
produce capital, just as oxygen and hydrogen combine and
produce water. Capital is neither land nor labor, but, re-
sulting from the two, it is a new thing and has properties
of its own. Capital is every product which is used or held
for the purpose of producing or acquiring wealth.
It is often said that capital is the result of saving, but this
is misleading. Saving is merely a negative act and cannot
produce any positive result. TVe must have something to
.save; that is, we must first produce, and then over and above
the necessities of life there must be a surplus; if this is in
productive use, or held for production, it is capital. It is
104 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
to be noted that a simple surplus is not capital. If a man
gathers food and necessaries for a year or for a lifetime,
and then simply takes advantage of them to spend his time
in idleness, it is clear that his accumulation serves no new
purpose. It is wealth, but it is not capital. Supposing, fur-
ther, that he lives on this accumulation and meanwhile
makes machines or tools with which to assist the process of
production. The accumulation on which he lives is still
wealth rather than capital, for it is used primarily to satisfy
the man's wants, not to produce machines. It is a great
mistake to think of man only as a producing machine, and
of the things which he consumes as capital spent for the sake
of production. This view forgets that production exists for
the sake of man, not man for the sake of production. It is
a conception which degrades labor, as any conception does
which forgets that the laborer is first of all a man, and that
he eats for his own sake as much as a king. The real dis-
tinction between capital and other goods is that capital is
employed as an instrument to acquire wealth, not to satisfy
human wants directly. When goods are used to satisfy hu-
man wants directly they are rendering the ultimate service
which goods can render, and to speak of them in such cases
as employed in production is to forget the most important of
all truths, that they are employed for the satisfaction of man.
But, while the distinction between capital, or wealth-get-
ting goods, and consumption goods is an easy one, it will be
seen that two different conceptions are still included under
the word capital. We may view capital from the standpoint
of society or of the individual, and each standpoint gives us
its own conception. These we may call social and individ-
ual capital.
Social Capital. — The most obvious way of getting wealth
is to produce goods. This is the only way that society, as a
whole, has of getting wealth. Individuals may grow rich at
the expense of others, but this does not enrich society. Thus
it is that social capital cannot be anything else than pro-
ductive. Productive capital includes all goods used, not to
THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION. 105
satisfy wants directly, but to aid in the production of other
goods. Every device, from the bow and arrow of the sav-
age up to the steam engine of to-day, is of this sort, as well
as such goods as wool, cotton, lumber, etc., commonly known
as raw material. No one wants these goods for their own
sake, but for the sake of what they will produce. It is here
that we see the significance of saving. Not that mere sav-
ings are capital necessarily, but, by accumulating a surplus
of subsistence goods, men are able to produce these devices
which aid them in their work. Thus capital is rather the
result of a special production than of simple saving.
The assistance of productive capital is necessary to any
production of economic goods except the most primitive
and limited. It means buildings, tools, machinery, steam-
ships, railways, telegraphs, telephones, manufacturing and
commercial establishments. To spend each day in working
for those things which will directly satisfy our wants is to
live from hand to mouth in the most disastrous poverty.
As society advances an increasing part of men's efforts are
spent on goods which in themselves have no power to satisfy
human wants, but which, in their further working, supply
much more than man's direct efforts can furnish.
Individual Capital. — While social capital is necessarily
productive, and productive capital necessarily social, the
same is not necessarily true of individual capital. Individual
capital is means of the acquisition of wealth to the individ-
ual, and the individual may acquire wealth by other means
than production. Now, by far the greater part of capital
owned by individuals is not only acquisitive but productive;
such as factories, machines, etc. This we call social capital
as well as individual capital. By individual capital we mean
goods employed to get goods from other people as well as to
produce goods. Food is used to furnish ultimate satisfaction
to men, and thus is subsistence or consumption goods from
the standpoint of society. We toil to get food, and that is
the end of our economic efforts. But the individual may
look upon the food of workmen merely as a means for the
106 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
acquisition of further wealth. He gains an income from it,
and to him it is capital. He speaks of it as such. It is evi-
dent that this wealth does not produce any further wealth,
and so cannot be classed as social capital. It does serve,
however, to enrich individuals, and so constitutes something
which from the individual standpoint may be called capital.
Thus we may say that any economic good, whatever, is cap-
ital to the individual who holds it not for consumption, but
for the purpose of gaining wealth by it. Shoes are capital
to the shoedealer, but not to the man who wears them. From
the social standpoint they are never capital. From the so-
cial standpoint the question of capital is one of production ;
from the individual standpoint it is primarily one of distri-
bution. It may be unfortunate that capital has to be used
to designate goods which do not produce and do not enrich
society, but usage is so firmly established here that it is
useless to protest.
Representative Goods. —Still another class of goods, if
they may be so called, must be distinguished from capital in
the social sense, and, indeed, from social wealth, although
they may be regarded as capital from the individual stand-
point. We refer to what are known as representative goods,
which, strictly speaking, are not goods at all but only signs
of ownership, partial or complete. Such are notes, mort-
gages, bonds, stock certificates, etc. Their nature will be
clear on a moment's reflection. A mortgage is a conditional
title to a piece of property. Its only value is the value of
the property behind it. A certificate of stock is a title to an
undivided portion of the property controlled by a corpora-
tion. A government bond is a title to a certain portion of the
nation's income which the government pledges itself to collect
and deliver to the bondholder. It is characteristic of this
class of "goods" that they are not goods, but that they
represent goods, and by this characteristic they are easily dis-
tinguished. They are not to be recognized in estimates of
social wealth. The individual may speak of his wealth or
his capital as consisting of bonds and mortgages, but this is,
THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION. 107
strictly speaking, only a figure of speech. It is as incorrect
to suppose that these things actually constitute his wealth
as to call wealth the figures of his notebook in which he has
calculated its amount.
Franchises are no part of social capital, they are simply
permission to make use of existing social capital or to create
social capital. The capital of society is not diminished when
the value of corporate property, like railways, telegraphs, tele-
phones, and the like is reduced to a fair valuation for the
actual social capital invested. It may or may not be morally
right, it may or may not be legally possible, to equalize in
a concrete case social and individual capital; only the partic-
ular circumstances surrounding that case can determine. It
is now simply desired to bring out clearly the distinction.
Fixed and Circulating Capital.— A common division
of capital is into fixed and circulating. Circulating capital is
capital which can be used only once, or in one round of oper-
ations. Its entire value passes over into the product. Fixed
capital, on the other hand, is capital which lasts for a suc-
cession of operations, and only a part of the value of which
passes over into the product with each use. Coal used in a
furnace is an example of circulating capital; the coal cart in
which the coal is huuled is fixed capital. Of course the dif-
ference is one of degree only.
Capital Saved by Being Consumed. — Capital is as
truly consumed as any other form of wealth, and exists only
for that purpose. The only difference is that consumption
in this case does not result in satisfaction of a human want but
in the production of a new good into which passes the value
of the capital consumed. The widespread impression that it
is better for a man to spend his substance in riotous living
than to save it rests in part upon this truth. Wealth plainly
does not perform its function when hoarded, and the popular
objection to hoarding is certainly justified in part. Wealth
is lost for the time being when it is simply hoarded. Only
when it is employed can we call it truly saved. But while
this is true it by no means follows that all using of wealth
108 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
is advantageous to the community. The man who uses his
wealth in such a way that a hundred men are induced to
work for a week in preparing a feast which goes in a night
does not profit the community. That labor does not pro-
duce anything which the community can enjoy, only a feast
for a prodigal. The fact that he pays them for their work
only means that he enables them to get a share of the com-
munity's stock of goods, but he does nothing to increase that
stock. We see, therefore, that it is the productive use of
wealth, its use as capital, which benefits the community.
Luxury and poverty have gone hand in hand all through
human history. ,
Increase of Capital. — Capital is a growth, and, as a re-
turn is exacted for capital, capital begets capital, as it were.
This makes it infinitely easier for a man who has capital to
accumulate it than for a man who has no capital. Precisely
the same is true of the community or nation. The posses-
sion of large wealth in the form of capital means the posses-
sion of large productive resources, and so the certainty of
large returns in wealth. So intimately is present capital
connected with past capital that it has been said that there is
not a nail in all England which could not be traced back
over eight hundred years to savings made before the Norman
Conquest.
THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION. 109
SUMMARY.
1. Nature, meaning land and all it contains in its broadest sense, is the
first factor in production.
2. Land renders three services : it furnishes standing room, plant life,
and mineral treasures.
3. Labor is the second factor in production.
4. The laboring population tends to increase more rapidly than the means
of subsistence.
5. This tendency is checked by positive checks which kill off people,
and by preventive checks which postpone marriage and prevent births.
6. A restriction upon undesirable emigration is a needed check at present
in the United States.
7. The difficulty of harmony in a crowded population is the most serious
aspect of the problem.
8. Capital is a third factor in production, derived from land and labor.
It consists of products used to increase wealth.
9. Capital is the result of a surplus in production which is saved, and
which gives rise to a special production.
10. Social capital consists of wealth used for further production.
11. Individual capital consists of wealth used for further acquisition,
either by production or by transfer.
12. Representative goods are simple signs of ownership.
13. Capital that is used up in one using is circulating capital; that which
may be used many times is fixed.
14. Capital can be saved only by being consumed; to hoard it is to
waste it.
QUESTIONS.
1. What do we mean by nature ? How much of nature is a " factor in
production ? " Define this term.
2. What is meant by land ? What does it include ? What services does
it render?
3. What is rent ? What double meaning has the term ?
4. What is the third factor ? What is its principal characteristic as con-
trasted with land ?
5. What is the Malthusian law? What are positive checks? preven-
tive checks? What check does this country need to apply? Why this?
6. What is capital? Its origin? Is food of laborers capital? If so,
why? If not, why not?
7. What is social capital? individual capital? Does either include the
other, and if so, which ?
110 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
8. What are representative goods ? Are they wealth ? Why?
9. What is the difference between circulating and. fixed capital ? Why is
capital saved by being used up ? What is the advantage of owning capital ?
LITERATURE.
On capital, see Bohm-Bawerk's Positive Theory of Capital (Smart's Trans-
lation), Books I and II.
On population, see James Bonar's Malthus and His Work, and J. S. Mills's
Political Economy, Book I, Chapter X; also Herbert Spencer's Principles
of Biology, Part VI, Chapter XII.
On wasteful expenditure and saving, see Ely's Problems of To-Day,
Chapter XL
CHAPTER III.
ORGANIZATION OF THE PRODUCTIVE FACTORS.
Early Simplicity. — The organization of the factors of
production, simple at first, becomes on the whole continually
more complex with the development of industrial civilization.
Differentiation accompanies development. The old house-
hold economy is organized in such a manner that the exist-
ence of three separate factors in production is scarcely per-
ceived. The same man is owner of land, labor, and capital,
and all the products flowing into his hand are distributed by
him among those who participate in production according to
the manner which he deems proper. When production is
carried on by a village community we have collective owner-
ship of the instruments, management by a common author-
ity, and a division of products according to regulations based
on custom. The products are not divided into parts corre-
sponding to the factors of production, but the same man
receives in every case wages, interest, rent, and profits. It
is, in fact, only recently, with a new organization of indus-
try separating these factors and assigning them to different
industrial classes, that the factors of production have become
commonly recognized as distinct either in production or in
the distribution of products. Even to-day this separation is
in a large portion of the industrial field not effected, and,
consequently, there is not there that antagonism between
classes elsewhere observed. The American farmer in our
Northern States is usually landowner, capitalist, laborer, and
manager, and receives rent, interest, wages, and profits, and
in the total product cannot distinguish one from the other.
The Guilds. — The old guild organization of industry and
commerce united the factors of production in the same man.
112 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
The guild of the Middle Ages embraced apprentice, journey-
man, and master, and regulated industry and commerce
under governmental supervision. The master managed the
business, owned the capital, and worked with his own hands.
He received the entire product of the business after support-
ing the apprentices and paying his journeymen. Apprentices
and journeymen were, it is true, workmen, and conflicts about
wages arose not infrequently, although for long periods har-
mony prevailed, particularly during the best days of the
guilds. There was a partial separation of labor from other
factors, it is true, but not complete, and the man who sup-
plied labor looked forward not without reason to the time
when he should become capitalist, employer, and manager.
This advance was a regular part of the guild system.
G-rowth of Complexity. — The present century has wit-
nessed a great change in the organization of the productive
factors, especially in commerce, manufactures, and transpor-
tation. "We have a large class that furnishes labor only,
another class that furnishes land and capital, and a third
class that organizes and manages the undertaking. A mod-
ern railway corporation serves as a good illustration. The
stock and bondholders furnish capital on which they receive
interest ; the stockholders carry on the business through
managers, and for this service they hope to receive a surplus
above interest, called profits ; labor is remunerated by wages
and by salaries, wages being the remuneration of subordinates
and salaries of officials. Land is supplied by owners of stock
and bondholders, a part of their capital being exchanged for
land, and consequently we have rent also, although not usually
appearing as a separate factor. Yet land may appear as a
separate factor when land is leased. No doubt railways in
Baltimore and Philadelphia pay ground rents, annual returns
for land itself, to those who do not own the improvements.
We observe, then, all these various classes, and perceive that
the product or revenues of the undertaking are divided into
a corresponding number of portions. It can readily be under-
stood how controversy respecting portions allotted to the
ORGANIZATION OF THE PRODUCTIVE FACTORS. 113
different classes can arise. It is said that the business com-
munity is always in debt, because it carries on business with
more or less borrowed money. The owner of the business
enterprise is an organizer and manager, and receives wages
of superintendence, a salary which he pays himself ; he
receives a return for risk, he pays interest and receives inter-
est on any money he has invested, he pays wages and rent.
The Entrepreneur. — The one who manages business for
himself was formerly called an undertaker or an adventurer,
but the first word has been appropriated by one small class
of business men, and the latter has acquired a new meaning,
carrying with it the implication of rashness and even of dis-
honesty. We have consequently Jbeen obliged to resort to
the French language for a word \o designate the person who
organizes and directs the productive factors, and we call such
a one an entrepreneur.
The function of the entrepreneur has become one of the
most important in modern economic society. He has been
Avell called a captain of industry, for he commands the indus-
trial forces, and upon him more than any one else rests the
responsibility for success or failure. A business which has
achieved magnificent success often becomes bankrupt when,
owing to death or other cause, an unfortunate change in the
entrepreneur is made. The prosperity of an entire town has
sometimes been observed to depend upon half a dozen shrewd
captains of industry. It may be said, then, that the large
reward these often receive is only a legitimate return for
splendid social services. Such is the case, provided this
reward is gained honestly and without oppression. Some-
times gains are partially legitimate and partially illegitimate.
It is this mixture, observed by all in notorious cases, which
has probably more than anything else led to indiscriminate
attacks on the profits of the captains of industry.
The productivity of industry depends largely upon the
harmonious development of all the factors. Sometimes labor
is specially needed, sometimes capital, sometimes land ; most
frequently what is needed above everything else is a better
114 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
organization of productive factors. Organization is often
defective, and talent for organization and management is
unfortunately rare.
Division of Labor. — A characteristic feature of the
organization of the factors in the present stage of industrial
enterprises is what is commonly called a division of labor,
but which might with equal propriety be called a cooper-
ation of labor. Productive processes, especially in man-
ufactures, are divided into minute parts, and one part, or
perhaps two or three very small parts, given to each la-
borer. One man makes one little part of a watch, another
a second, and there are so many little parts that it is said
that it requires the cooperation of at least three hundred
persons to organize properly a watchmaking establishment.
There are sixty or seventy distinct branches in the manufac-
ture of a piano, and as many in the manufacture of a boot.
But the word cooperation used shows that the men are
working together. The parts divided must be united to
form one whole. When the phrase division of labor is used,
we look at one side of the process ; when the word co-
operation, at another. Division of labor, machinery, and
the use of natural powers, like water, steam, and electricity,
are the chief part of the explanation of the marvelous in-
crease in the productivity of the productive factors, one man
performing the labor now which formerly required the labor
of ten, one hundred, or even a thousand men.
Advantages of Division of Labor. — The advantages
of a division of labor have been enumerated as follows:
First, a gain of time. A change of operations costs time.
Less time also is consumed in learning one's business, as the
labor of each is more simple. Second, greater skill is ac-
quired, because each person confines himself to one operation
and in that becomes remarkably proficient. Third, labor is
used more advantageously. Some parts of an industrial
process can be performed by a weak person, others require
unusual physical strength ; some require extraordinary intel-
ligence, some can be performed by a man of very ordinary
ORGANIZATION OF THE PRODUCTIVE FACTORS. 115
intellectual powers, and so on indefinitely. Each one is so
employed that his entire power is utilized, and work is found
for all, young and old, weak and strong, stupid and intellec-
tually gifted. Fourth, inventions are more frequent, because
the industrial processes are so divided that it is easy to see
just where an improvement is possible. Besides this, when
a person is exclusively engaged in one simple operation he
often reflects on this, understands it thoroughly, and sees
how the appliances he uses could be improved. Workmen
have made many important inventions. Fifth, capital is
better utilized. Each workman uses one set of tools or one
part of a set, and keeps that employed all the time. When
each workman does many things he has many tools, and some
are always idle.
Disadvantages. — The disadvantages of a division of la-
bor should be noticed. It makes it possible to employ women
and children, and the proportion of men employed decreases.
Child labor and labor of women often displace men, and in
American cities one sometimes finds fathers at home keep-
ing house while children and wives are at work in fac-
tories. The home is thus demoralized, and the rising gen-
eration becomes weak in body and mind and depraved in
character.
The dependence of man upon man is increased in the man-
ner previously described, and this is frequently, at least, par-
tially an evil. An international dependence arises which
occasionally produces intense suffering. The so-called "cot-
ton famine " in the north of England during the American
civil war illustrates this. America grew cotton, England
manufactured it, and this seemed to work well until it be-
came impossible for England to secure the cotton supply
from our South, and the result was intense suffering of hun-
dreds of thousands of working people in no wise responsible
for the distant war.
Workmen are often rendered helpless on occasion of a
change of production, having learned to do only one thing,
which is now no longer required, and having become too old
116 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
to acquire a new skill. Dickens describes evils of this kind
in his Hard Times.
When labor is rendered simple it loses both its attractive-
ness and its educational value at the same time. One can
love his work when one manufactures a whole watch, bear-
ing the impress of care and skill; but who can love the
mere routine of raising a sledge hammer and letting it fall
for ten hours a day? M. de Tocqueville, in his Democracy
in America^ attributed the high average intelligence of
Americans to the fact that labor, when he wrote, was not so
divided with us as elsewhere.
Remedies for the Evils of Minute Division of
Labor. — Education, particularly industrial training, labor
organizations with their debates and discussions, political
life with universal suffrage, and increased leisure, are all
means whereby the evils of division of labor may be obvi-
ated. When labor becomes soulless, ceasing to minister to
fullness of life, increased opportunities for development out-
side of the industrial field must be offered. Hours of labor
must be shortened, but not necessarily equally. A clergyman
or professor finds opportunities for the harmonious develop-
ment of all his faculties in his occupation, and the reasons
for a short labor day for factory operatives do not exist in
his case.
Increased Productivity. — The tremendous increase of
productive power, due to division of labor, has often been
estimated more or less accurately. It has been said, for
example, that modern inventions and discoveries in the
great civilized nations have a productive power for each fam-
ily of five persons, equivalent to the labor of sixty slaves in
classical Athens. Now, the civilization of Athens was
based on slavery, and it is estimated that there were twelve
slaves to a free Athenian family. If this estimate is correct
natural forces do for us five times as much as slavery did for
Athens.
ORGANIZATION OF THE PRODUCTIVE FACTORS. 117
SUMMARY.
1. The earlier industrial organization did not distinguish the three factors
of production.
2. The guilds organized industry in the Middle Ages in a way to keep at
least two of the three factors united. ••„
3. Complexity and separation have rapidly increased in our own century.
4. The entrepreneur or manager has appeared as a new factor in pro-
duction.
5. Division of labor and ils organization in production are characteristic of
our day.
6. The result is greater economy and productiveness in the industrial
process, but a tendency to degradation and helplessness of the laboring
classes.
7. Kducation and leisure must, if possible, compensate the workman for his
loss of inspiration in the field of industry itself.
QUESTIONS.
1. Why was the early organization of industry simpler than ours?
2. What was the guild system? Why was it advantageous for the wage-
earner?
3. What is division of labor? How does it affect labor? "Why does the
workman have less chance to rise than formerly?
•i. What is the entrepreneur ? his function? his importance ?
5. What has brought about the division of labor and the appearance of
the entrepreneur?
6. What are the advantages of division of labor? its disadvantages?
What can be done by way of remedy or compensation ?
7. What is the relative productiveness of the present as compared with
the earlier systems of organization ? Is this necessarily a gain? Why?
LITERATURE.
On the functions of the entrepreneur, see Francis A. "Walker's Political
Economy (Advanced Course), pn^es 231, et seq.
9
PART II.
TRANSFERS OF GOODS.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
TRANSFERS of goods are of two kinds : one-sided transfers
and two-sided transfers of goods. Transfers of goods consti-
tute a large part of our economic life. The business of one
important industrial class, called merchants, consists in effect-
ing transfers of goods. The operations in which merchants
are engaged we call commerce. But commerce requires a
multitude of other businesses to assist it, and among them
are especially prominent the means of communication and
transportation, such as public roads, canals, railways, tele-
graphs, telephones, and banks. These agents of commerce
do not confine their functions to the assistance of merchants,
but they aid the entire community in bringing about desired
transfers of goods.
Exchange. — The pai't of political economy dealing with
transfers is usually called exchange, because transfers arc
mostly two-sided, and it is with these two-sided transfers
that we are especially, though not exclusively, concerned in
the chapters which in the present work arc placed under the
title "Transfers of Goods." Taxes, the chief kind of one-
sided transfers, and bequest and inheritance arc treated in
Book III, since they all involve the action of the State. Money
and banks, however, which are treated in the present part of
this book, are agencies for assisting in one-sided transfers as
well as two-sided transfers of goods
INTRODUCTORY. 119
So great is the importance of exchange that some writers
have made it the subject of the science, and have defined
economics as the science of exchange. While this is far from
adequate, it is true that many of the conceptions with which
the science deals derive their chief importance from ex-
change. Such conceptions are especially value and price.
These terms, together with certain others which arise out-
side the field of exchange and stand in contrast with the
terms mentioned, we must now examine and define. Too
much importance cannot be attached to the thoroughness
of this examination and the accuracy of the definition.
Utility. — This is a conception which stands in sharp con-
trast with value. To understand its meaning in economics
AVC must recall the central fact of our science, a fact which
we are apt first to take for granted and afterward to forget.
Economics is a science of man. Goods may be of interest to
chemistry and physics merely as things, but they have no
significance whatever in economics until they come into rela-
tion to man. That fact in man which reflects upon things
a new character and makes them goods is the fact of human
flints. Everything starts with this fact of man's nature. In
order to live, and still more in order to live well, a man needs
certain things. If lie is robbed of food, air, water, etc., he
will die. If he lacks books, clothing, art, friendship, esteem,
etc., he will live less well than if he has these things in abun-
dance. So AVC say man has wants for air, water, food, cloth-
ing, art, esteem, etc. The power to satisfy a human want is
utility.
But it is apparent at once that the wants we have men-
tioned are very unlike in character. Air and water, for
instance, we seldom think of as things we want at all. We
usually have them in abundance and without exertion, so
that, though they satisfy wants as vital as any we know, we
seldom spend any time thinking about them or our depend-
ence upon them. On the other hand, esteem and friendship
are very much desired and give us great satisfaction when
we secure them, but we feel that they belong to a different
120 OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
class. We never think of trying to buy them as we do food
and clothing. And this suggests a third class of wants, very
heterogeneous in character, but having this in common, that
the things which satisfy them are objects of exchange.
These are economic wants. T/ie goods which satify these
wants are objects of exchange. This distinction is one of con-
venience, but it corresponds more nearly to the course of
men's thoughts than any other line we can draw. Air and
esteem, two goods so different in other respects, both agree
in this, that men do not buy or sell them, and so do not
consider them economic goods. Food and concerts, differing
as they do in the most fundamental particulars, agree in this,
that they can be exchanged for any and every kind of eco-
nomic goods, and so each in its proper sphere is always
treated as an economic good. We shall find, if we look
around, that some goods cannot easily be put on either side
in this classification, goods which cannot be had usually with-
out payment, nor yet altogether for payment. Such goods are
simply semi-economic and in no way invalidate our principle
of classification. Having reached, therefore, a clear idea of
economic wants, it follows without difficulty that the power
of satisfying an economic want constitutes economic utility.
We need here to guard against a misunderstanding which
the word utility sometimes suggests. There is a tendency
to confound it with the idea of benefit, and to suppose that
articles are useful just in proportion as they are beneficial.
But in economics these two ideas have no necessary connec-
tion. Utility is the power to satisfy wants, not the power
to confer benefits. Cigars are as useful in the economic
sense as bread or books, for all three are articles of exchange
and satisfy human wants. Economists have as strong opin-
ions as anyone as to the relative benefits to be derived from
tobacco and books, but we must not confuse our fundamental
ideas of economics by inopportune assertions of moral con-
victions. Economic wants may be serious, frivolous, or even
positively pernicious, but the objects of these wants are all
alike useful in the economic sense.
INTRODUCTORY. 121
Value. — Sharply distinguished from utility is value. The
contrast is seen when we compare the value of articles with
the service which they render in satisfying wants. For
instance, take water, a good which satisfies one of the most
important of our wants, and yet where it has any value at
all, as in cities, it costs only a few cents per thousand gallons.
Bread is the staff of life and of incalculable utility, but ten
cents a day will furnish a man all he can eat. Although
these are extreme cases it holds true generally that value is
far below average utility.
We must again turn to wants before we can understand
value. We now notice that in general an economic good
is capable of satisfying several wants of different degrees of
importance. Thus water, first of all, satisfies thirst. The im-
portance of this utility is altogether incalculable, for without it
we should die. Then it serves for bathing, a use which cer-
tainly seems essential, but one which is far less urgent than
the foregoing. If we had to do without one or the other there
is no doubt which we should prefer. Then it serves for washing
dishes, clothes, and a multitude of such things; then for
sprinkling lawns and streets, then for fountains, artificial
ponds, etc. All these uses and many more are economic, be-
cause men will and do pay for water to satisfy these wants.
Thus water has a multitude of most variable utilities. What
then determines its value ?
It may be well first to note some of the answers already
given to this much-debated question. For one, the socialists,
with Ricardo and many of the older economists, say that the
labor spent on a thing determines its value. This seems
very plausible in the case of water, but when we come to the
other goods it gets us into trouble at once. For instance, in
a church at Antwerp hangs a picture which was painted two
centuries ago by a man who worked with great natural ease
and finished it in a few days. Recently three hundred and
twenty thousand dollars was offered for the picture and re-
fused. Did the labor give it this value? It is sometimes
said that this was very valuable labor. How so ? because it
122 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
produced a valuable picture ? Certainly ; but is it not clear
then that it was the picture that gave value to the labor, not
the labor that gave value to the picture? Stronger cases
can be found. Trees that no man ever touched are worth
hundreds of dollars. Land is valuable that men never set
foot upon. Looking to the other side the evidence is just as
strong. Men have worked months and years on pictures
that no one will buy, and yet they have cost labor. It is
sometimes said that such labor is not economically expended;
but why not? Simply because it produces nothing of value.
So here again the labor does not determine the value of the
pictures, but the pictures determine the value of the labor.
We shall find that this is a general rule. Labor never gives
value to products, but the value of products determines how
much labor men will put into them. When they miscalculate
the value of the product, the labor is simply wasted.
A broader explanation of value is that it is the result of
cost of production, including not merely labor but in certain
cases capital and rent or use of land. However, this is open
to much the same objections as the labor theory. It does
not explain how some goods get value far beyond their cost
and others fall far below it. Suppose I perfect a machine
at a cost of ten thousand dollars which will blow soap-bub-
bles at the rate of a million an hour ? Will it be worth ten
thousand dollars ? Certainly not, but why not ? The the-
ory of costs will not explain it. To say that the labor and
materials have not been wisely used is simply to say that the
machine has no value, which is just what we are trying to ex-
plain. Nor will it do to say that soap-bubbles do no good.
They may perchance be as beneficial as cigars, which end in
smoke, and yet cigarmakers find their product valuable.
To explain the case of those goods which are valuable far be-
yond their cost of production reference is made to their scarcity.
But scarcity alone does not always produce value. Platinum
is far more scarce than gold, but only about half as valuable.
And even when scarcity docs raise value, why does it ?
We have mentioned these attempts to explain value be-
INTRODUCTORY. 123
cause they are very common, and this is one of the points of
debate just now in economics, and it is important that we
should be clear in our conceptions about it. In attempting
to explain the origin and variations of value we will for a
moment recall the cases we have mentioned and see if we
can find a common element. Why will men pay for water?
Because they want it. Why did the man offer so much for
the picture ? Because he wanted it very much. Why will
men pay for land and trees which have cost nothing ? Be-
cause they want them. Why will they not pay for poor
pictures or soap-bubble machines which have cost much ?
Because they do not want them. Thus we are forced back
for our explanation here, as always, to man. The funda-
mental facts in economics come from man rather than from
things. If man desires a thing it has value, no matter
whether it cost anything or not, and if he does not desire
it it has no value, no matter how much it cost.
Thus we find that value, like utility, depends on wants.
But we have still to explain why it is that value is low when
utility is very great, and that in general the two seem to
rise and fall without the slightest reference to each other.
Plainly, value and utility are different; but what is the dif-
ference ? We can best explain this by the annexed diagram.
We return to our illustration of water, which we
remember had numerous uses of various degrees of
importance. The lower line represents the amount
of water to be had. We have marked off five dif-
ferent portions of the base line representing quanti-
ties of water available for man's use. The
first quantity, a b, is just enough for drink-
ing purposes. Suppose this is all the water
to be had. Evidently there will be no ques-
tion of sprinkling lawns or
m \ n ' — i even °f bathing under such
a ft e d e / ~ff circumst<T.nces. What will
be the utility of water? Evidently the extent of the service
Avhich it renders us, and as this is the saving of our life AVC
124 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
cannot estimate it. We will indicate it by the area above
the line a b, which runs on upward indefinitely as the curved
Hne fails to close in. What will be the value of another
portion of water at this point of supply? The whole value
of the service the existing supply renders us ? Certainly not.
Undoubtedly we should like more, and would pay well for
it, but as this " more " which we desire is not needed for
drinking but for a less important purpose, the value of water
now will depend upon this next unsatisfied want. Now sup-
pose we have three portions of water, represented by the
lines a b, be, and c d. We now have enough for all our wants
down to sprinkling the lawn and the street. We are willing
to pay something for more water for this purpose, but how
much? As much as when we had only water enough to
drink ? By no means. The next want on our list is com-
paratively unimportant, and of course we value an increased
supply of water accordingly. With two or three more por-
tions of water all our wants are satisfied, and water will
have for us no value whatever. Thus we see that as the
amount of water is increased the value falls along the curved
line, h i, till finally it touches the base line where the utility of
water ceases, and it has no value at all. Its utility, as a whole,
is greater than ever before, but its value is now zero. With
only one portion of water, a b, the utility is represented by
the area j, and the value of an additional portion by the
first dotted line. With two portions the utility is represented
by the first two areas, and the value of each portion by the
second dotted line. Thus the value decreases as the total
utility increases, simply because each new portion adds less
utility than the previous one, and the utility of the last por-
tion determines the value of each portion. This is a fact
with which we are familiar. A poor crop of low grade wheat
may be worth twice as much per bushel, and even more in
the aggregate, than a fine crop of good quality.
Our two definitions are, therefore, as follows: Tlie total
utility of a commodity is measured by the intensity of all
the wants which it satisfies. The value of a commodity is
INTRODUCTORY. 1 25
the degree of the want which the existing supply of the com-
modity has still left unsatisfied. Or, remembering that un-
satisfied wants take the form 'of desires, we may define them
thus: Utility is the capacity to satisfy wants; value is the
capacity to excite desire. The total value of the commodity
is equal to the number of units of supply multiplied by the
value of the last unit, for according to what has been called
the law of indifference no more will be given for one unit
than for another. We might give our all for one loaf of
bread if that were necessary for the support of life and no
other could be obtained, but if ten loaves are offered we
will give no more for the first than for the last.*
Having defined utility and value, the remaining definitions
are easy.
Wealth is an aggregate of economic goods. If we esti-
mate wealth according to values we see that two statements
of national wealth would mean opposite things according as
goods were abundant and values low, or goods scarce and
values high ; but the amount in the two cases might be the
same.
Economic well-being is an aggregate of utilities; that is,
of satisfied wants, not an aggregate of values.
Price is an expression of value in terms of money. When
you say you will give three dollars for a hat you mean obvi-
ously that you desire the hat as much as you desire the three
dollars, or anything else which the three dollars might buy.
* Those familiar with recent economic literature will observe that this
statement of the law of value differs somewhat from a formulation which is
perhaps more familiar. It is frequently stated that value is equal to the
utility of the last satisfied want. It seems to the writer of the present
work that we produce regularly for unsatisfied want, and especially is this
the case in a dynamic society witli increasing production. Of course if we
are asked to part with a portion of existing supply which we intended to
use to satisfy our wants, the value will depend upon the least important
want which that portion could satisfy. Manifestly under ordinary circum-
stances the two statements are nearly identical. When we consider small
increments the last satisfied and the first unsatisfied want differ but little
Value is viewed, then, in this work from the standpoint of the first unsatis-
fied want.
126 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Transfers of goods are one-sided or two-sided. The latter are known
as exchange, and develop the phenomena of value and price.
2. Utility is the capacity to satisfy wants, and things having this capacity
are goods; exchangeable goods are economic goods.
3. Value is the capacity to excite desire, and so depends upon the in-
tensity of the greatest unsatisfied want.
4. Utility varies for the different portions of a good devoted to different
purposes, but value is uniform for a given time and place.
5. Economic utility is not sj'nonymous with benefit, but applies equally
to nnbeneficial or injurious goods if they are desired.
6. Labor and cost do not determine value, but are determined in their
amount by value so far as this can be anticipated.
7. Price is value measured in money.
8. Wealth is an aggregate of goods estimated according to their value.
QUESTIONS.
1. "Why do useful things often have little value? "Why do we not buy
and sell air? Is it useful? Is it valuable? Why?
2. Is esteem valuable ? Why? Is whisky valuable ? Why?
3. What is the difference between value and utility ?
4. What is the relation between labor, or cost and value ?
5. Are useful tilings always beneficial ? Why ?
G. What is price? Do high prices necessarily mean high value?
7. What is wealth ? In what two ways may wealth increase ?
8. Does an increase of wealth always mean an increase of economic well-
being? Why?
LITERATURE.
1. Bohm-Bawerk, E. von: Positive Theory of Capital, Book III, is the best
existing statement of the theory of value.
2. Smart, W. : Introduction to the Theory of Value, an admirable resume of
the subject in brief form.
3. Clark, J. B. : T/ie Philosophy of Wealth, especially Chapter V, is sug-
gestive.
4. Marx, K. : Capital is the standard presentation of the labor theory
of value.
5. Ricardo, D. : Political Economy ;
G. Mill, J. S. : Principles of Political Economy, and
7. Cairnes, J. E. : Some Leading Principles of Political Economy, all pre-
sent the subject from the point of view of the cost of production. Mill and
('airncs are especially good.
8. Jevons, W. S. : Tlieory of Political Economy is suggestive. Articles on
the subject of value and allied subjects are found in all the economic jour-
nals at frequent intervals during recent years.
CHAPTER II.
THE ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE.
WE have defined value as the power of a good to excite
desire, a capacity which is measured by the greatest unsat-
isfied want which the good in question is able to satisfy.
Thus the value of a good is not something inherent in the
good itself, but something attributed to it by human desire.
If desires change values change even when goods remain
the same. Ask a milliner if hats and bonnets carried over
from last year are as valuable as ever. By no means, and
this purely because women have different wants or desires
from last year. The hats and bonnets would be as service-
able as ever if women could only be made to think so, but
the stubborn fact that they do not think so destroys both
utility (the power to satisfy wants) and value (the power to
excite desire) in these articles, and no sensible milliner thinks
of arguing against this fundamental fact. Thus we see that
ralne is a fluctuating fact. Here again we reach in theory a
truth which experience abundantly confirms.
Individual Valuations. — A general rise or fall in values
such as we have noticed is by no means the only variable
factor in value. Not only do people put different values
upon things at different times, but as a matter of course
different people put different values upon things at the same
time. Illustration is hardly necessary. How much does a
woman care for a meerschaum pipe or a man for a Brussels
lace handkerchief ? The vast majority of goods we care
nothing for so far as our own use is concerned. Even among
people who want the same things in general there is the ut-
most variety of opinion as to the relative importance of
these things. There is much difference of opinion as to
128 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
the value which things ought to bear. In this variety in
individual valuation lies the origin of exchange. When two
men in primitive life find themselves in possession of things
which they mutually desire, but each man desires his neigh-
bor's good more than he does his own, an exchange is natu-
ral. Thus each is better satisfied, and the utility of each
good is increased by being used by the person who attaches
the higher value to it. This brings us to the fundamental fact
in exchange, the fact which alone can justify it. In normal
exchange there is a mutual gain. We are accustomed to
think of a merchant's profits as taken from his customers.
But do not the customers make a profit too ? If not, why do
they trade? They want the merchant's goods more than
they do their money or anything else their money will buy,
and so they derive an advantage. Whether they derive as
great an advantage as they might have derived if they had
known more about trade is another question. But it re-
mains true that in such exchange there is profit to both par-
ties. It follows naturally from this that where there is no
mutual advantage the exchange is abnormal and unjustifiable.
All species of gambling come under this head and illustrate
the perniciousness of the principle. There is probably no
practice known to society which more surely or thoroughly
demoralizes men than this species of abnormal ti-ansfer which
has not for its object an increase of service. We may there-
fore lay down the general law that transfers of goods are
justifiable only when aggregate utility is thereby increased.
The Development of Exchange. — We have spoken of
exchange as originating in the fact that each of two men
possesses a good which he values less than that belonging to
the other. We may assume that in the most primitive ex-
changes this unsatisfactory ownership is the result of acci-
dent. Each man does his best to supply his own wants, and
thinks little about other people's wants. Only rarely does
he find that he can profit by exchange. At first, too, he
rarely thinks of exchange. Inside the little family or clan
of which he is a member property is held in common, and
THE ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE. 129
there is no question of ownership. Outside this group he is
probably too much at war to make exchanges. If another
clan has something which he wants he is more likely to
think of getting it by plunder than by exchange. Only by
a considerable development of society toward peace and sta-
bility can exchange secure a foothold and men add to the
results of their own labor the occasional advantages of
exchange.
But when the habit of exchange is once established a com-
plete transformation takes place in the economic activities
of society. Instead of making the things he wants and ex-
changing an occasional article which he does not want for
one that he does, man gradually learns to make what other
people want and to depend very largely upon exchange to
scrtire the things he wants for himself. The reason is simple.
It is much easier and more profitable to find, raise, or make
one kind of good than many kinds. The economic advan-
tage of this process is almost unlimited, and the degree to
which it is developed marks the economic progress of society.
It is needless to say that the division of labor is dependent
upon exchange, and exchange in any highly developed form
likewise upon division of labor.
Social or Market Valuations. — We have seen that the
values put upon goods by human desires vary from time to
time, and that these fluctuations are observable in the mar-
ket. We have noticed also that the valuations made by
the individuals vary enormously, and that these variations
are the cause of exchange itself. But the strange fact re-
mains to be accounted for that these immense variations in
individual valuation scarcely appear at all in exchange.
Whether men want articles much or little they pay about
the same price for them. There is a ruling market value,
or, as we call it in the language of money, a market price.
If a man wants an article ever so much he pays only this
price ; if he wants it ever so little he pays this same price
or goes without it altogether, for it cannot be had for less.
How, then, is this leveling of valuations accomplished ?
130
OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
It may occur to us to suggest that these various valuations
are averaged to form the market price, but when we stop to
think of it there is much in the way of such an explanation.
Who knows what these individual valuations are ? "NY ho
ever tried to average them ? How could such an average
be enforced? Above all, why is it that the average is so
very low in the case of articles on which many place a high
value, and which all purchasers value at least as high as the
price asked? Plainly the market price is not an average
price at all. Indeed, the principle of averages must be ap-
plied in economics with great care. It is apt to cover up
facts rather than to explain them.
Recurring to our illustration of water, we have seen how
men arrange their wants in a series beginning with the great-
est and so on down. As water is supplied little by little they
satisfy one want after another, and value a new supply of
water less and less as their unsatisfied wants diminish in im-
portance. The distance between the curve h i and the base
a g in Fig. 1 marks the height of value from point to point
as the supply increases, and this we may therefore call the
curve of value. But what takes place for society takes place
separately for each individual. Each one makes out a per-
sonal curve of value for each commodity that he cares for.
A
B
« 1 6 | c
a 6 c cf
D
Fig. 2.
Keeping to our illustration, let us suppose four persons, A,
B, C, and D, who " want " water about as indicated in these
four diagrams in Fig. 2. We will consider in each case
four principal wants, though these four wants may stand for
different uses in the ca^e of different persons. The greatest
want in each case is represented by the rectangle a, the
TIIK ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE. 131
second by b, etc. A is a person who represents roughly the
average gradation of wants. B cares little for water. Even
for drinking purposes he will buy wine or beer rather than
pay more than a certain low price for water. For other uses
he will pay relatively little, and for fountains, etc., he cares
nothing at all. C is very different from either of them.
Having scruples against intoxicating beverages, he finds
drinking water indispensable. Believing, too, that cleanli-
ness is next to godliness, he attaches great value to bathing,
washing, and street sprinkling. D attaches much the same
importance to these minor uses, but, like B, he is easily per-
suaded to substitute wine or beer for drinking water if the
price of the latter becomes exorbitant. It is evident that
personal peculiarities will present curves of value of every
V
Fig. 3.
possible variety. Now suppose there is water enough fur-
nished by the water works to satisfy three wants for each
man or twelve wants in all. It is plain that value, which
with an increasing supply always depends upon the intensity
of the next unsatisfied want, will be five or six times as
great in the case of C or D as in the case of B. Which per-
son's demand will determine the general price ? Neither one.
The fact is that, when a good is sold by measure and each
one takes as much as he pays for, wants are not supplied
for all individuals alike. In the present case C and D will
satisfy all four of their wants and B only one of his. What
happens really amounts to a rearrangement of wants in a
132 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
consolidated schedule something like Fig. 3. This gives a
new curve of value.* If there is water enough for only three
fourths of these wants, inasmuch as the furnishers neither
know nor care how much each man uses if he only pays for
it, the water will go to the larger wants, no matter whose
they are. It is easy to see how much each man will get.
The value of an additional supply will be determined by the
largest unsatisfied want, which in this case happens to be B's
second want. If more water is supplied the value will rap-
idly fall.
This may all seem rather fanciful, but something very like
this is going on all the time. Every shrewd manufacturer is
asking questions like these : How much of this commodity
do people desire ? How strong is their desire for an addi-
tional amount ? How much will the value be reduced if we
increase the supply ten per cent ? His whole skill in fore-
casting the market consists in his ability to estimate correctly
the amount and intensity of the unsatisfied wants of society ;
for it is upon these, as we have said, that value depends at
each point of insufficient supply. "When no wants remain
unsatisfied there is no value, and the good is as " free as air."
This social scale of wants, in which are gathered not the
wants of four persons but those of millions, is formed nat-
urally enough by the simple pressure of wants in the market.
It is different for different commodities, the curve some-
times beginning very high and descending along a scale of
rapidly diminishing wants to zero, sometimes varying slowly,
each new want supplied being almost as strong as the one
before it.
Purchasing Strength. — A difficulty has, doubtless, oc-
curred to the thoughtful reader ere this. If wants determine
value and large wants take precedence of small ones, how is
it that a rich man may care very little for a thing and yet
have it, while a poor man desires it very much and yet has
to do without it ? The difficulty is due to a change of stand-
* We have a curve because the number of rectangles is indefinitely great,
and the gradations infinitesimal.
THE OKIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE. 133
point as we pass from the individual to society. So long as
the individual is comparing his own wants, whether for the
different uses of one commodity or for different commodi-
ties, his own feeling is the only thing to guide him. He
will put the larger satisfaction first, and so on down. But
when we have a number of personal scales of wants like
those in Fig. 2 we cannot consolidate them as we did in
Fig. 3, unless the men have equal power over goods. The
reason is that while a man can compare his own wants with
each other directly he can assert them against other men's
wants only by means of his power over goods. What each
man does is to make out a scale of his wants, more or less
completely, and then apportion out his spending money ac-
cording to their relative importance. Of course it makes
all the difference in the world how much money a man has,
for his wants make themselves felt in proportion to the pur-
chasing power that is back of them. If B, in Fig. 2, happened
to be a millionaire his lawn might be sprinkled though he
personally cared nothing for such things, while D, being a
laborer, would not get his sprinkled because his desire,
though much stronger, is backed up with so little money.
A millionaire's indifference is stronger than a poor man's
yearning. Of course, if the four men in Fig. 2 are of differ-
ent purchasing strength our scale in Fig. 3 would have to be
entirely rearranged.
Limit of Supply. — The supply of water in the case we
have considered was not sufficient to supply all wants. This
is the case with all economic goods, for as soon as they are
abundant enough to supply all wants they lose all value, and
are no longer economic but free goods. In the case of most
goods, however, the supply can be increased by labor.
What, then, makes men stop at the point where they do ?
Why do they not make more of the goods in question and
satisfy the remaining wants ? This is really a question of
production, but we could not consider it until our ideas of
value were clear. What determines the point at which men
stop supplying a particular good ? It is often said that we
10
134- OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
stop when value falls to the cost of production. This is in
the main true, but how much does it mean ? Cost of produc-
tion is said to be composed of wages, and profits with other
factors, all of which, as we shall see when we come to dis-
tribution, are determined in turn by very variable human
wants. So this answer simply means, when analyzed, that
we stop supplying wants when we have to create still
greater wants in order to satisfy them. This is true, but it
is not a very helpful way of looking at the truth. Without
going into the mechanism of the matter, which this is not
the place to discuss, let us look at the general working of
the collective economic life.
We have seen that various wants for a given good arrange
themselves in a scale, as in Fig. 3, and that these are satis-
fied up to a certain point where value is determined. At
this point a day's labor or a unit of other productive energy
furnishes a given amount of satisfaction to human wants.
But there is an immense number of goods which men are en-
gaged in producing each of which has its own curve of value
something like that of Fig. 3. The productive power of
society, as we have said, is far from sufficient to satisfy all
these wants. How shall it be distributed ? Plainly, so as to
satisfy the larger wants in each scale. Thus labor is de-
voted to raising cotton, so that all the stronger wants for
cotton are satisfied. Suppose more labor is devoted to rais-
ing cotton until finally all wants are supplied. Value will
fall lower and lower till with the disappearance of the last
want value will disappear also and cotton will become a free
good, to be had for the taking. But this plainly is an un-
wise use of productive energy so long as we have not enough
for our purpose; for while we are satisfying trivial wants for
cotton important wants for some other commodity, like
wheat, would be sacrificed. This would be discovered by
the fact that the surplus cotton would excite less desire, and
this desire would of course express itself in less and less in-
ducements. Elsewhere desire would speak more loudly, and
the distribution of labor would be readjusted. This is just
THE ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE. 135
what happened in the South in 1891. The cotton crop of
that year was enormous, but to the disappointment of the
producers the value fell very low indeed. This simply
meant that the hitherto unsupplied wants for cotton turned
out to be feeble. Society on the whole wanted things
which the cotton-raisers wanted, and wanted them a good
deal more than they wanted cotton. So the cotton-raisers
had to give a great deal of cotton to get a small amount of
these things, which is what we mean by saying that the
price fell very low. They therefore showed that part of the
labor spent in raising cotton had been used to satisfy wants
which were smaller than many others still remaining unsatis-
fied, which paid neither them nor society as a whole. As a
result they have been trying ever since to turn some of this
productive energy into the raising of other tilings, and the
readjustment, though difficult, is sure to come. How plain
it is that cost of production did not determine the value of
this great cotton crop! There had been no material change
in cost of production to produce this fall in value. More
wants had been supplied and feebler desires remained; that
is all. Value is determined by unsatisfied wants, that is, by
limited supply. This limit is itself determined by a balanc-
ing of wants against each other with a view to satisfying
the larger wants first, no matter what or whose that want
is. In bringing about this adjustment the individual seeks
in general his own interest, but in the production and trans-
fer under strictly normal conditions, which of course nowhere
exist, the interest of society is usually the interest of the in-
dividual and vice versa. In distribution, however, this har-
mony of interests is at least subject to grave limitations.
A distribution of wealth which enables a man to emphasize
trivial wants so that they crowd out serious wants, a condi-
tion of things which is the law of luxury, perverts this har-
mony of interests.
Value and Cost of Production. — The difference be-
t ween the statement of value and its relation to cost of
production and that ordinarily given, which makes value
136 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
depend upon cost of production, does not invalidate the cal-
culations of the ordinary business man. There is an approx-
imation to equality between the two in the case of goods
which can be freely produced ; but the question is, which is
cause and which is effect ? It is the value of the product
which gives value to all that goes into the product, and men
will go on producing so long as the product has a value
which will give them as high a return for their expenditures
as they could otherwise obtain ; in other words, their action
in seeking to use advantageously their economic forces,
whatever they may be, will bring about an equilibrium be-
tween costs of production and value. Let us take gold and
silver as a good illustration. These have a present value
with which their average cost of production in the past has
next to nothing to do. This value determines what mines it
is profitable to work and what it is not ; in other words, es-
tablishes a margin of production. All mines on or above the
margin will be worked ; all below it will be unworked ; but
it is the value which determines the margin, and not the cost
of production which determines the value. There is at the
same time a coincidence between costs and value at the
margin.
General Increase of Productivity — We have seen that
it was necessary to call a halt and even beat a retreat in the
production of cotton. This, however, was not because the
production was really excessive. Men still wanted cotton,
and more than was offered. But with its insufficient amount
of productivity society could not then afford to spend so
large a portion of its productive energy on cotton. But if
there had been an increase of productivity all along the line
in a like proportion this production of cotton would have
been entirely proper. Value would fall as before (that is,
subjective valuation), but values would fall everywhere in
the same proportion and the adjustment would be main-
tained. Relative values would remain unchanged, which is
the essential thing. This is what really happens all the
time. Tho productivity of society is constantly increasing
THE ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE. 137
more rapidly than the population, and so wants which are so
small that they once received no attention are now regularly
satisfied. If a laborer in the days of Queen Elizabeth had
wanted a Bible to the extent of being willing to work two
hours for it would his want have been heeded ? But now
it is satisfied without hesitation.
138 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Value fluctuates from time to time, and individual valuations also vary
widely at any given time.
2. Differences of individual valuation produce exchange, by which each
party gains in utility.
3. An increase in aggregate utility is the condition of all normal transfers.
4. The possibility of exchange produces specialized production, under
which the producer becomes dependent on exchange.
6. Market or social valuations are reached, not by averaging individual
valuations, but by arranging them in the order of importance. The valu-
ation of the last portion supplied will be the market or social value.
6. Wants of different individuals are supplied, however, not in proportion
to simple intensity, but in proportion to intensity multiplied by purchasing
power.
7. Value is determined for any given article by the amount of productive
power devoted to its production, and the limited productivity of society is
distributed with a view to equalizing the value which a unit of productive
power can produce in each line.
8. General increase of productivity lowers values all around if wants re-
main the same, and this is a wholly desirable change ; but increase in a
single line has to be checked, with a view to both individual and social
interests.
QUESTIONS.
1. Why are goods less valuable when " out of style ? " Are they equally
serviceable ? Why ?
2. What other irregularity is there in values besides that of different
times ? Does this appear in market values?
3. How do individual valuations combine to give a market valuation ?
4. What is the origin of exchange? Why is it profitable ? To whom?
Why do people not always see this ?
5. Why is gambling illegitimate? Mention other cases of transfer which
are economically unjustifiable ?
6. What is the influence of exchange upon production? What are its
advantages ?
7. Arc the wants of all men equally effective in determining market values ?
Why ? What effect does this have upon the total utility which society de-
rives from its goods ?
8. Why does value fall when more is produced? What do producers do
in such cases ? Why ?
9. Do values change when production increases all along the line ? "How ?
Is it a misfortune? Why?
THE ORIGIN AND ORGANIZATION OF EXCHANGE. 139
10. What other condition is necessary in order that the change in values
should take place ? Is this other condition desirable? Why?
LITERATURE.
See works already cited, and
Patten, S. N. : Dynamic Economics, a difficult but valuable study of the
relation of changes in production and consumption to prosperity.
CHAPTER III.
MONEY AND ITS VARIETIES.
HAVIXG discussed at length those fundamental principles
on which exchange rests, we now proceed to consider its
mechanism. The most important instrument of exchange is
money.
There are three different conceptions of money, namely,
the popular, the legal, and the economic.
The Popular Conception. — What do people mean in
everyday language when they use the word money ? This
question may be answered in these words : Money is what-
ever passes freely from hand to hand as a medium of ex-
change, and is generally received in final discharge of debts.
It is as a medium of exchange that money first attracts
marked attention, and in this it always performs a chief
function. Nothing is money, even in the popular sense,
which does not perform this function. It is in the gen-
eral acceptance of money in payment for commodities and •
services that it performs this function. It goes between
other commodities. Wheat exchanges for money, and money
for shoes, because money is received in payment both of
wheat and shoes. This is the principal function of all
kinds of money. Commodities are not usually directly ex-
changed for one another, but indirectly through the me-
dium of money. The farmer selling his corn for money,
and with this money buying sugar, really exchanges corn
for sugar, the money serving merely as a convenient me-
dium. It follows naturally from the definition that the
credit of the person offering money is not a matter of con-
corn in the transaction, and that his character is not inquired
into, unless it is suspected that the money is counterfeit,
MONEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 141
that is, not really money at all. What is called money in
the popular sense may include more but not fewer charac-
teristics. The definition shows the substance of that which
men ordinarily mean when they use the word money.
The Legal Conception is different. Whatever the law
declares a legal tender is money in the legal sense. A legal
tender is that which the law compels persons to receive in
payment of debt.
The Economic Conception.* — But economists have
framed still a third definition of money, which we may for
lack of a better term call the economic conception. Money
in the economic conception must perform all of the following
functions: First, it must serve directly and immediately as a
measure of value; but value measures value as length meas-
ures length. We must take as a unit a definite concrete value
like our gold dollar, consisting of 25 '8 grains of gold, nine
tenths fine — that is, nine tenths pure gold and one tenth alloy.
When we say that a commodity is worth nine dollars we mean
that its value or quantity of utility is nine times that of our
"unit of value-measurement;" consequently money in this
sense must be composed of a material in itself valuable.
Second, it must serve as a medium of exchange, and it has
this in common with money in the popular sense. Third,
money in the present sense must serve as a means of mak-
ing payments, and this is facilitated usually by having a legal
tender quality attached to it. It is then likewise money in
the legal sense. Payments are often one-sided transfers of
goods, and on that account the third function differs some-
what from the second. Fourth, money in the economic sense
must serve as a store or receptacle of value. It must store
up value so that it can be transferred from place to place
and time to time. Roman gold money, preserved for two
thousand years, has brought value down to our own time;
*It must not be supposed that this is the only sense in which the term
money can be legitimately employed in economic discussions. On the con-
trary, popular meanings are often the best for economic purposes if they are
definite.
142 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
and gold money taken across the Atlantic bears with it
stored-up value.
These distinctions render it easy to answer otherwise per-
plexing questions. Are national bank notes money ? In the
popular sense, undoubtedly, but not in the legal sense nor in
the economic sense. Are national treasury notes money?
Yes, in the popular and legal sense, but not in the third sense.
Gold money in the United States is money in every sense of
the word.
Functions of Money. — Money has been called one of
man's greatest inventions, ranking with the alphabet. Cer-
tainly present civilization would be impossible without it.
Its services are so obvious, however, that it is not necessary
to dwell upon them. The reader has only "to look and see."
Exchange would be awkward and tedious without money,
and now that labor is so divided exchanges form a part of
our daily life. We enjoy few material good things which
have not been exchanged in one way or another many times
before they reach us. Without any medium of exchange
the man with a horse who wanted a coat instead would be
obliged to search for a tailor who desired a horse, and after
finding him the exchange would very likely be defeated
owing to inequality of values of articles to be exchanged.
The coat desired might be only half as valuable as the horse,
and the tailor might have nothing else wanted by the owner
of the horse. Simple illustrations like this can be continued
indefinitely. We can also keep values easily in mind and com-
pare them readily when we have one common measure.
Money enables us to travel, carrying stored-up value with us,
and assists in the accumulation of capital by providing, as it
were, a receptacle for it. If we raise more potatoes than we
need we can keep them only a short time, but we can ex-
change them for money, which can be kept. Thus we save
our surplus. Money is a form of capital which has been
called free. It can by exchange be turned hither or thither,
being ready for the best use which may offer.
Qualities Desirable in Money. — Many things have
MONEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 143
been used as money during the world's history. Among
them the following may be mentioned : Cattle nearly every-
where; furs, especially in northern countries; oil; wampum
among the early New Englanders; tea at Russian fairs; to-
bacco, as in Maryland and Virginia ; iron ; copper ; all the
baser metals and the two precious metals, gold and silver.
All civilized nations have finally found gold and silver best
adapted among all the metals for money, and they are so
used to-day in every part of the globe. The following are
reasons why gold and silver are especially suitable for
money metals: They are universally desired, and every one
is willing to accept them. They can be used not only in the
arts but for ornaments, and this helps to give them stability
of value ; for if their value begins to fall the demand for
them for other purposes than money tends to increase, and
this prevents so great a fall in their value as would other-
wise take place. Gold and silver are desirable on account of
the vast quantities already in existence. The gold in coin
and bars, and silver in coin, are now estimated to be worth
some six thousand millions of dollars, and compared with this
the yearly production is small, its commercial value ranging
at present from about two hundred and forty to two hun-
dred and seventy millions of dollars. The production of one
mine in one year, even if extraordinarily large, produces
a comparatively small effect, being like a glass of water
thrown in a pond. It must diffuse itself over a vast surface.
Their high specific value — that is, high value in proportion
to weight — adapts them to use for money, because easily
transportable. Their value at different places widely sepa-
rated is more nearly equal than it could otherwise be.
Durability and indestructibility are valuable qualities, while
extreme divisibility without loss of value makes it possible
to measure any desired value, great or small. Majleability
renders coinage easy, and homogeneity makes any one ounce
or pound just as valuable as any other pound or ounce. They
are readily recognizable by their color, their peculiar ring,
and by other attributes, and thus they are adapted to popu-
144 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
lar use. No other metals seem in like measure to combine
so many desirable qualities.
Paper Money has been extensively used. Paper money
consists of promises to pay on demand which people are
willing to receive in place of metallic money. They are
usually promises either of banks or of governments. People
take them because they believe the promise will be kept, or
because they think that others will accept them, or because
they have been made a legal tender and people must accept
them for debt, or because, as usually happens, they are re-
ceivable for taxes. Where this confidence in paper money is
complete it is preferred to precious metals, because more
convenient. If any one will read all that is engraved on the
paper money circulating in the United States he will per-
ceive its nature, and he will discover that it is of two kinds:
notes of national banks, and notes or certificates of the
federal government. Adam Smith has compared paper
money to a road through the air. It saves the use of the
precious metals, and capital, otherwise employed as a
medium of exchange, can be used for other productive pur-
poses. It is thus, he says, as real a saving as if we could
travel through the air and use the ground now occupied by
roads for agriculture and other purposes. The "greenbacks "
or paper money of the United States now amount to a little
over three hundred and forty-six millions of dollars. They
perform the function of gold and silver even better than
gold and silver — in foreign ports, like Hamburg, often sell-
ing for a premium — and this saves the country this amount
of capital. To withdraw them from circulation would be
simply a waste.*
" Inflation." — -Certain dangers connected with paper
money issued by government must not be overlooked. It is
easy to set the printing-presses at work and to issue an
* The writer has paid a premium for French paper money in Geneva,
Switzerland, where lie could have obtained gold money for par, and he has
found American paper money selling for more than gold in Stockholm,
Sweden.
MONEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 145
illimitable amount of money. This is much easier than tax-
ation, and has often promoted waste and extravagance. Be-
sides, only a limited amount can be kept in circulation at its
nominal value, and when this is exceeded it falls below
"par," which means that paper money will no longer pur-
chase as much as the same amount of gold and silver money.
This produces great inconvenience and suffering, because,
according to what is called Greshani's laic, the inferior money
drives the better out of circulation, and prices rise on ac-
count of the large supply of money. This diminishes the
value of fixed salaries and of all fixed incomes, of interest
payments on all debts and of wages, until these rise corre-
spondingly, and this takes a long time. It is an inconven-
ience in international trade, because foreign countries do
not recognize the legal tender quality of paper money and
will not receive it for taxes, and because foreigners lose
faith in a paper money which is not kept at par with the
precious metals.
Is Paper Money Safe ? — Some have so keenly appreci-
ated the dangers of paper money that they have entirely op-
posed its use. This does not seem reasonable. Paper money,
like other instruments of a high civilization, should be em-
ployed with care; but the damage which the best instru-
ments and appliances may do when unskillfully handled
ought not to induce us to renounce the advantages which
they offer. Rather we ought to acquire prudence, and this
is the course which modern nations are actually pursuing.
Several countries are now using paper money, and our own
among the number. When Congress decided to leave three
hundred and forty-six millions of " greenbacks " in circula-
tion alarm was expressed in many quarters; but experience
has proved that apprehension was groundless. It may be
said that paper money should always be kept at " par," tlfat
is, government should always pay coin for paper on demand.
When this is done paper money is said to be redeemable;
when it is not, paper money is said to be irredeemable.
Irredeemable paper money is bad; redeemable paper money
146 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
is good. Attention should then be directed to this consider-
ation: How can paper money always be redeemed? or, how
much can be issued with safety ? Possibly the amount the
people will keep in circulation at par may have some rela-
tion to the gross revenues of government, for these are pay-
able in paper money, and consequently in making these
payments paper money is as good as gold. The gross reve-
nues of our various governments, federal, State, and local,
payable in paper may be three times the amount of our
"greenbacks." Perhaps we may say that for a prosperous
community the paper money which the people will gladly
absorb and prefer to gold and silver is equal to one half of
all government revenues payable in this kind of money.
Possibly, under certain circumstances, more can be kept in
circulation. Only careful experimentation can determine,
and an adequate " reserve " — that is, supply of coin for pay-
ment of paper on demand — should be maintained. Our ex-
perience in the United States is an instructive example of
economic experimentation.
"Fiat Money." — A few years ago, however, this country
was agitated by a proposal to create a new kind of paper
money, a money not based on economic demand of any sort.
This money was to be of paper, but not a promise to pay
gold or anything else. It was to be an irredeemable paper
money, not of the usual kind which is temporarily irredeem-
able, and was popularly called "fiat money." The paper
dollar would bear a legend something like this : " This shall
be received to the amount of one dollar in payment of all
debts, public and private;" and this legal tender charac-
ter should be enforced by appropriate legislation. It was
argued that, every man being obliged to accept this dollar,
everyone would be willing to do so, just as our present prom-
ise money is now accepted by people who do not wish the
gold or silver which it promises, but who simply want to
pass it again. The only thing necessary would be that men
should have confidence in the power and willingness of the
government to enforce its circulation. When this confidence
MONEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 147
existed no exercise of power would be necessary, for every-
one would accept it freely.
The proposition to create this fiat money has been unduly
ridiculed. There is nothing theoretically absurd about this
proposition, provided the supply of the fiat money be limited.
The possibility of the circulation of such fiat money is con-
ceded by economists generally. All that is necessary to make
people accept money is confidence that it can be passed on, and
provided the supply is limited this confidence can be based
on the power of government to enforce a legal tender act as
well as on its power to redeem a note for dues. But while
the opponents of fiat money have often been superficial in
their arguments they seem to have reached right conclusions.
The dangers which have been mentioned in connection with
paper money in general become intensified in the case of irre-
deemable paper money, because the safeguards of redemption
are missing. If the paper is always kept at par there would
seem to be nothing gained by the irredeemable characteristic;
if it is not kept at par inconveniences at once result and it
is difficult to set a limit to the issue. A general desire to
rob the creditor class is likely to be aAvakened.
Fractional Paper Currency. — This means paper money
of a smaller denomination than one dollar. During our late
civil war and for some time thereafter this was extensively
used. Forty-five mill ions of dollars Avas borrowed by Hon.
B. H. Bristow, Secretary of the Treasury, 1874-76, to pur-
chase silver to take the place of this paper. This with-
drawal of fractional paper currency seems to have been the
result of an excessive reaction against the abuses of paper
money. It was extremely convenient, especially for people
making small purchases by mail. It is said that the business
of several large firms was seriously injured by the removal
of this convenient kind of money. Postal notes, which lack
many of the conveniences of fractional paper money, and
which are far more expensive, each one costing the pur-
chaser three cents, have been introduced as a substitute.
OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Money in the popular sense is that which passes freely from hand to
hand as a medium of exchange, and is generally received in final discharge
of debts.
2. Money in the legal sense is that which has been declared legal tender.
3. Money in the usual economic sense is anything which serves as a
measure of value, a medium of exchange, a legal tender, and a receptacle of
value.
4. Money is the necessary condition of extensive exchange.
5. Among many things formerly used as money, gold and silver have
been selected on account of their universal value, their use in the arts, their
large supply, their equable production, their high specific value, and their
suitability for coining.
6. Paper money is a desirable money widely used, and consists of promises
to pay. It may be either government or private, and may or may not be
legal tender.
7. The great danger of paper money is the liability to inflation and the
consequent disturbance of values.
8. A redeemable paper currency secured by deposits and guarded in
amount is safe.
9. Paper currency for fractions of a dollar was displaced by silver in this
country, apparently without advantage to the public.
10. Irredeemable paper money or a fiat money enforced by governmental
authority is theoretically sound in principle, but liable to grave abuse in
practice.
QUESTIONS.
1. Define money from the popular standpoint; from the legal standpoint:
from the economic standpoint.
2. In what sense are greenbacks money ? banknotes? silver certificates ?
3. What are the functions of money? How many of these functions are
performed by gold coin? by greenbacks? by silver certificates? by bank-
notes? by checks or drafts?
4. "What are the advantages of gold and silver for money purposes ?
What other things have been used? Why was their usa discontinued?
5. What is paper money? What varieties are there?
G. What are the advantages of paper money? its dangers? What is
needed to make it safe ? How much may be safely employed ?
7. Why was our fractional paper currency replaced by silver ? What were
the gains and the losses of this change ?
8. What is tho real basis of permanently irredeemable paper money ? Is
it trustworthy ? Why ?
MONEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 149
LITERATURE.
"Walker, F. A. : Money, Trade, and Industry.
Nicholson, J. S. : Money and Monetary Problems.
Knox, John Jay : American Notes.
Laughlin, J. L. : History of Bimetallism in the United States.
Jcvons, "W. S. : Money and the Mechanism of Exchange.
Horton, S. D. : The Silver Pound.
Sherwood, S. : T/ie History and Tfteory of Money.
11
CHAPTER IV.
CHANGES IN THE AMOUNT OF MONEY— BIMETALLISM.
The Amount of Money Needed. — The question lias
often been asked, How much money does a country need ?
It lias been replied, " It makes no difference. If the supply
is abundant prices will be high ; if the supply is small
prices will be low and the same amount of money will go
further. A little money will do the work of money as well
as a large supply." It is true that there is a relation be-
tween the supply of money and its value, and that large sup-
ply means small value and small supply large value, but the
conclusion drawn does not follow. When the amount of
money is small barter is always extensively used, and this is
an inconvenience, obstructing trade and causing loss. Enoxigh
money is needed so that it can be used in all ordinary trans-
actions of life, thus enabling us to avoid a too extensive em-
ployment of barter. But one of the most common business
transactions is the payment of wages. We need enough
money so that it will not be too valuable to use for that pur-
pose; in other words, the day's labor of an ordinary laborer
should not be inferior to the value of a piece of legal tender
coin which can be conveniently carried. We need, then,
enough money so that the value of a coin of convenient size
shall not exceed a day's wages of an unskilled laborer. But
it is desirable that money should be still cheaper, so that
wages may be divided into parts. It is not necessary for
money to be cheap enough to enable us to make our smallest
purchases with full legal tender money, because in addition
to full legal tender money all countries have subsidiary coins,
like our fractional parts of a dollar, containing less coin in
proportion to nominal value than full legal tender, and legal
CHANGES IN THE AMOUNT OF MONEY — BIMETALLISM. 151
tender only for a small amount, with us ten dollars, and
minor coins like " nickels" and "coppers" legal tender for
still less, with us for twenty-five cents. Silver dollars fulfill the
conditions laid down, but gold does not. Gold is more con-
venient for large payments. The two supplement each other.
Fluctuations in the Volume of Money. — The ground
just given for the need of a certain amount of money, to be
determined by circumstances, is not the only consideration
to be kept in mind in determining the amount of money
required by a country. After the above requirement has
been satisfied it may make comparatively little difference
whether we have much or little, but it makes a great deal
of difference whether we increase or decrease the amount.
It is not the " much or little," but it is the " more or less,"
that is of vital concern. Few things produce more intense
suffering than a decrease in the amount of money, and this
is on account of the connection between past, present, and
future in our economic life. lie who treats every economic
question as if every day were a period of time apart by
itself has scarcely taken the first step toward the compre-
hension of economic society. Obligations have been in-
curred in the past, and these are payable in the present or
in the future. Now, to decrease the amount of money
raises the value of every debt and adds to the burden of
every debtor, public and private. It increases the value of
notes, mortgages, railway bonds, and local, State, and federal
bonds. It enriches the few at the expense of the many.
An increase in the amount of money does not have the re-
verse effect if it is small, because on account of the growth
of wealth, the continually diminishing use of barter, and the
extension of trade into countries formerly outside of inter-
national commerce, the opening xip of new countries in
Africa, Australia, and elsewhere which need a supply of
money, the value of money tends to augment unless there is
a growth in the supply. If the amount remains stationary
the creditors are enriched at the expense of the debtors.
If the amount of money is arbitrarily increased, so that the
152 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
value of all debts may fall, it amounts to virtual robbery of
the creditors. When arbitrarily the amount of money is
decreased it amounts to virtual robbery of the debtor class.
While it may be dangerous to increase the supply of
money arbitrarily, as by the issue of paper, it is a fortunate
thing if the amount of money slowly and continually in-
creases without direct government action, as by the dis-
covery of new and more fruitful gold mines. The reason
for this is that the business community is always a debtor
community, while the idle classes are creditors, and that a
slight depreciation in the value of money brought about by
natural eaiises, and which consequently does not destroy con-
fidence on the part of capitalists, gives a "fillip" to busi-
ness and helps to make it prosperous. It may also be urged
that with the progress of improvements in industry prices
tend to fall, and that unless money increases in amount
those who take no active part in these improvements never-
theless gain the benefit of them.
Silver Question and Bimetallism. — The discussion of
the amount of money needed by a country naturally brings us
to two topics, called the silver question and bimetallism. Silver
and gold are both used as money, and as government coins
them it determines the ratio in which it will do this. A ratio
which has been commonly established has been one to fifteen
and a half, which means that in full legal tender coins one
ounce of gold shall be equal to fifteen and a half ounces of
silver. This is the European ratio, but the United States has
established the ratio of one to sixteen. The European ratio
was maintained for about seventy years during this century,
principally by France, but during the latter part of the period
by the action of a combination of countries called the Latin
Monetary Union, in which Belgium, France, Switzerland,
and Italy were most prominent. These countries opened
their mints for both gold and silver to everyone, and coined
money in the ratio of one to fifteen and a half. Everyone
who had gold or silver could have it changed into money.
About 1873, however, Germany, having formerly used silver,
CHANGES IN THE AMOUNT OF MONEY — BIMETALLISM. 153
determined to replace it with gold, and thus threw an im-
mense amount of silver on the market, while the demand for
gold was correspondingly increased. Other countries pur-
sued similar courses, our own country demonetizing silver,
that is, stopping the coinage of silver, making it only a sub-
sidiary coin, instead of a full legal tender, as it had been.
Like Germany, we introduced what is called gold monometal-
lism. Gold alone was henceforth to be converted into coins
for anyone who offered it to our mints. This action alarmed
the countries of the Latin LTnion, and they suspended the
coinage of silver. To add to the confusion, large discov-
eries of silver had increased considerably the supply of silver,
and the old ratio was destroyed, silver falling in a few years
so much in value as measured in gold that it required twenty
ounces and more of silver to purchase one ounce of gold. All
this naturally increased the value of money, and so the value
of all debts, producing great distress in Germany and in all
other industrial lands. But the increase in debts was only a
part of the mischief. Oriental and South American coun-
tries use silver, and trade was easily carried on with those
countries so long as gold and silver would readily exchange
at an established ratio, but when the ratio began to fluctuate
an uncertain and demoralizing element was introduced into
trade, which rendered it highly speculative, and entailed loss
upon the business world. The merchant in Liverpool who sold
goods to a merchant in India agreed to receive a fixed sum of
silver money, but in England it was necessary to turn this into
gold, and a fall in the value of silver might bankrupt him.
Bimetallism has been proposed as a remedy. This means
that at a fixed ratio government must coin all gold and silver
which anybody desires to have coined. One country alone
cannot introduce bimetallism, because other countries might
send to it all their silver and take away its gold, just as
Germany evidently contemplated draining France of at least
a large portion of her gold. Experience seems to demonstrate
that national bimetallism is out of the question, and no
scientific economist favors it. Economists have, however,
154 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
generally come to favor what is called international bimet-
allism. International bimetallism means bimetallism based
on an international agreement like that which obtained in
the case of the Latin Union before 1874. It is urged that
all countries should agree to coin gold and silver at the old
French ratio of one to fifteen and a half, or some new ratio
to be agreed upon. If the principal commercial countries of
the world, say France, Germany, England, and the United
States, should enter into such an agreement, there is no
doubt that the ratio could be maintained. Gold and silver
are used principally for money, and owners of gold and silver
would be obliged either to have it coined at the government
ratio or sell it on the market for use in the arts. The arts
absorb only a small proportion of the annual product, to say
nothing of the enormous existing supply of gold and silver
money in the world. Governments then are in the position
of monopolists, and by agreement could maintain a fixed ratio.
The advantages of this would be to insure a more adequate
supply of gold and silver and to facilitate business transactions
between gold-using and silver-using countries.
A powerful creditor class in England, which gains by an
appreciation in the value of money, it has been stated, has
been powerful enough to keep England from joining in the
action proposed by the United States and France for the es-
tablishment of international bimetallism, and Germany lias
refused to cooperate unless England's aid could be secured,
Consequently up to the present it has not been possible to
establish international bimetallism.
Recent Silver Legislation in the United States. —
Full bimetallism now nowhere exists, but the government of
the United States has not discarded silver or entirely demone-
tized it. By the "Bland Bill" of 1878 the secretary of the
treasury was required to coin not less than two million dollars'
worth of silver, nor more than four million dollars' worth, per
month. This bill was in force from February 28, 1878, till
August 12, 1890, and under it were coined 378,166,793 silver
dollars, or over two and one half millions per month. Two
CHANGES IN THE AMOUNT OF MONEY — BIMETALLISM. 155
facts, however, developed during this twelve years of limited
silver coinage. First it became clear that Americans could
not be persuaded to use silver as freely as the people of Europe
do. The long familiarity with paper money had accustomed
us to its use and its greater convenience. The second was that
in spite of this extensive coinage silver continued to fall in
value. The first difficulty was met by the issue of silver
certificates or promises to pay silver dollars. These circu-
lated among the people while the silver dollars remained in
the treasury. Of 380,988,466 dollars coined up to November
1, 1890, only 65,709,664 actually passed into circulation, while
$308,206,177 silver certificates were issued and 7,072,625
were not issued at all. This suggested the uselessness of
further coinage of silver dollars.
The depreciation of silver suggested two opposite remedies.
Some attributed it to the limitation put upon the coinage,
and urged free coinage as a cure. Others thought it danger-
ous to continue the issue, and urged suspension of silver coin-
age. After a protracted struggle a compromise bill was
passed, known as the Sherman law, by which the secretary
of the treasury was authorized to purchase four and a half
million ounces of silver per month at market price not ex-
ceeding par (one dollar for three hundred seventy one and
one fourth grains of pure silver). This was not to be coined
but held as bullion, and in payment for it were to be issued
legal tender treasury notes. Thus the coinage was stopped,
and the treasury notes issued were secured by more silver
certificates. Under this law were purchased between August
13, 1890, and November 1, 1892, 120,479,981 ounces of silver,
of which practically none has been coined.* The bill seems
at present to be the object of strong attack from many sides,
as a compromise measure is apt to be. The two factions,
favoring expansion on the one hand and restriction on the
other, arc as little reconciled as ever, and the " silver ques-
tion " in the United States must be regarded as a decidedly
unsettled question.
* 4,529,322. 6 ounces purchased per month.
156 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. The amount of money is a secondary but not unimportant considera-
tion ; scarcity leads to barter and inconvenience prejudicial to wage-earners.
2. Changes in the amount of money are far more dangerous, impairing the
value of contracts and injuring debtor or creditor. A slow increase, how-
ever, seems desirable.
3. The fixed ratios of silver to gold (16 or 15| to 1) have been disturbed
by fluctuations in production and especially by demonetization of silver.
4. The demonetization of silver begun by Germany and continued by
other nations has produced much suffering and demoralization in inter-
national trade by limiting the supply of money.
5. Bimetallism by a single nation would mean the substitution for gold
of the cheaper silver rather than a restoration of the original ratios, and is
therefore impracticable.
6. International bimetallism is feasible, and would maintain the value of
silver.
7. The United Slates has tried limited coinage with only partial success.
The silver coin does not circulate, but its place is taken by the more con-
venient silver certificates.
8. Purchases of silver bullion are now made, and treasury notes issued
in payment, no silver being coined. The present policy gives little general
satisfaction.
QUESTIONS.
1. Does it make any serious difference how much money is in use ? Why ?
2. "What happens if money is increased in amount? if it is decreased ? Is
a small change desirable? If so, in which direction? Why?
3. What is the relative value of silver and gold ? What causes have
changed this value ?
4. How can government affect the value of either metal? Why?
5. What do we mean by demonetization ? Which metal has been de-
monetized ? Where ? When ?
6. What has been the result to gold? Why? To silver? Why? To gen-
eral prices? Why? To the debtor class ? Why? To the creditor class? Why?
7. What is monometallism? bimetallism? Which is general? What
would happen if one country tried bimetallism?
8. What are the advantages of bimetallism ? What is the condition of
its success? Why has it not been adopted?
9. What was the " Bland Act ?" its result? What occasioned its repeal ?
10. Define the "Sherman Law," and give the present status of the silver
question in the United States.
LITERATURE.
See works already cited at the close of the previous chapter ; also:
Taussig, F. W. : The Silver Situation in the United States.
CHAPTER V.
CREDIT AND THE MECHANISM OF CREDIT.
WE have seen the immense development afforded to ex-
change by the use of money, a development resulting in
division and organization of labor and a revolution of the
whole economic life. Money, however, is entirely inadequate
to explain the magnitude of present commercial transactions.
Great as is the advantage of money over barter, money is too
clumsy an instrument for modern purposes. While money
is by no means dispensed with in our day it is characteristic
primarily of the economic stage preceding this, and an ever-
increasing amount of business dispenses with its use. The
characteristic instrument of exchange in our day is not
money but credit, and its development measures the perfec-
tion of modern exchange.
Like all terms which economics borrows from practical life,
the word credit has many meanings. One of the common-
est is indicated when we say that a man has good credit.
We mean that he lias the reputation of paying his debts and
has the ability to do so. Men are therefore willing to sell
him goods and wait for their pay until a future period.
Another important meaning of the word refers, not to the
character of the man, but to the transaction itself. The
transfer of goods without immediate payment in money or
other goods, but with the expectation of future payment, is
credit. It is this idea which we consider in economics under
the name of credit. We therefore define this much-disputed
term as follows : Credit is a transfer of goods for a promised
equivalent. First, the transaction is partly present and partly
future. Second, the transaction involves confidence on the
part of the lender, based either on the character and resources
158 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
of the borrower or on goods pledged by him for the fulfill-
ment of his promise. A third factor usually present is an
evidence of indebtedness delivered to the lender. This
constitutes the instrument of credit, in its narrower sense.
The Mechanism of Credit consists of two parts : first,
the evidences of indebtedness or instruments of credit, such
as checks, drafts, notes, bonds, etc. ; and second, the institu-
tions of credit, consisting principally of banks and clearing
houses.
The Instruments of Credit. — A check is an order given
by a private individual or company upon a bank ordering the
payment of a certain sum of money to the order of a person
named or to the bearer of the check. In this form of credit
transaction the element of time is reduced to a minimum.
If money were paid the person receiving it would very
likely carry it to the bank, and as it is he carries the check
instead. The element of credit here prominent is the trust
or confidence involved. Until we know that the payer
has money in the bank we do not know whether we shall
get our pay or not. The time element is so slight that it
is usually disregarded. A draft is a check issued by a
bank upon another bank. A note is a written promise to
pay. Here the time element is important and is recognized
by the payment of interest according to laws which we shall
consider later. A bond is one form of government note.
Recalling what wras before said as to paper money, we see
that promise money is only a note issued by the government
or by a bank which for particular reasons does not bear interest.
The ordinary instruments of credit do not circulate freely,
like money, but are intended to be used primarily in one
transaction. They are by no means confined to this, how-
ever, in every case. Notes are very often transferred once,
twice, or many times, and checks and drafts often pass through
many hands, but always with reference to the character and
credit of the persons involved. Their relationship to money
does not occasion any practical difficulty. Many things in-
dicate that one is intended for general use and the other
CREDIT AND THE MECHANISM OF CREDIT. 159
for particular transactions. Money makes no mention of
any person to whom payment is to be made, and is issued
in denominations having reference not to a particular trans-
action but to general convenience. Instruments of credit
are usually issued in amounts determined by particular trans-
actions; they are issued to particular parties, and are trans-
ferable usually only by indorsement.
A note may be given in two ways. A person who buys goods
for " value received " promises to pay the person of whom the
goods are bought. But the seller may also " draw on " the
buyer by means of a bill of exchange, also called a draft.
Let us say A is the seller, B the buyer. A then writes out an
order to B to pay to himself or a third party, as C, " for
value received," the amount of the debt. A, the creditor,
signs the bill. If B acknowledges the debt, and is ready to
agree to pay it, he writes on the bill when presented "Ac-
cept " and signs his name. It then becomes binding, and the
merchant who does not pay his drafts when they fall due be-
comes bankrupt. A check or bill may be transferred by in-
dorsement. The person to whom payment is to be made, the
payee, writes his name on the back with an order that the
money be paid to a fourth party, D, the indorsee. The payee
who indorses the instrument of credit is the indorser. The
indorsee may assign the instrument to still another party, as
E, by a new indorsement, and he then becomes indorser. This
may be continued indefinitely, and thus the instrument may
pass from hand to hand in place of money, each one who in-
dorses it becoming responsible provided that no previous in-
dorser can be made to fulfill his obligation. Other terms are
readily understood, as payer, the one who must pay ; drawer,
the one who draws an instrument of credit ; drawee, the one
on whom it is drawn.
Book credit is extensively used. When goods are trans-
ferred a record of it is kept, or, as we ordinarily say, the
goods are "charged," and a bill is afterward sent for the
amount. A vast amount of credit is granted in this simple,
old-fashioned way, both in wholesale and retail trade. Re-
160 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
cently large mercantile establishments have tried to abolish
book credits, and it may not be too much to say I/hat there
has been a general movement toward restricting it and defin-
ing its limits more accurately.
Advantages of Credit. — The advantages of credit may
be thus summarized : 1. Credit furnishes a more perfect and
convenient means of payment in large sums and between
distant places than the precious metals, saving time and
labor. This is effected by means of notes, checks, and bills
of exchange. It is thus that only small sums of money are
sent from one country to another in international trade.
Only balances are paid in money. If some London mer-
chants owe New York merchants a million pounds and other
New York merchants owe these London merchants a million
pounds, it is obvious that no money need leave either country.
The London merchants will send orders to their New York
debtors to pay their New York creditors. This is the simplest
kind of cancellation of indebtedness. In actual life it is
more complex, but the principle is the same. If the London
creditors of New York merchants are not the same as the
London debtors, the debtors could buy orders of the credi-
tors and send them to New York. If New York merchants
owe London merchants, it is possible that Paris merchants
may owe New York merchants an equal sum, while London
merchants are in debt to Paris merchants to the same amount.
By exchange of orders all debts could be paid. This is
called arbitration of exchange. Naturally a class has arisen
which deals in these instruments of credit, and this is the
class of bankers and brokers. Debtors and creditors both
resort to them. Bankers and brokers are the middlemen
betAveen debtors and creditors.
2. Credit takes the place of corresponding amounts of
gold and silver. This is a saving, enabling us to employ the
precious metals for other useful purposes.
3. Capital is employed more productively. He who pos-
sesses capital, but is for any reason unable or unwilling to
use it, transfers it to another for compensation, and thus
CREDIT AND THE MECHANISM OF CREDIT. 161
both are benefited as well as the public economy. Other
things being equal, it is given to him who will pay the most
for it, and in a normal condition of things this is the one
who can employ it most productively.
4. Credit enables those who have business qualifications
and no capital, or inadequate capital, to engage in business
and to employ their talents for their own benefit and for the
benefit of society. Many thus start without capital, and in
the end become capitalists themselves. Credit has been the
starting-point of many of the large fortunes now existing.
Credit brings together in numerous instances capital with-
out business qualifications or inclination for business, and tal-
ent without capital, and thus may be said to be not without
influence in uniting capital and labor harmoniously. This is
particularly the case with those institutions which supply
capital to the poorer classes, like the German cooperative
credit unions, which furnish artisans, mechanics, and small
traders with capital, and with American building associations,
which furnish the same classes with capital for the construc-
tion of homes.
5. Credit gathers together the smallest sums, particularly
by means of savings banks, and these small sums forming a
large aggregate are productively employed by joint-stock
companies and other concerns. Capital is thus concentrated,
but its returns are scattered among the people. Credit en-
courages capital accumulation and promotes thrift. Credit
in this manner gives employment to small accumulations as
they are made, and this helps men to provide for emergen-
cies and for old age. Other advantages of credit will sug-
gest themselves to the careful observer.
Evils of Credit. — The dark side of the credit economy
must not be overlooked. It continually encourages extrava-
gance, and this is a fruitful source of fraud and embezzle-
ment. Credit promotes precarious speculation, because those
who engage in it have little of their own capital to lose, and
are over-reckless with the capital of other people. Our en-
tire land is strewn with the ruins of businesses wrecked by
162 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
men who have mismanaged the property which unwise credit
gave into their hands. As credit sometimes enables the poor
man with gifts recognized and favorably situated to become
an independent producer, it frequently enables the one
already producing on a vast scale to extend his gigantic
operations and crush out men who have been independent
producers.
It has been said that all " consumptive credit," that is,
credit to enable one to spend money for one's personal grati-
fication, or for personal use in any way, is bad, while pro-
ductive credit, credit for carrying on a business, is good ;
but the line cannot be so sharply drawn. Consumptive credit
frequently leads to extravagance, but it also has enabled
many a young man to develop personal powers and to be-
come a great artist or scholar, while, as just seen, productive
credit frequently causes loss.
Institutions of Credit. — Bankers have already been
described as men who go between borrowers and lenders, or
as middlemen in credit transactions. They are sometimes
called dealers in credit, and there is little that they do which
is not in one way or another connected with credit. But
banks are not mere agents. They have a capital of their
own which serves the purpose of a guarantee fund, and they
receive money which their customers deposit with them, and
mingle this with their own, gaining exclusive control over
it all. They become the debtors of the depositors and the
creditors of those to whom they lend money. Their source
of profit is not chiefly their own capital, but the capital de-
posited with them. Sometimes they pay no interest, and if
they pay interest they charge more, the difference constitut-
ing their profit.
Formerly banks in the United States nearly all issued
notes which circulated as money, and this was regarded as
their principal business. Now only national banks are al-
lowed to issue notes, and they must deposit bonds at Wash-
ington as security for this circulation. in addition to paying
a tax for the privilege. All governments in civilized coun-
CREDIT AND THE MECHANISM OF CREDIT. 163
tries have greatly restricted the power of banks to issue
circulating notes to serve as money, and the number of banks
that find a source of profit in the production of bank money
is constantly diminishing. Perhaps some day all govern-
ments will, as has been advocated by many able thinkers, re-
serve to themselves the exclusive right to issue paper money.
Clearing houses are labor-saving institutions originally
contrived by employees of banks. Banks in a city have con-
tinual dealings with one another. A customer of a bank de-
posits with it all his checks, no matter on what bank drawn.
It consequently happens that a bank in Xew York, for exam-
ple, will receive checks every day on all the other banks,
while all the other banks receive checks drawn on it. For-
merly there was continual running back and forth. A run-
ner from each bank went to all the other banks. Xow the
representatives of all the banks meet in one common place,
and exchange checks, drafts, etc., and only the differences
or balances between the sums due and the sums which a bank
owes are paid. If more is owed to a bank than is due from it
to the other banks it receives this difference from the clear-
ing house ; if it owes more than is due it, it pays the dif-
ference. The sums due the clearing house and the -sums
which it must pay of course balance perfectly, and it is left
without any money on hand.
The clearing house statistics illustrate the inadequacy of
money to do the business of the world. The total transactions
of the clearing houses in the United States for the year ending
September 30, 1888, amounted to over fifty thousand millions
of dollars, or more than thirty times all the money in the coun-
try, bank notes included ; for the money in the country at the
time was only about sixteen hundred millions of dollars.*
*The manager of Hie Xew York Clearing House, Mr. "William Schcrer,
kindly furnishes the latest statistics of that institution, which are as follows :
Exchanges, year ending December 31, 1892 $36,662,469,201 55
Balances....' 1,888,087,262 97
Transactions 38,550,556,464 52
Average daily exchanges 120,600,227 6H
Average daily balances 6,210,813 36
164 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Money has proved inadequate for modern exchange, and credit has
displaced it for ordinary large transactions.
2. Credit is a transfer of goods for a promised equivalent.
3. The chief instruments of credit are checks, orders on a bank dru\vu
by a private person ; drafts, checks drawn by a bank ; promissory notes,
bills of exchange, and book credit, or "charging."
4. Credit greatly economizes money transactions and the attendant use
and transportation of the precious metals, and aids in the productive em-
ployment and wise distribution of capital.
5. Credit often results in speculation and waste as well as in destructive
commercial warfare, disastrous both to individual and public welfare.
6. Banks are institutions for facilitating credit transactions.
7. Clearing houses are institutions to facilitate transfers of credit between
banks.
QUESTIONS.
1. What different meanings has the word credit? In which sense is it
used in economics ?
2. Is there always a time advantage in credit? What other advantage is
there in credit payment?
3. What is a check ? a note ? a bill of exchange ? a bank draft ? What
other kind of draft, and how is it used?
4. What is a note ? a bond ?
5. What is the advantage of a note ? of a check ?
6. What is book credit ? What is the present tendency regarding it ?
Why?
1. What effect does credit have upon the productiveness of capital, and
why? upon the accumulation of capital, and why? Have these two re-
sults any connection, and if so, what ?
8. What are the evils of credit? Are the evils to society as serious as to
individual owners? Why?
9. What is a bank? Enumerate all the functions of a bank. How do
they make their money? Is this legitimate, and why?
10. What are the advantages of bank money? its dangers? the present
tendency regarding it?
11. What is a clearinghouse? What are its functions ? About what
part of the checks and drafts drawn on Xew York banks are mutually can-
celed ? How are the balances paid ?
LITERATURE.
Knox, John Jay : Reports as Comptroller of the Treasury, in United States
Finance Reports for 1875-76.
CREDIT AND THE MECHANISM OF CREDIT. 165
Gilbart, J. S. : Uislnnj, Prinripks, and Practice of Banking.
Dunbar, C. F. : The Theory and History of Banking.
Bagehot, Walter: Lombard Street.
Morse, J. T. : Banks and Banking. (This work presents the legal side of
the subject.)
Walker, F. A.: Money, Trade, and Industry; and Political Economy.
Ely, R. T. : " German Cooperative Credit Unions," in the Atlantic Monthly,
February, 1891.
See the article "Clearing System" in the English Dictionary of Political
Economy. Edited by R. H. luglis Palgrave. Also articles in other diction-
aries and cyclopedias.
12
PART III.
DISTRIBUTION.
CHAPTER I.
DEFINITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AND RENT.
IT has already been remarked that the production and the
distribution of the annual income of society cannot be sharply
separated, and the reader must have observed that more or
less has been said about the four parts into which the prod-
ucts of industry are usually divided, namely, wages, interest,
profits, and rent. Taxes may, perhaps, be regarded as a fifth
part into which the annual income of society is divided, and
we may treat taxes as the part which society, organized as
the State, receives for its participation in production. But,
if this view is taken, we have a fifth part peculiar in so many
respects that it is desirable to treat it neither under produc-
tion nor distribution.
The greater part of distribution might undoubtedly be con-
sidered under the general heading " Production," but on the
other hand it is frequently asserted that distribution is " the
true center of all economic inquiries," and it would be pos-
sible to treat nearly the whole of production from the stand-
point of distribution. The truth is that these old traditional
divisions of our subject-matter indicate different points of
view, and on this account it seems desirable to retain them.
When we pass from production to distribution we do not
enter by any means an entirely new field, but we look at an
old field of investigation from a new point of view.
We have to discuss under the name distribution two dif-
DEFINITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AXU RENT. 167
ferent processes. The first and inclusive meaning of the
term is the distribution of wealth or income of society among
individuals and families ; in other words, the question of indi-
vidual fortunes, poverty and wealth. This distribution is
to a large degree the result of conscious effort on men's part
to control it. The second kind of distribution is the divi-
sion of the product among the different factors of produc-
tion. This is not a question of wealth versus poverty, but of
wages versus interest, profits, rent, etc. Of course this kind
of distribution affects the question of private fortunes very
considerably, but it is by no means the same question. It is
not at all clear that it would not be better to call this kind of
distribution by a different name, but here, as in the case of
capital, usage is too strong for us, and we must consider two
things under one name. There is need of care, therefore,
that we know just which idea is meant when the word is
used.
There is another sense in which the word is not used in
economics. We never mean by distribution the moving of
goods about over the country from the point where they are
manufactured to the place where they are consumed. AVhen
we hear of railways or other concerns as " distributive agen-
cies " we are using the word distribution in a sense wholly
different from that of the economic term distribution. Dis-
tribution is a question of ownership, not a question of the lo-
cation of goods.
This brings us to the question of the institution of private
property, and recalls the fact that whatever may be the
origin of private property its present existence is due to
government. It is not the individual who maintains the in-
stitution of private property, or modifies it by conscious ef-
fort, but the State. Now, the question of private fortunes
depends primarily upon the action of the State regarding
private property. This general distribution is therefore a
question not of private but of public economics, and its con-
sideration comes in Book III. Our attention in this place
will, therefore, be confined to that subsidiary process of
168 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
dividing the results of production among the different factors
which have combined to produce them. This process, which
we may call product distribution, is chiefly controlled by un-
conscious social forces, and the State interferes only in a gen-
eral way and to a limited extent with the workings of these
forces. Such conscious interference as there is is largely the
work of private organizations.
Rent. — Rent is that which is paid for the use of land. In
spite of sundry attempts to extend the meaning of the word
it has remained one of the best defined and least ambiguous
terms in economic science. But while economists are nearly
agreed in their use of the term the popular meaning of
the word is much less exact. That which is paid for the use
of a house or building of any sort is commonly called rent.
We shall see that this so-called rent really consists of two
elements, one a ground rent, or rent proper, the other capi-
tal rent, or what we shall call gross interest. If this distinc-
tion seems fanciful it is only because we are accustomed to
see the two united under one ownership. But in most large
cities separate OAvnership is common. Sometimes one man
owns the land and leases it for a long term of years to an-
other who erects buildings upon it, which either with or with-
out payment become the property of the landowner at the
expiration of the lease, unless it is renewed, and if it is
renewed the one who possesses the house must frequently
pay for it. Often, however, the separation in ownership is a
permanent one, the houseowner paying perpetually an an-
nual sum for the use of the ground. This is the case in
Baltimore, for example, where ground rents are an important
feature in the economic life of the city.
In such cases the two kinds of rent are very clearly distin-
guished. AVe shall see later that they are really governed
by different laws, so that while capital brings a less return as
society develops, land brings an increasing return. Let us
remember, then, that in economic discussion generally the
term rent means only an income from land, and that it is
used only in this sense in the following discussion.
DEFINITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AND RENT. 169
The principal difficulty connected with the subject of rent
lies in determining the law which governs its amount. As
has been already said, the portion of produced goods falling
to the share of the different factors of production is deter-
mined in the first instance by laws independent of human
contrivance. Of course men may and do supplement or in-
terfere with the operation of these laws to any extent. Some
of these efforts we shall consider in the present book, others
in Book III, but for the present we shall confine ourselves to
the fundamental laws already referred to.
The first thing to be noted about land is its quality. Dif-
ferences of fertility are familiar to everyone, and depend
upon what has been known as " the natural and indestructible
properties of the soil. " An effort has been made of late by
certain writers to minimize or deny the significance of this
factor. It has been said that " soil " is not indestructible,
that it may be exhausted or removed from land altogether,
and that it may in turn be created by means of fertilization,
etc. These writers recognize in land no other indestructible
property than standing room. This objection arises from
the use of the word soil in a narrow sense. If by " soil " we
mean only that thin top layer of the land containing some
elements necessary to plunt life, it is true that this may be
carted on or off at pleasure, that it may be wasted or replen-
ished. But, granting this, there still remain many qualities
of land which are indestructible and unproducible, and which
so directly affect the productiveness of the land that we may
not inappropriately call them "properties of the soil." Such
a property is the conformation of the land. A steep gravelly
hillside will by no possible effort equal a plain in fertility.
The north side of a mountain cannot be made to produce the
same as the south side. Climate is, to be sure, not a "prop-
erty of the soil," but it is an inseparable appurtenance of the
land, and upon it the productiveness of the land primarily de-
pends. It is needless to say that the ownership of a piece of
land carries with it the advantage of all the conditions which
attach to that land. It is simply true, therefore, that the
1?0 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS;,
expression " natural and indestructible properties of the soil "
is an inadequate and misleading expression ; not that there is
nothing but standing-room to be considered under such a
term. We will therefore adopt another expression to ex-
plain what we mean by quality in land, namely, the irremov-
able conditions affecting its productiveness. Of these its
extent (standing-room), its conformation, and its climate are
essentially natural and indestructible. Others, such as are
connected with the " soil " in the narrow sense, are not inde-
structible nor necessarily natural, but they affect rent none
the less. In defining quality as the conditions affecting
productiveness of land we have discarded the word " soil "
because it has proved itself treacherous ; we have omitted
the words " natural and indestructible " because fertility
may be artificial and is always destructible. On the other
hand, fertility, even when artificial, becomes essentially a
part of the land. Of course, it is physically removable but
not economically so. From the case where capital is em-
bodied in land and entirely assimilated to it in character we
pass by insensible gradations to fences, barns, houses, etc.,
which more and more assume the character of capital as dis-
tinguished from land. It would, of course, be possible to re-
strict the term land to strictly natural land and apply the
term capital to all products, including the soils of old
land. This would be a logical distinction, but, like so many
logical distinctions, it would be confusing. On the other
hand, if we include under land all capital that has been in-
corporated in it we must recognize that there is no absolute
line of division between land and capital. Thus we are
again reminded that distinctions in economics, as well as in
practical life, are questions of convenience, and are good or
bad according as they are more or less useful.
The second great fact regarding land is location. On one
side this is closely connected with climate. Land situated
near a body of water or near a mountain range is much af-
fected by these great controllers of climate. But a more
distinct meaning of the word is location with regard to the
DEFINITIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AND RENT. 171
consumers of products. Everybody knows that land a
hundred miles from market is worth more than land a
thousand miles from market. The difference is simply one
of transportation. This, however, is not simply a question
of distance, but also one of accessibility. Land may be far
away and yet easy to reach, or near and difficult of access.
It will be noted that any change in the cost of transportation
affects rent. The rents of England have been revolutionized
by cheap ocean transportation, which has practically brought
distant land very near to her shores.
To this fact of location we must ascribe almost wholly the
enormous rents paid for city lots as contrasted with the
insignificant rents paid for lots in the suburbs or in small
towns. Here, again, transportation powerfully affects rents.
Good means of rapid transit increase the value of suburban
lots and check the rise of city rents. It is believed by some
that the development of these means of transit will not only
stop the advance, but even bring about a reduction in city
rents, which have been increasing for a century or more.
Having noticed that land differs greatly in quality and
location, we may now reduce these two differences for pur-
poses of convenience to one. Suppose a man in New York
city owns two farms, one in Dakota and one in New York.
If the farm in Dakota produces thirty bushels of wheat to
the acre and it costs ten bushels of this to get it to New
York city, while the New York farm raises twenty-two
bushels and it costs two bushels of this to get it to market,
the farms are equally productive so far as the owner is con-
cerned. If the other conditions of production are the same
the land is equally valuable to the owner. To be short, we
may say that the two pieces of land are equally good land.
Whenever we speak of good land, therefore, in connection
with the subject of rent, we mean land which for all reasons
taken together is desirable.
172 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
STTMMABY.
1. " Distribution " may mean the distribution of wealth among individ-
uals, or the distribution of the product among the factors of production.
The latter is included under private economics.
2. Rent is that which is paid for the use of land. Capital invested in
houses, etc., is not included in land in this sense.
3. Land differs in quality, that is, in fertility, climate, accessibility, etc.
Its quality is to be estimated by its net productivity or ability to put prod-
ucts into the market. " Good land " means productive land well located.
QUESTIONS.
1. "What two meanings has the word distribution in economics? What
third meaning not recognized in economics ?
2. In which of the economic senses is it used in Book II? Why is the
other postponed to Book III ?
3. What differences are there in land? What is meant by "good land"
in economics?
4. What two meanings are there for the word " rent? " In which sense
is it here used? What is included under land?
LITEBATTTRE.
George, Henry : Progress and Poverty.
George, Henry: Social Problems.
Walker, F. A. : Land and its Kent.
Clark, J. B. : Capital and its Earnings.
CHAPTER II.
RENT WITH AND WITHOUT FREE LAND.
RENT must be considered in two aspects: first, rent while
free land remains; second, rent when all land is taken. The
latter is seldom realized, but it is the certain outcome if
population continues to increase and private property in
land is maintained.
Rent with Free Land. — Under these conditions there
is a certain amount of land which may be had for nothing.
Of this land some is cultivated which pays no rent; other is
not cultivated at all. Why, then, will land bear rent under
such circumstances ? Obviously, because it is more desirable
than the land which may be had for nothing. How much
rent will it bear? Just as much as it is more desirable.
B
b'
C
C'
D
j-
1
f
P /-
G
r
Fig. 4.
Suppose Fig. 4 to represent the land of a country (foreign
land being excluded from competition for the sake of our
illustration) arranged in seven groups, according to desir-
ability. The first group, deduction made of enough of the
product to pay transportation on the crop, will raise and send
to market 28 bushels of wheat per acre, the second 24,
the others 20, 16, 12, 8, and 4, respectively. Now, if the
people are few and need but a small part of the land, they
174 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
will naturally cultivate A, or the land which best combines
fertility and accessibility. So long as there is enough of
this land there cannot well be any rent, for a man will not
pay rent for what he can get for nothing. But the time
comes when more land is needed, and cultivation must begin
in group B.* Land is still free there, but all of group A is
taken. If now a man insists upon cultivating land in group
A he must pay for the privilege, for the owner will not con-
sent to move off onto poorer land unless he can maintain his
advantage. How much is this advantage ? Four bushels
per acre, for labor alone working upon free land can pro-
duce only 24 bushels. The land in B, which is free,
is now the "margin of cultivation," that is, the grade of land
which will pay for cultivation, and no more. The natural
reward of labor in agriculture is the total return to cultiva-
tion on the margin of cultivation, after deductions are made
on account of the returns to capital and its replacement.
This advantage which the owners of A land now have over
the tillers of free land, whether they let the land or not, is
rent. The amount per acre at this point will be the market
price of four bushels of wheat.
With the development of population more land is needed,
the margin of cultivation descends to C land, the reward of
simple labor is diminished, and rent increases. B land now
pays a rent of four bushels and A land a rent of eight
* It of course hardly need be said that there is no such gradation of land
as is represented in Fig. 4. The real variation would be more nearly rep-
Fiff. 5.
resented by a figure like Fig. 5. If we consider city lots, also, t!ie extremes
of value would be immensely greater than is here represented. These facts,
however, do not alter the principle.
BENT WITH AND WITHOUT FEEE LAND. 175
•
bushels per acre. When the margin of cultivation has
extended to E, rents on B land equal one half and on A land
four sevenths of the entire product. It is clear that at this
point the productivity of groups E, F, and G may be had for
the taking. A moment's reflection will show that a portion
of the productivity of the other groups may also be had free.
Rent with no Free Land. — Continuing the descent of
the margin of cultivation down from E to F and G, we can
easily imagine a time when all land should be called for and
no free land would be left. Following the law already
explained, rent would absorb more and more of the product,
until, with the disappearance of free land, the entire product
would be consumed as rent. This is of course possible if the
owners of the land cultivate it with their own hands. In
this case rent is indistinguishable from return to labor, the
only difference being that owners of the best land are better
rewarded than the others. But this direct cultivation by
owners is very far from general. Long before land is wholly
taken up in any country a great deal of it is held by men
who do not cultivate it with their hands but who lease it to
others. In this case the owner or landlord appropriates the
rent, leaving the free productivity to the tenant as the reward
of his labor. As rent increases the margin of free produc-
tivity decreases. But there is clearly a limit to this, for
tenants cannot work for nothing and turn all the product
over to the landlord. Rent may pass down the scale, say to
E or possibly to F, but it must stop at a point where the
tenant will have enough to live. Thus it is that even in
countries which long ago had need of all their land some land
bears little or no rent. Under existing methods of cultiva-
O
tion a man cannot pay a rent for it and live off its produce.
We may thus picture to ourselves the law of rent as an
advancing force which slowly but surely carries everything
before it until it is met by the law of wages* which checks
and finally arrests its progress. This arrest of the progress
* Of course there must, bo nt least a minimum return to capital, but that
is here neglected as a minor factor.
176 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
•
of rent practically means that the poorest land, land which will
not pay rent or even repay cultivation, is only nominally appro-
priated or appropriated for other than purposes of pi'oduction.
Intensive Cultivation. — Returning to our figure, let us
place ourselves again at the point where all the A land is
taken and new members of society are looking for more land.
We have assumed that they will take up land in the second
group. This is not necessary, however. More labor may be
put on the land already cultivated and more will be raised.
Suppose that ten men cultivate 100 acres of A land, raising
2,800 bushels of wheat. But the numbers increase, and to
each such group one more is added. As the cultivation
was, of course, imperfect additional labor increases the crop.
The eleven men raise 3,060 bushels; that is, the eleventh man
has raised 260 bushels; not so much as the others raise, but 20
bushels more than he could have raised on B land. Of course
the owner gives him only so much as he could get elsewhere
and secures an additional rent of 20 bushels. Encouraged
by this, he hires a twelfth man and secures a crop of 3,280
bushels. The two extra men have raised 480 bushels by
their labor; but this is just what the landowner had to pay
them for their labor. He therefore finds that while one
additional man increases his rent two do not, and discharges
the second, who takes up free land. Thus as numbers increase
a part of the increase aids in intensifying the cultivation of
the old land, while another part takes up new land. With
each fall in the margin of cultivation more labor may be
profitably employed on land already cultivated. Thus our
landowner who could not afford to employ a twelfth man at
240 bushels wage can employ a thirteenth or possibly more
when the return to labor falls to 200 bushels. Each addition
of labor (or capital) in the cultivation of land increases the
return, but not in the same proportion. This is the law of
" DIMINISHING RETURNS," one of the most stern-visaged laws
in economics, which indicates that, other things being equal,
each addition to the number of human beings on the earth,
beyond a certain number at least, makes harder the process
RENT WITH AND WITHOUT FREE LAND. 177
by which man draws his sustenance from the earth. Before
this certain number is reached the law of diminishing returns
does not begin to operate, but one of increasing returns,
obtains. We may suppose that up to the tenth man in the
example given every man added more than the previous to
the product as a certain number of men is needed for the
most effective organization of production. The law of
increasing and diminishing returns would be represented
by a diagram somewhat like Fig. 6.
The inclosed areas represent returns to each unit of pro-
ductive energy, and at E the maximum is reached and the
lawof diminishing returns
begins to operate. As
we shall see, however,
other things are not equal,
and this law is partially
counteracted by another. Ffy- 6.
It is to be noticed that the power of rent to make laborers
work for an ever smaller return is due, not chiefly to nature,
but rather to the institution of private property. So great
has the hardship of rent seemed to some that it has been
proposed that society should appropriate rents through the
mechanism of government, or, what amounts to the same
thing, that private ownership of land should be abolished.
This proposition we shall consider later.
All improvements in the methods of agriculture increase
the product more than they increase the cost. The popula-
tion can thus live on less land, and poorer land is thrown out
of cultivation, as to-day in our New England States. Thus
the margin of cultivation is raised and rent decreases. As a
matter of fact, however, in old countries this is only a tem-
porary result. The population is sure to increase, and this
usually at so rapid a rate as to keep pace with improvements.
Not only does the margin of cultivation not rise, but it may
actually fall, because, with better knowledge and methods,
poorer land will repay cultivation and the additional cultiva-
tors are sure to be forthcoming. When land is all taken,
178 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
rent, as we have seen, is limited by the law of wages only,
and if the improvement here is less than in methods of culti-
vation, as has often been the case, the landowner may not
only have larger product, but a larger percentage of the
product. If we were dealing with the law of rent as an iso-
lated force, the tendency of improvements in land cultivation
would undoubtedly be to decrease rent; but considering soci-
ety as it is, the tendency may be the reverse. All develop-
ment of production subsequent to agriculture, by which raw
materials receive an increasingly large amount of labor, tends
to improve the lot of labor.
Rent and Value (or Price). — Rent has no influence
whatever on the value of products, although a large part
of this value goes to the landowner. This will be clear
when we recall the nature of value already explained. Value
is due to unsatisfied wants or desires. It is human desires
which, becoming more numerous and more clamorous, force
cultivation down to poorer and poorer lands. If men do not
want wheat sufficiently to give a man for twelve bushels of
it as much to satisfy his wants as he could get in the same
time in some other way he will not cultivate the twelve
bushel land. If they do he will. Thus the extent of culti-
vation measures the strength of human desire in this line
and determines value. When desire makes wheat valuable
enough to pay for cultivating this poor land it will be
cultivated, not before; but it is desire, not the cultivation,
which gives wheat its value. The fact that some land pro-
duces wheat easily and pays a large rent to its owner has no
effect on value. Men cannot be expected to sell wheat below
the price fixed by human desires just because they got it
easily, and if they did the millers would simply add the
difference to their profits. The abolition of rent payment,
or the appropriation of rent by the public instead of by pri-
vate persons, might have a great influence on the economic
life of society, but it would not have any direct influence in
lowering the price of agricultural products.
RENT WITH AND WITHOUT FREE LAND. 179
SUMMARY.
1. Rent is that portion of the product of land which is in excess of the
product of the poorest land under cultivation.
2. So long as good land exists in excess of all demand (free land), rent is
determined by the excess of product over that of the best free land.
3. When land is all taken, and all is cultivated wliich will repay cost,
rent is determined by the excess of product over the necessities of laborers
as determined by the law of wages.
4. Increased demand for the products of the soil may result in the culti-
vation of more land (extensive cultivation), or in the application of more
labor and capital to that already in cultivation (intensive cultivation).
5. Each addition of labor or capital in the cultivation of land beyond a
certain point increases the return, but not in the same proportion (the law
of " diminishing returns ").
6. Improvements -in agriculture, with free land and a stationary popula-
tion, would decrease rent, but in old countries, and with an increasing pop-
ulation the opposite result may take place.
7. Value and price are not affected by rent.
QUESTIONS.
1. On what is rent based? If all land were equally good would it bear
rent while free land existed? Why?
2. How is the amount of rent determined while free land exists ? How
is the reward of labor determined?
3. What limits rent when land is all taken ? What would rent then be
if the law of rent operated unchecked ?
4. What is meant by intensive cultivation ? What determines how far
it will pay? What is the law of diminishing returns?
5. What is the margin of cultivation? What effect does a lowering of
the margin of cultivation have upon intensivity of cultivation? Why ?
6. What is the effect of improvements in cultivation, so far as the law of
rent alone is concerned ? What is the effect in an old country where pop-
ulation is increasing ? Why ?
7. What is the effect of the development of production subsequent to
agriculture ? Why ?
8. What effect has rent on price or value ? Why?
LITERATURE.
See works already cited at the close of the preceding chapter.
CHAPTER III.
WAGES.
WE have seen that of the factors which contribute to pro-
duction land and labor are the two primary ones. Having
discussed rent, or the portion of the product allotted to the
owners of land, we next consider wages, the portion allotted
to labor. In the case of simple agriculture, where labor and
land are the only factors (capital playing often an insignifi-
cant role), we have seen that wages are determined by the
productivity of free land so long as free land exists which
will produce in excess of the absolute needs of labor. Work-
men in other industries, too, will have their wages determined
by the same rule, for they are not likely to accept less than
they could earn by working free land. But, as we have
seen, there comes a time when with the increase of popula-
tion the margin of cultivation drops to a point where it en-
counters a definite resistance in the shape of a law of wages
which will not be forced down beyond a certain point. It is
this law of wages which we have now to consider.
It follows from the law of value that if wage-earners did
and could exist in excess of all demand, their services, if
fully offered, would have no value, and wages would be noth-
ing. On the other hand, if they were few and much desired,
only the intenser wants could be satisfied, and the value of
labor would be veiy high. We see, then, that the value of
labor depends upon two things : first, the number of wage-
earners ; second, the desire for labor. We must consider the
forces which determine these two.
The Number of Wage-earners. — We have already no-
ticed the tendency of the human race to multiply. Beyond
all doubt the desire of marriage and family is one of the
WAGES. 181
strongest and most universal of human desires. But over
against this desire are offset many others, such as the desire
of food, clothing, and a multitude of other things, desires of
every variety of importance, which, of course, are arranged
and satisfied in the order of their importance. No sane man
satisfies weaker desires at the expense of stronger ones. Now,
in this list of desires marriage must take its place accord-
ing to its importance. This varies with individuals. Food,
clothing, and shelter almost necessarily take precedence of
marriage, though with very varying ideas as to the necessary
amount. Some will regard education, books, luxuries in
dress and household furnishings, art, or even a simple bank
account, as more important than marriage, and will forego
the latter for the sake of the former. The number and
character of the wants which a man considers more important
tin in marriage and family constitute his "standard of life" *
Whenever on the downward scale wages fall below the
point where the standard of life can be maintained for a
family, the workman will do without the family and main-
tain the standard of life for himself alone. This fact of
everyday experience is observed especially among those
whose standard of life is somewhat superior to that of
the ordinary wage-earner, as, for instance, clerks. It is
proverbial that they do not marry as soon as they would like
on account of their small income. In the great shop in Paris
known as the J$on Marche, the widow of the founder left at
* It may bo objected that this definition limits to a single relation a fact
which affects human life in many other connections. This limitation is,
however, intentional. While a man's wants may affect his action in many
ways, it is only as they lead men to refuse to bring beings into existence
except under certain conditions of subsistence that these wants become a
•• standard of life." The standard of life thus constitutes a sort of "ulti-
matum " on the part of laborers, a limit below which they will indeed work
if they must, but below winch they will not, perhaps cannot, maintain their
numbers. Of course it more often limits the size of a family than prevents
its formation. A general lowering of the standard of life, nn increased in-
difference as to the fate of our posterity, is the most appalling possibility
suggested by our science.
13
182 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
her death to each of the three thousand employees a sum
varying from $200 to $2,000, according to their term of serv-
ice. An immediate result of the legacy was seventy-nine
marriages among the employees of the institution. These
people, finding it impossible heretofore to marry without low-
ering their standard of life, remained single until this legacy
made it possible to do so.
Economic Importance of the Standard of Life. — It
is plain that the standard of life by restricting marriage lim-
its the number of wage receivers, and so tends to increase
the value of labor. If we were to adopt the conception of
economics which many writers have unconsciously followed,
as the science which treats of employers in their relation to
wealth, the maintenance of a high standard of life for work-
men might seem undesirable. So long as employers look
upon the rest of animate creation as composed of varieties of
quadruped and biped cattle, designed for their service, the
only standard of life which they will consider is one which
will maintain a certain standard of working efficiency. The
distinction between biped and quadruped will hardly be con-
sidered. This is the natural standard under a system of
slavery. It shocks us to-day to hear the allegation that
slaveowners * once discussed in convention the expediency
of using a slave up in six years or four years in a certain
occupation, and decided that it " paid " to use him up in
four. But how much better is it when employers discuss the
desirability and necessity of keeping an army of men unem-
ployed in America in order to "keep down the price of
labor?" Whether these reported discussions ever occurred
or not it is hard to determine, but there can be no doubt that
they represent an attitude of mind which has widely pre-
vailed in human society. The brutality of such propositions
comes from a false conception of laborers as a class of men
who have no right to exist for their own sake. It is sorne-
* It must not be supposed that this correctly represented tlic ordinary
slaveowner in the United Suites. Most slaveownern in our South had the
welfare of their slaves at heart.
WAGES. 183
times objected that economics should not consider such ques-
tions. Why not ? It is the science of man in his relations
to wealth ; not of some men in some of their relations to
wealth, but of all men in all their relations to wealth. It is
fundamental to an understanding of economic life, not to
mention the solution of economic problems in society, to
know whether all men are men with wants entitled to final
consideration and maximum satisfaction, or only some men
are men and the rest a variety of cattle or productive ma-
chine.
But even economic considerations from the employer's
standpoint condemn the policy of depressing the standard of
life. We now know that in the advanced stnge of industrial
development slavery is unprofitable even to slaveowners.
This is only a phase of the larger truth that labor, to attain
its highest efficiency, depends upon the development of in-
telligence and character as well as upon brawn. Too much
emphasis cannot be laid on the phrase recently become
familiar, that "cheap labor is dear labor." "To keep down
wages" means to decrease the efficiency of labor in the long
run \>\ an even greater amount.
This brings us to a point suggested before. The value of
labor is determined not only by its amount, but also by the
wants which it is called upon to satisfy. Now, who calls for
labor — that is, for the goods which labor produces ? Evi-
dently society, in the person of all its members. The im-
mense majority of these are laborers. To keep down their
standard of life means in so far to limit the amount of goods
they can call for, and thus narrow the field oj: industrial
action and the possibility of employers' profits. It is true
that by this lowering of the standard of life more laborers
are brought into existence, and labor partly makes up in
quantity what it loses in quality; but it is doubtful if even
then the employer is benefited. The policy of keeping down
the standard of life is therefore economically false. It curtails
the means of life and with it the development of life, and
results in enforced idleness, inevitable inefficiency, and neces-
184 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
sary poverty. Its advantage is that it temporarily profits
individual employers.
Social Importance of the Standard of Life. — This
will need but few words after what has been said. The
proper goal of society in every line is to make life increas-
ingly worth living for all its members. We are forced to
ask in such connections, In what does national prosperity con-
sist ? Certainly not in simple resources. A million dollars
is not necessarily affluence. It depends upon the number
who share it. Still less does prosperity depend on simple
numbers. There is no gain in exchanging happy fewness
for multitudinous misery. Least of all can a nation's pros-
perity be measured by the affluence of a few resting on a
substratum of general poverty. That nation is most pros-
perous which shows the highest average in the ordering and
furnishing of individual lives. To this end it is indispen-
sable that the general standard of life should be raised as
high as possible. Man must have as many wholesome wants
as is consistent with the existing possibilities of production.
Such an increase means an increase of wages, an increase of
consumption, an increase of production, an increase of indi-
vidual and social well-being. This is very different from
saying that men need simply an increase of wages. Only so
far as there is a developed set of wants in a man can he
spend wisely as regards himself or society. The result of a
sudden increase means usually increased vice at first, and
later simply a larger number of beings living at the old scale
of misery. Such a change is a positive disastei', devoting
the increased productivity of the country to the extension of
misery rather than to the extension of well-being. And yet
an increase of wages is essential to any Avholesome develop-
ment of wants. The only essential is that education in
many lines should accompany increase of wages. Every
new invention, every new discovery of resources, every pos-
sible addition to our productivity, may be utilized for the im-
provement and not simply for the multiplication of our
people. The course of action to be pursued admits of no
WAGES. 185
doubt if a man hopes or cares to improve the condition of
men. Men (all men} must be encouraged to want and en-
abled to satisfy all wholesome wants as fully as the develop-
ment of productivity will allow. We must raise the standard
of life.
It must be observed in conclusion that employers them-
selves are the victims of an attempt on the part of society
to establish an unethical equilibrium of balanced self-interest,
an effort which has given one man in twenty, through the
power of competition, the ability to dictate a code of oppres-
sion to the nineteen employers who are more humane than he.
That such a system should be disastrous in its working and
require serious modification is the lesson both of reason and
of modern experience. The problem of the twentieth man,
the mean man, who coerces nineteen others against their will
to follow his meanness, is one of the most serious problems
in the field of applied economics.
In the next chapter we shall consider some of the causes
which have operated to raise the standard of life of the
wage-earning classes.
186 OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. So long as free land exists wages are determined by the product on
the best unappropriated land.
2. Since the value of labor, as of all other goods, is determined by the
desire for it, the amount offered is an important factor in determining
wages.
3. The increase of the laboring population is determined by its " stan-
dard of life," that is, by the number and character of the wants which are
considered more important than marriage and family.
4. An effort to depress the standard of life can bo of advantage only to
employers, and that only temporarily. It eventually diminishes the demand
for all goods.
5. From the standpoint of society it is of the utmost importance that the
wants of aU should be increased as rapidly as social productivity will allow.
QUESTIONS.
1. Mention one cause of high wages in America.
2. "Why do wages tend to fall to the limit of subsistence?
3. "What is meant by the standard of life?
4. Why is cheap labor dear labor?
5. Is it for the interest of employers to lower the standard of life? In
what sense? Why do not employers consult their general and permanent
interests? (This last needs a very thoughtful answer.)
6. What is the interest of society in this matter? Why ?
7. What is meant by the problem of the twentieth man?
LITERATURE.
See works already cited for previous chapters; also:
Walker, F. A.: The Wages Question.
Gunton, G-. : Wealth and Progress.
Schoenhof, J. : Industrial Situation and the Question of Wages.
CHAPTER IV.
THE LABOR MOVEMENT.
IT is a matter for regret that in a book like this so little
notice can be taken of the efforts, often heroic and largely
successful, of individual employers to benefit workmen. Such
efforts, though very important in the aggregate, are hard to
get at, and so various that the principles involved cannot be
analyzed or even mentioned in an elementary work. A
single important exception will be considered later. It is
not surprising, however, that the most important movement
to raise the standard of life of wage-earners has originated
with workmen themselves.
Labor Organizations. — The old mediaeval guilds were
organizations of all the factors of production. Employ-
ers and employed united in one body regulated produc-
tion, but the control rested chiefly with the masters. Mod-
ern labor organizations embrace, as a rule, only one of the
factors, the employed, and their purpose is to promote the
interests of this one factor whenever those interests clash
with those of the employers.
Trades Unions and Knights of Labor. — Labor or-
ganizations may be divided into two classes, and as a
matter of fact they are so divided to-day in the United
States. These classes are the trades unions and the Knights
of Labor. The trades unions are primarily organizations of
skilled artisans. According to the old trades union idea, each
craft should be organized by itself. The Knights of Labor
are, according to their original idea, organizations of em-
ployees both skilled and unskilled, regardless of trade. They
aim to break down the barriers to common action found
in differences of occupation. The Knights of Labor have
188 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
also taken a broader outlook upon society, and have sought
to accomplish greater things than the trades unions. The
trades unions presuppose a difference of interest between em-
ployers and employed. They are, as it were, a fighting body.
This divergence of interests exists, and fighting bodies often
preserve peace. " If you would have peace prepare for
war " is an old maxim, and struggles between labor and cap-
ital have been most violent in Belgium, where no efficient
organizations have existed. But the Knights of Labor have"
looked beyond a period of conflict to a union of productive
factors which should be peaceful. They hope in some way
to see labor and capital united in the same hands. They de-
sire to make capitalists of wage-earners and to organize pro-
duction on a cooperative basis. It is doubtless on account of
this ultimate aim that they admit employers, of whom many
are members, and also the professional classes, a considerable
number of teachers, journalists, and preachers being also mem-
bers. The Knights of Labor are in so far a return to the
principle of the old guild association.
Knights of Labor and trades unions have both modified
their original programs. The trades unions have united in
larger federal organizations, first in the central labor unions
of our cities, and later in the national body, the American
Federation of Labor. This national body has also made pro-
vision for the organization of unskilled workingmen, and for
local unions of workingmen of different trades where those
engaged in each trade are too few for separate organization.
The Knights of Labor have, on the other hand, organized
separately a considerable number of trades in what are often
called " district assemblies," and have thus recognized more
largely than they were at first inclined to do the principle of
federation with separate crafts as a basis.
A bitter contest beween the Knights of Labor and trades
unions has been waged, but there is now some evidence of an
effective desire for harmonious cooperation in the prosecu-
tion of common aims.
Growth of Labor Organizations. — It has been esti-
THE LABOR MOVEMENT. 189
mated that at least a million workingmen in the United
States are members of labor organizations. The number, of
course, varies. A period of prosperity for the organizations
is generally followed by one of reaction, and the present
seems to be a period of recovery from the period of reaction
which began early in 1886, perhaps in 1885, and continued
for several years. Reaction always terminates in a new ad-
vance, and thus far in the United States each new advance
has carried the labor organizations farther forward than ever
before.
Farmers' Organizations. — There are two powerful or-
ganizations of farmers, the Patrons of Husbandry and the
National Farmers' Alliance and Industrial Union, the latter
the more radical and the more inclined to political action out-
side of the two old parties, especially to political action with
the third party, called the Populist. These farmers' organ-
izations are more like the old guilds in this, that they are or-
ganizations of independent producers designed to protect
their interests against attacks from other social classes. Re-
cent years have, however, witnessed an approach of labor or-
ganizations and farmers' organizations to each other for the
attainment especially of common political aims.
Labor Organizations a Natural Growth. — Labor or-
ganizations are not forced products. They have grown up
almost spontaneously. They have arisen naturally out of
modern industrial conditions. Wherever capital is a separate
factor in production, and is organized on a large scale, labor
inevitably organizes itself sooner or later in order that it may
stand on an equal footing and make labor contracts advan-
tageously for itself. Let us suppose one capitalist employs a
thousand men. If these men are not organized each man
individually treats with all the capital in the establishment.
All the capital is represented by one man, but one workman
represents but a thousandth part of the labor force, and he is
not in a position of equality. The workmen therefore unite
their labor, and speaking through one representative place
all the labor against all the capital. This is something which
OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
so naturally suggests itself that we find labor organizations
in all modern lands.
Opposition to Labor Organizations. — Labor organiza-
tions met at first with violent opposition, and it cannot be
said that in their earlier stages or even in their later "growth
this opposition is by any means groundless. However, what-
ever bad traits naturally characterize labor organizations are
aggravated so long as they are obliged to struggle for exist-
ence. Whenever the fact of their right to exist is frankly
acknowledged, and employers, ceasing to persecute them or
their officials, recognize the man who treats in a representa-
tive capacity for the sale of the commodity labor as cour-
teously as they would an agent for the sale of corn or wheat ;
finally, whenever courts cease to harass them with legal
chicanery, as courts long did in England, they tend to be-
come strong and conservative. The fact is undoubted that
most serious abuses and outrages have attended the progress
of labor organizations, but they have simply exhibited weak-
nesses of frail human nature and weaknesses which have
been observed in more frightful manifestations in those other
organizations, nevertheless excellent, which we call Church
and State. The true course is to recognize the beneficence
of the principle of organization and to contend only against
abuses. It can scarcely be too much to say that this is the
opinion of nearly all competent observers in England, Ger-
many, and the United States. The following quotation about
labor organizations from Work and Wages, by the late Pro-
fessor Thorold Rogers, of Oxford, not only expresses the
view of many scholars and business men, but illustrates a
common change of attitude on the part of many fair-minded
persons who have seen previous prejudices against labor or-
ganizations displaced by a careful examination of their claims:
"These institutions were repressed with passionate violence
and malignant watchfulness so long as it was possible to do
so. When it Avas necessary to relax the severities of the
older laws they were still persecuted by legal chicanery
whenever oppression could on any pretext be justified. As
THE LABOR MOVEMENT. 191
they were slowly emancipated they have constantly been
the object of alarmist calumnies and sinister predictions. I
do not speak of the language of newspapers and reviewers,
which simply re-echoed the passions of the hour ; far graver
we're the allegations of Senior and Thornton. ... I con-
less to at one time having viewed them suspiciously ; but a
long study of the history of labor has convinced me that they
are not only the best friends of the workman but the best
agency for the employer and the public ; and that to the ex-
tension of these associations political economists and states-
men must look for the solution of some among the most
pressing and difficult problems of our times."
It may be proper to state that while the author does not
hope for so much as Professor Rogers seems to from labor or-
ganizations alone, his experience has in the main been the same.
Space is too limited to permit an explanation of the im-
measurable misapprehensions of the general public in regard
to labor organizations. One of them is that innocent and
peace-loving workingmen, perfectly contented, are misled
by agitators who have been placed at the head of labor or-
ganizations. Careful observation will show that the influ-
ence of labor leaders is conservative on the whole, and that
strikes originate among the masses and are generally resisted
by the leaders so long as it is possible. It will also show
that leaders are readier than a large proportion of the " rank
and file " in the organizations to terminate strikes.
O
Success and Failure of Strikes. — Strikes produce
harm, and every effort should be made to avoid them. They
are, however, successful in more cases than is ordinarily sup-
posed, and when occasionally a decided victory is scored the
gain is immense. An agitation of a few weeks and a strike
of a few days, together with an act of legislature, established
a reduction of the hours of labor from seventeen to twelve
for the hundreds of street-car employees in Baltimore. This
is probably an advantage permanently secured. Other illus-
trations might be given, and nothing is gained by shutting
our eyes to such facts.
192 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
Violence is disastrous, and the welfare of the masses can
only be secured by peaceful measures. While condemning
in deserved terms violence, which too often accompanies
strikes and which reacts against workingmen, it is only fail-
to recognize the fact that this violence is largely due to
criminal classes in cities which improve such opportunities
for disturbance, and not wholly to the workingmen. It is
manifest, however, that, even so, it is only another argument
against strikes wherever they can be avoided, and for the set-
tlement of differences between labor and capital by peaceful
arbitration.
Temperance. — Nearly all labor organizations are temper-
ance societies, and many of their officers are total abstainers.
They have greatly diminished intemperance among those
who belong to them.
Educational Value. — Their educational value is also
noteworthy. The debates and discussions which they foster
stimulate the intellect and do much to counteract the deaden-
ing effects of a widely extended division of labor.
Labor organizations bring men and frequently also women
together and furnish opportunities for social culture. Temp-
tations to coarse indulgence are thereby lessened, and an im-
portant side of human nature receives better opportunity for
development.
It is here especially that labor organizations are to find
their justification. It is often objected that they try to ex-
clude worthy men from their limited number and seek by
distressing a part of their number to raise the wages of the
rest. What they are really trying to do is to raise the work-
man's standard of life, which implies that betterment shall
take the place of multiplication and wants be allowed room
to increase. It is said that the limitation of numbers in one
trade can only overcrowd others, and that if all trades were
successfully organized nothing would be gained. Such an ob-
jection overlooks the fact that the operation of the union tends
to check imprudence and maintain a just balance between
numbers and the means of development. No purpose could
THE LABOR MOVEMENT. 193
be more laudable, though it cannot be said that it is always
wisely or successfully pursued.
It may be hoped that labor organizations are preparing
the way for a better civilization. Certainly one of the most
hopeful features of the situation is the willingness of organ-
ized workingmen to listen to strong and manly Avords from
those who understand their real purposes, who go among
them and, with sympathy for their just aspirations, endeavor
to help them to distinguish between the foolish and the wise,
the wrong and the right, to show them how to pursue the
good, and to inspire them witli faith in that righteousness
which alone can exalt the masses in a nation ; that is, the
nation as a whole.
"Weaknesses of Labor Organizations. — Some of the
weaknesses of labor oi'ganizations have already been inti-
mated. These weaknesses are partly inherent and partly ac-
cidental, and it may be well to summarize them.
1. Jjitsed on /Strife. — They are as a rule based on strife.
They aim to prepare their members for industrial war. Xow
we must hope for peace in society, and an organization which
does not look beyond contention to a cessation of strife has
inherent in it a certain weakness.
Apart from all other considerations, it should be noticed
that strife inconveniences the general public, and even when
the real blame rests upon employers, as happens often enough,
the workmen appear before the public as the aggressors.
They are the ones who refuse to accept certain conditions of
employment, and necessarily they try to induce others to act
with them. The general public is not apt to examine care-
fully into the real merits of the case and to analyze conduct
minutely; consequently the workmen are held responsible. It
will be noticed that if the public is inconvenienced seriously
for any length of time, as happens particularly in the case
of strikes on railways, gas works, and the like, although
sympathy may have been at first with the workmen, the
public at large soon grows weary and impatient and shifts
its sympathy to the employers. Public opinion can make
OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
itself felt through legislative acts and judicial decisions and
thus hurt organized labor.
It may be admitted, on the other hand, that there has
been a gratifying growth of other features than war features
in labor organizations generally, both in other countries and
our own. The Knights of Labor, as already mentioned, in
their declaration of principles at least, emphasize the desira-
bility of measures designed to secure social harmony.
2. Limitation of their Benefits. — They have been, partic-
ularly in the past, at least, partial monopolies. Not infre-
quently have they sought to gain benefits by an exclusive
policy. It is only recently that attention has been given to
the organization of unskilled laborers, and for this extension
credit is due in England to the "new trades-unionism," as it
is called, and in this country especially to the Knights of
Labor. It has been well said by John Stuart Mill that in
earlier times partial monopoly in trades unions might be jus-
tified as a policy, because it might then have been possible to
elevate only a few out of the great mass ; but that now the
time had come for broader measures. While there has been
improvement, it must be admitted also that there is a reason
for limitation of numbers which is not always apparent at
once. Unscrupulous employers have at times sought to in-
crease unduly the number in a single occupation in order to
have a reserve force of unemployed workmen from whom
to draw in time of need and thus to keep down wages.
3. Production Not Directly Increased, — It is to be no-
ticed furthermore that labor organizations as such do not
directly increase production, nor do they as such diminish
the wastes of competition. What must be desired is not
merely that a greater proportion of Avealth should fall to the
wage-earning classes, but that the total national dividend to
be distributed among all should be increased.
4. Their Ultra-conservatism. — This is an objection which
will sound strange to many, yet it has often been found
that these organizations have clung to old methods and have
been disinclined to favor progress which has not immediately
THE LABOR MOVEMENT. 195
benefited them as labor organizations. This weakness is
closely related to that which follows.
5. They often Take Narrow and Short-sighted View.s. — It
has been one of thu weaknesses of labor organizations in
general that they have not been sufficiently interested in
public measures and in reforms designed to benefit society
;i< a whole, the wage-earners included. They have not
given sufficient attention, for example, to sanitary measures,
and have not supported adequately public health authorities
in their efforts to benefit especially the poorer classes in the
community. It has been frequently observed that they
underestimate the importance of pure politics and a highly
trained stable civil service, although they are the ones above
all others to gain from such measures. At times they have
favored measures ultimately injurious because such measures
have increased temporarily the supply of work. This, for
example, was the case with those labor organizations in
Baltimore which petitioned the municipal authorities to grant
a franchise to a competing gas company because it would
give them work. The opposition to labor-saving machinery
also falls under this head. It may be wise for labor organi-
zations to attempt to gain greater benefits from such mechan-
ical improvements and to minimize the evils, but not to
oppose improvements.
6. Lack of Flexibility. — Labor organizations share the
weakness which is common to all great political and social
organizations. It is necessary to act according to general
rules for the most part, and it is difficult to take account
of individual cases. One. who examines into the nature
of labor organizations can see many reasons why union
men refuse to work with non-union men. The union entails
certain expenses, and it is claimed that non-union men
receive the benefit of organization without bearing any
part of the burden. More serious, however, is the danger
that unscrupulous employers Avill gradually substitute non-
union men for men who are strong in the organizations, and
thus break down the organizations before the workmen really
196 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
perceive what is going on. Pretext can easily be found to
discharge an obnoxious workman, however faithful and
efficient he may be. Yet it must be admitted that sometimes
wrong is done to workmen who have the best intentions
with respect to their fellow-workmen and are entirely
willing to bear their share of the burdens of common action.
There are workmen who, on account of their religious views
or for other reasons, have conscientious scruples against
membership in one or another organization, or perhaps all
labor organizations. Employers have refused to recognize
unions because it would compel them to discharge efficient
workmen. While recognizing the difficulties in the situa-
tion, it would seem that it ought to be possible to devise
plans which would take account of exceptional but, after all,
frequently recurring cases.
7. Not Capable of Political Government. — Labor organ-
izations have at times conveyed the impression that gov-
ernment ought to belong to them. It would seem that their
best friend ought in all sincerity to oounsel them that what-
ever the cause may be, and however much the fact may be
regretted, they have not the trained intelligence and the
moral strength to govern the country. The labor organiza-
tions are useful, and they give us the standpoint from which
to judge public measures. "Whatever benefits the wage-
earner truly and permanently is likely to benefit the coun-
try as a whole ; but the tendency to favor workingmen
for office is not one which can be encouraged as a reform.
The appointment of workingmen to office is often used by
demagogues in power to turn attention away from genuine
reforms. The appointment of one workingman out of a
thousand to a political office does not help the remainder.
What the workingmen need is the best men possible in
office.
It should be said in conclusion that the election of thought-
ful and intelligent workmen to legislative bodies, whether
local, State, or national, is to be viewed differently from the
appointment to administrative office. Legislative bodies
THE LABOR MOVEMENT. 197
should include representatives of all social and industrial
classes, and highly trained administrative officers should
carry out their behests. Do the workmen desire inferior
public servants — public servants whom great corporations
would not employ?
14
198 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMABY.
1. Modern labor organizations embrace generally a single factor of pro-
duction rather than a trade like the ancient guilds.
2. The Knights of Labor, however, in contrast with the federated labor
unions, admit others than wage-earners, and partly ignore trade lines.
3. Farmers' organizations have rapidly developed of late, and have be-
come a powerful political factor.
4. Labor organizations are a natural outgrowth of our industrial system
with its centralized capital.
5. Labor organizations were first subject to violent opposition with an
emphasis of their obnoxious features. With a partial removal of opposition
they have become more conservative and helpful.
6. Strikes are an expensive but often successful means of advancing
labor interests.
7. The principal value of labor organizations is that of education and the
promotion of temperance.
8. The weakness of labor organizations consists in their hostile attitude,
their exclusiveness, their unproductive character, their ultra-conservatism,
their short-sightedness, their lack of flexibility, and their indifference to
political reform in the larger sense.
QUESTIONS.
1. What two kinds of labor organizations have wo to-day? How does
each differ from the ancient guild ?
2. "What changes are going on in both kinds of labor organizations ?
What seems likely to be the eventual basis of labor organization ?
3. What two principal farmers' organizations have been developed, and
what are the characteristics of each?
4. What has been the political outcome of these organizations ? What
organizations have contributed to this?
5. Why have labor organizations developed so rapidly ? Why have they
developed so spasmodically ?
6. What i< a strike? What are its advantages? its disadvantages?
What is the attitude of labor leaders toward it?
• 7. What was the attitude of the public toward labor organizations at
first? What was the result? Why?
8. What are the weaknesses of labor organizations?
LITEKATTJKE.
Clark, J. B. : The Philosophy of Wealth. Chapter VIII.
McNeill, Geo. E. : The Labor Movement, the Problem of To-day.
Jevons, W. S. : The State in Relation to Labor, especially Chapters IV, V,
and VII.
Rogers, Thorold : Work and Wages.
Ely, R. T. : Labor Movement in America.
CHAPTER V.
PROFIT SHARING AND COOPERATION.
Profit Sharing in the United States. — Labor organi-
zations strive to secure higher wages for workingmen than
they would otherwise obtain, and thus to increase their share
of the products of industry. Profit sharing goes a step fur-
ther than labor organizations. Those who advocate profit
sharing wish wage-earners to secure a portion of profits in
addition to ordinary wages. It is held that this arrange-
ment promotes economical use of material and machinery by
employees, and generally increases their zeal and efficiency.
The result is a larger total product and a larger revenue for
the wage-receivers. Profit sharing has been extensively
tried in the United States, and it has been successfully intro-
duced by some of the largest productive establishments in
the country. Recent testimony of American employers who
have tried it is very generally in its favor, although one
prominent manufacturer abandoned it, and one or two have
not found that it quite realized their expectations. Some
influential employers appear to be enthusiastic in their praise
of its practical working, and a member of a firm which has
distributed over one hundred thousand dollars of profits to
its employees writes to the author that he and his partners
consider it the best investment that they ever made. lie
thinks that they have the most loyal set of workingmen in
the world. Instances recorded in three months showed that
at least ten thousand workingmen had in that period been
admitted to a share in profits in the United States.
Profit sharing may be extended to capital sharing — partial
ownership of capital by workingmen and participation in
management. The large manufacturing establishment of
200 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
Godin, in Guise, France, serves as the best example which
occurs to the author. H. Godin gradually educated a large
body of working-people to that point where they could take
a part in the management of his large business, and at the
same time encouraged them to acquire a part of the capital.
If recent reports are trustworthy the workingmen have
finally acquired and now manage the entire business.
If we call industry, as ordinarily organized in our great
mercantile and manufacturing establishments, despotism, we
may call an establishment where laborers participate in cap-
ital ownership and management, under the chief control of
some one "\vho is recognized as an industrial superior, a con-
stitutional monarchy. These terms, although indicative of
mere analogies, are, after all, instructive. The despotic prin-
ciple, the one-man power, both in politics and in industry,
is an excellent thing in its own time and place, and in in-
dustry it has necessarily continued longer than in the po-
litical sphere. It is a phase of development, but it ought
not to be regarded as final. A large part of the indus-
trial troubles of modern society undoubtedly find their
origin in the fact that development of the economic depart-
ment of social life has proceeded more slowly than the de-
velopment of other departments. Elsewhere the despotic
principle has been softened or displaced, but continuing in
the economic sphere it is a discordant element; yet it is dif-
ficult for most of us to see how for a long time to come we-
can wholly dispense with the one-man principle in industry.
It should, however, be softened as far as practicable, and
men should be gradually trained to understand industrial
republicanism or democracy. M. Godin has set a noble ex-
ample.
Industrial democracy means self-rule, self-control, the self-
direction of the masses in their efforts to gain a livelihood.
Industrial democracy is industrial self-government, and this
is found in pure cooperation.
Cooperation is of two kinds: coercive, which means
governmental action, and voluntary. We have here to do
PROFIT SHAKING AND COOPERATION. 201
with voluntary cooperation, and this is what is usually meant
when cooperation is spoken of. Workingmen combine their
own capital, purchase their own plant, manage their own af-
fairs in their own way, at their own risk, sharing profit
or loss as the case may be. This is called productive co-
operation. But we have also what is called distributive co-
operation. Distributive cooperation means cooperation in
distribution, not in the sense in which the word is used ordi-
narily in economics, but rather in the sense in which we
might speak of a merchant's activity in distribution. He
distributes wares. Distributive cooperation refers to retail
and wholesale trade, and is only an imperfect form of co-
operation. Purchasers of wares, groceries, dry goods, etc.,
combine together to purchase what they need, and thus save
profits. They form a stock company, subscribe for shares,
employ a manager and clerks who often do not even share
in profits, and start a business. Profits are sometimes di-
vided only on shares, but the approved way is to pay a
moderate interest on capital and to divide profits between
stockholders and customers in proportion to purchases, the
division being made at the end of stated intervals. Some
establishments in Great Britain, and doubtless elsewhere,
carry £>ut the full program, and give employees a share of
profits. Profits are thus said to be divided among capital,
custom, and labor.
Distributive cooperation has in England and Scotland
succeeded better than productive cooperation, which has,
however, met with some success. France appears to have
succeeded better than England in productive cooperation.
Some instances of success in the United States are recorded,
and many undertakings have been partially successful; by
which it is meant that they have succeeded as business
undertakings, but .have abandoned wholly or in part the co-
operative principle. This is the case with a large stove
foundry started as a cooperative foundry, and in which
some workingmen or their heirs still own stock. One of the
strikers among the workingmen in this establishment, in a
202 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
difficulty which arose a few years since, owned seven thou-
sand dollars' worth of stock. The managers seemed to take
it much to heart that he should strike, but it is hard not to
feel a certain admiration for him, as he placed the union of
his fellow-employees above his interests as a capitalist. A
good example of pure cooperation is afforded by the cooper-
ative coopers of Minneapolis, who have nearly absorbed the
business of making flour barrels in that milling center. The
superiority of cooperation as a business principle has in this
case been demonstrated. Pure cooperation, when well es-
tablished, prevents strikes by completely identifying the
interests of labor and capital. It stimulates energy and en-
courages thrift. The self-interest which usually animates
the employer alone animates all cooperators. No slighting
of work can be tolerated, and, eye-service vanishing, much
labor of supervision is done away with. On the other hand,
divided councils often render the movements of a business
clumsy, and action cannot be so quick and decisive as when
one man acts on his own responsibility. Failures of co-
operation have generally been due to moral defects on the
part of workingmen. It has been difficult for them to act
harmoniously together, and prosperity has often produced
disintegration. Wherever cooperation has succeeded, how-
ever, it has produced excellent effects on character. It is a
test, but when the test is stood it reacts beneficially on the
cooperators. It makes men diligent, frugal, intelligent,
considerate of the rights pf others, as well as their own.
Cooperation and temperance go hand in hand, as has been
universally observed by students of cooperation.
Dr. Albert Shaw, American editor of the JReview of He-
views, gives this testimony in regard to the cooperative
coopers of Minneapolis : " The coopers are emphatic in saying
that the moral effect of their cooperative movement con-
stitutes its highest success. It has unquestionably wrought
a transformation in the habits of these craftsmen. They are
no longer a drunken, disreputable guild, figuring in the
police courts and deserving the disfavor of the community.
PROFIT SHAKING AND COOPERATION. 203
They have become a responsible and respectable class of
citizens."
It was once thought that corporations could not succeed,
but the inherent advantages of corporate industry after a
long struggle have made themselves manifest, and corpora-
tions are crushing out the individual. It is believed by some
that the inherent advantages of cooperation will sooner or
later make themselves felt, and that after a period of ad-
versity, of struggle, and of slowly increasing success coop-
eration will finally gain industrial supremacy, thus uniting
harmoniously labor and capital and ushering in an era of
industrial democracy.
The Sliding Scale. — A sliding scale of wages has been
introduced by a powerful trades union, the "Amalgamated
Association of Iron and Steel Workers," chiefly in Pennsyl-
vania, and it appears, until lately, to have given general
satisfaction and to have kept the industrial peace better
than the ordinary wages system. Wages vary with selling
price of the product, and thus labor shares to some extent in
the prosperity of capital. The sliding scale is also known
elsewhere in this country and in England, and it has met
with a good deal of favor from economic writers.
Piecework. — This is a modification of the wage system,
which has in it at least a suggestion of profit sharing, as the
wage-earner receives in proportion to what he does, not in
proportion to time spent. Payment by the piece would seem
to be fairer for all parties, but abuses have in manufactures
so generally been connected with it that it is opposed by
many intelligent artisans, and careful political economists
will be slow to give piecework unqualified approval. Physi-
cians testify that by producing feverish overexertion it has
in certain quarters shortened average life materially, and
there is a proverb in Saxony, Germany, to the effect that
piecework is work that murders. Piecework has frequently
been used to break down regulations and laws limiting the
time of work, and more frequently still to bring about a
reduction of wages. The workers strain every muscle and
204 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
nerve to earn high wages, and after a high rate of speed has
been secured the price per piece is reduced, occasionally time
and time again. Peculiarly cruel and aggravating cases of
this kind have come under the writer's observation. When
not connected with abuses payment by piece has many advan-
tages, and is at times preferable for all parties.
Arbitration and Conciliation. — These have accom-
plished much for the preservation of industrial peace wher-
ever thoroughly and honestly tried. Sometimes voluntary
boards are appointed by employers and employees to adjust
differences, and sometimes they are appointed by public
authorities. The movement for governmental and compul-
sory arbitration will be considered in Book III.
Differences of "Wages. — We have different standards
of life in different occupations, consequently differences of
remuneration whether paid as wages or salaries. What de-
termines differences of wages of various occupations? All
sorts of fanciful replies have been given. The differences
are largely historical. We must go back to a man's grand-
father or great-grandfather. Occupations where remunera-
tion is high are so difficult to enter that few are able to
surmount the difficulties. Peculiar and rare qualities are re-
quired ; opportunities which come from favorable environ-
ment ; an expensive training, which few parents are able and
at the same time willing to give. What one is depends
chiefly on one's parents, and, as has been often said, one has
no voice in the selection of one's parents. We who have
been blessed in this respect ought to feel that we owe a
special duty to humanity.
Adam Smith enumerated the following five causes for the
differences of wages in different employments : First, the
agreeableness or disagreeableness of the employments them-
selves; secondly, the costliness or cheapness or the difficulty
and expense of learning them; thirdly, the constancy or
inconstancy of employment in them ; fourthly, the small
or great trust which must be reposed in those who exer-
cise them; and fifthly, the probability or improbability of
PROFIT SHAKING AND COOPERATION. 205
success in them. All this presupposes that grown men, per-
fectly free to select their occupations — free not merely so
far as the law is concerned, but free so far as their command
of resources is concerned — look over the entire industrial
field and choose their employment. A recent English writer,
pointing out that occupations are selected by parents very
generally, adds : "When a person is one of the large number
who have been in childhood badly nourished, badly housed,
badly clothed, badly educated, and not at all trained to any
particular occupation, let no one prate to him of his freedom
to choose what occupation he thinks proper. His legal free-
dom to choose many occupations is about as much use to him
as his legal freedom to fly with wings in the air." Never-
theless, with proper qualifications, what Adam Smith says
explains many differences in wages. It is left as an exercise
to readers and students of this book to discover by observa-
tion, careful and long-continued, the real amount of truth in
Adam Smith's causes for differences of wages in different
employments.
"Wages and Salaries. — The law of wages assumes a
better form in the case of salaries where payments by the
month or year take the place of payments by the day. In-
cidental advantages of this system of payment are : first,
greater regularity of income, the less productive portion of
the year being equalized with the more productive, a fact
which, taking men as they are, is often of even more impor-
tance than an increase of income ; and second, constancy of
income, no deduction being made ordinarily for interrup-
tions caused by sickness and other inevitable misfortunes, and
vacations being often allowed. The nature of the service
performed by salary-earners also gives them in general a
much more favorable social position as regards their em-
ployers. It is plain, however, that these are incidental rather
than fundamental differences.
Turning to the essence of the salary system in its highly
developed form, we notice a marked tendency to regulate
salaries not by the value of the service rendered, which is
206 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
often incalculable, as in the case of an efficient public officer
or clergyman, but by the needs of the individual. A college
professor, a judge, a president, all are paid with almost no
reference to the benefit they confer upon society. A man
who enters these callings does so with the distinct under-
standing that they will not allow him to accumulate wealth,
but that if he succeeds they will provide for his reasonable
wants. If we pay the .President of the United States
$50,000 per year, it means that we consider that the nature of
his function requires him to spend about that amount. Many
a judge receives only a third or fourth of what he received
while practicing at the bar. This tendency to regulate com-
pensation by needs rather than by simple capacity is in-
creasing and is wholly good. Only so can individual genius
be made a benefit rather than a burden to society.
Is this principle of compensation a new law of wages ? It
would seem, on the contrary, to be an application of the regu-
lar law in the strictest sense, but under conditions which
show its real character and possibilities. These wants which
society more or less carefully considers in estimating salaries,
what are they but the " standard of life " which is appropri-
ate to the function in question ? Only here society does not
so generally unite in an effort to " keep down wages " as in
the case of the wage-earner. It recognizes, at least partially,
that to "keep down" the standard of life of its important
servants is to " keep down " the quality of their services in
an even greater degree. It is in the increased recognition of
this principle that the hope of the wage system lies. The
principle is right. Men should receive according to their
wholesome wants, not according to their strength. The
latter is the law among swine. But the most indubitable
right we possess is the right to develop our wants, for this is
the development of our life. A maximum of wholesome
wants, with a distribution of goods in proportion to those
wants is the economic goal of society.
PROFIT SHAKING AND COOPERATION. 207
SUMMARY.
1. Profit sharing is a growing and apparently feasible means of improving
the industrial situation.
2. A natural development leads from profit sharing to capital sharing, a
preparation for industrial democracy.
3. Cooperation may be compulsory by government authority, or voluntary.
4. Voluntary cooperation may be distributive (that is, commercial) or pro-
ductive.
5. Distributive cooperation has been especially successful in Great Britain,
(j. Productive cooperation has succeeded better in France, and has had
some success in the United States.
7. Cooperation requires and tends to develop high moral qualities on the
part of cooperators. Failures are usually traceable to a lack of those quali-
ties.
8. The sliding scale of wages adopted by Pennsylvania iron workers regu-
lates wages according to the selling price of the product.
9. Piecework in itself is a just method of paying wages, but has been lia-
ble to grave abuse.
10. Arbitration and conciliation have been helpful in adjusting differences
whenever honestly tried.
11. Differences in wages are due to many causes, largely historical, all of
which may be summed up under the social obstructions of the wage-earn-
er's environment.
12. Salaries are the best form of wages and the application of the princi-
ple of the standard of life.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is cooperation ? How does it differ from profit sharing? What
are the advantages of each system ?
2. What is capital sharing? How does it grow out of profit sharing ?
What is its outcome?
3. What are the advantages of industrial democracy? the disadvantages ?
(Answer as thoughtfully as possible.)
4. What kinds of cooperation are there? Which is easier? Where has
each been most successful ?
5. Why does cooperation so often fail ? Is it likely to fail continually
for these reasons ? Why ?
6. What is the sliding scale? its advantages? its disadvantages?
7. Why is piecework fair to both parties ? Why do economists and labor
organizations oppose it ?
8. What is the advantage, and what the weakness, of arbitration ? What
conditions are needed to make it a success?
208 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
9. What is the general reason for the differences of wages in different
occupations? What was Adam Smith's explanation? How far was it cor-
rect?
10. Tn what ways do salaries differ from wages? In what ways are
they identical ? What are the advantages of each?
LITERATTJBE.
Gilman, N. P. : Profit Sharing between Employer and Employee.
Gilman, N. P. : Socialism and the American Spirit. Chapter IX.
Johns Hopkins University: Studies in Historical and Political Science,
Sixth Series, Cooperation in the United States.
Jevons, W. S. : Tlie State in Relation to Labor. Chapters Y and YI.
Ely, R. T.: The Labor Movement in America. Chapter YII.
CHAPTER VI.
INTEREST AND PROFITS.
WE have considered the return which under the present
system of distribution accrues to laud and labor. These,
taken in their broadest sense, are the only original elements
in production. Of course, land includes not only building
lots and farming land, but mines and rivers and fisheries and,
in short, all portions of the earth which contribute to pro-
duction. Labor, too, is to be taken quite inclusively. We
now come to the third element in production, capital, which
is not an original but a derivative element. Capital, like
other goods, is produced, but it is produced for the purpose
of production in turn. We are concerned here only with
social capital, the treatment of individual capital, when it is
not at the same time social capital, coming later, as it is then
not a factor of production. Now, although capital is pro-
duced, and not original, when it has once been produced and
lodged in the hands of owners it acts exactly like a natural
element having a power of its own to exact a return accord-
ing to its own law. This return is variously known as inter-
est, profit, and, in some languages, as rent, a term which we
have confined to land.* Common usage calls the return to
productive capital in the hands of an entrepreneur profit,
while interest is the return on capital lent. This usage is
thoroughly inaccurate, as each term partially includes the
other, as well as one or two more elements of an entirely
different nature ; but here, as elsewhere, it is usually easier
to redefine old terms than to adopt new ones. We must
* Sometimes the return to capital is called capital-rent.
210 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
therefore notice two or three distinct ideas commonly in-
cluded under profits.
There is first the pure return to capital, a return which is
paid to the owner of capital who lends it without any accom-
panying labor. or risk. This is interest, and it is obvious that
it is precisely the same whether a man lends capital or uses
it himself in business. The return on the capital is interest,
whether there is any loan or not. We shall consider it
under that head, though it is usually called profit when the
capital is owned by the entrepreneur, and even the older
economists so considered it. The second element under tins
name is the payment for risk. Every one knows that the
revenue from a given business varies much from year to
year. Some years it is very high, and then again there is
little, nothing at all, or even a loss. The return for a given
year may be entirely abnormal. If the business is to suc-
ceed the large revenue of one year must help out the small
revenue of another. So from the profits of any good year
must be taken a sum to help cover past or future losses.
This deduction from "profits" we call, for lack of a better
word, insurance. This is exactly the right word except that
it must not be confounded with fire insurance, etc., in which
a policy is taken out and a definite premium paid. A third
element in what is commonly called profits is really counter-
balanced by wear and tear. The capital used has lost in
value, and of course the loss must be made good by a fund
for the replacement of capital. But the analysis may be
carried still further, and for practical purposes is at times
carried further. The entrepreneur may be paid a salary
or allow himself a salary as wages of superintendence. This
is, then, a fourth element. The fifth element is the entrepre-
neur's profit, a profit due to wisdom and productiveness of
management. This we shall call pure profit. Sometimes
four and five are classed together as pure profit. It is not,
strictly speaking, a return upon capital as such, but it is con-
sidered here because it is conventional!}' included under
profit. This vague term profit, which includes these five
INTEREST AND PROFITS. 211
elements, we may better designate as gross profit.* We
have, then,
f Replacement,
Insurance,
Gross Profit : 4 Interest,
I Wages of Superintendence,
I Pure Profit.
These five elements are perfectly distinguished in the book-
keeping of many large business concerns, and in such estab-
lishments the first three at least are kept distinct from four
and five, if no separate account is kept for wages of superin-
tendence. The first two obviously are not profit in any true
sense. They represent no permanent productive increase.
We shall therefore consider only interest and pure profit, as
the wages of superintendence would fall under wages or
salaries.
Interest. — This is the real return to capital. By what
law is its amount determined? This question has been as
much discussed as any question in economics, and it is still a
question which to many appears as an unsettled problem in
economics. Perhaps few would like to pronounce any one of
the various theories under discussion a perfect explanation.
The ancients in general denied that interest rested on any
justifiable law. Aristotle thought it unjust, and Cicero
classed it with murder. Throughout the Middle Ages it was
o o
both condemned by the Church and prohibited by law.
Nevertheless it continued to be a custom wherever commerce
was developed, and with the industrial awakening of the
modern period it was allowed of necessity. But, being
allowed, it must needs be justified, and the explanations and
justifications offered have been various as they have been
unsatisfactory. Of course, these explanations have usually
* Professor W. W. Folwcll, of the University of Minnesota, in his val-
uable syllabus of lectures entitled " Principles of Political Economy," uses
"profit" in the sense of gross profit and defines it as follows: "Profit is the
unascertained share of distributed produce obtained by the managing capi-
talist for his investment of capital, services, risk, and responsibility."
212 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
concerned themselves simply with loan interest, which is ob-
viously only an outgrowth of natural interest or return on
capital employed in production. This interest-profit is what
needs explanation. The earlier economists explained the
laws of rent and wages, and concluded that capital had what
was left, which became thus a "residual product." Others
have concluded that capital and land exacted returns accord-
ing to fixed laws, and wages was the residual product. The
truth seems to be that no one of the three is a residual
product. A return is demanded -by each according to fixed
laws, and if there is not an assurance of such a return they
will not join in production. The true residual product is
the economic surplus which accrues to monopoly of any sort.
What is the law of interest-profit? Among many answers
two must be considered, on account of their importance, be-
fore the more recent and, to the present writer, on the whole,
more satisfactory theory, namely, that of Dr. von Bohm-
Bawerk, is presented.
Productivity. — It is often said that capital in production
is productive, and so calls for interest. Obviously, capital is
productive in the sense that production is greater with than
without capital ; but does this explain interest ? Without
considering many minor difficulties, such as the fact that
capital draws less interest as it becomes more productive, we
pass at once to the fundamental difficulty of this theory.
Capital does not generally produce goods like itself. It
produces goods eventually which satisfy human wants.
We know why these ultimate goods have value — simply
because they satisfy human wants. But what gives value to
capital, which by very definition cannot satisfy human
wants ? For instance, why should any one care for a plow,
which one cannot eat, wear, or play with? The reason is
clear : because it produces things which we can eat, etc.
Their value gives value to the plow. Thus we have the
principle that the value of capital is a reflected value; that is,
the value of the means of production is derived from the
product. But how much value will the plow have ? Sup-
INTEREST AND PROFITS. 213
pose it lasts ten years, and with it are produced crops worth
one thousand dollars. Paying all the rent, wages, etc., fifty
dollars is left at the end of the ten years. Now, men learn to
foretell these results very closely, and from their estimate of
what a machine will produce they determine its value. If it
will produce a great deal they value it very highly; if only a
little, they will give only a little for it, no matter how much
or little it cost. So it does not do to say that capital draws
interest because it produces more than its own value, for, as
we have seen, it is valued according to what it produces.
Abstinence. — It is also said that interest is the wage of
abstinence. As we have seen, capital is the result of a special
production made possible by saving. Men cannot have cap-
ital if they consume all the goods they get hold of. It is said
that men must be paid a certain amount to induce them to
save, and that this is interest. This is true in a way, but it
is perhaps not the best way to state the truth. Let us return
to our illustration of the plow. We are convinced that it
will bring us in at the end of ten years a clear surplus of
goods worth fifty dollars. According to the law of reflected
value it ought to be valued at fifty dollars, and we ought to
be willing to forego fifty dollars' worth of satisfaction in
order to secure it. But, as a matter of fact, we will not do so.
Probably thirty dollars' worth of goods is all we will give for
fifty dollars' worth of goods ten years hence. Now, to call
the remaining twenty dollars a payment for abstinence is mis-
leading; for, as a matter of fact, the abstinence involved is a
very variable thing, and often there is none at all. Besides,
we do not pay for abstinence but for results.
Bbhm-Bawerk's Theory of Interest. — Why will not
nu'ii give fifty dollars for fifty dollars ten years hence (all
risk, etc., being covered by insurance) ? Simply because de-
sire, the source of value, is stronger for things near than for
things far away. Human experience in a thousand lines
proves this. The wants of men are like Esau's hunger. He
would rather have (that is, he values, higher) a mess of pottage
now than a whole inheritance in the future. Distant enjoy-
15
214 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
ments are vague to men's minds, while near ones are vivid
and tempting. Think of this as we will, it is a universal fact.
Thus it is that a man will not give present goods for future
goods in like amount, because future goods are less valuable
than present goods. Fifty dollars now is worth perhaps
fifty-three dollars a year hence, and eighty dollars ten years
hence.
When we consider interest in its ethical aspects much
more can be said than the limits of the present work will
permit. It must not be supposed that an absolutely correct
theoretical explanation of interest would have changed the
attitude of Moses, Aristotle, Cicero, and the sages of the
past with respect to it. They seem to have desired certain
things with which the receipt of interest was calculated
to interfere. One of them was mutual helpfulness. Loans
were desired in the past preceding the era of capitalistic pro-
duction chiefly to relieve distress, or possibly to purchase
tools for an artisan. They were not then designed to in-
crease the earnings of great entrepreneurs or captains of
industry, as is now often the case. It appears also to have
been the desire of many of these wise men of old that oppor-
tunities to gain a livelihood without personal exertion should
be reduced to a minimum, and private receipt of interest
undoubtedly makes it possible to enjoy an income without
personal exertion. Ethically all that we have, as well as all
that we are, must be used for the benefit of society as a
Avhole, ourselves included ; and all this introduces further
considerations. There is on the part of some an effort to
make a distinction between loans to relieve distress or to
help the young to get a start in life, and loans to be used in
productive enterprises like manufactories or railways, and to
lend money without interest in cases of the first kind, but to
take interest in cases of the second kind. This would seem
to accord with the spirit of the teachings of the Bible and
of the older philosophers.
The Rate of Interest. — There is a real and an apparent
fluctuation in the rate of interest. The apparent fluctuation
INTEREST AND PROFITS. 215
is due to the inclusion of insurance with interest in a single
rate. All are familiar with the fact that loans on good
security can be had at a lower rate than others. This simply
means that a man who takes some risks as to getting his
money back adds to the interest a premium to cover this
risk. Loans for long time are also cheaper because the
h-nder runs less risk of having his money lie idle than if he
makes frequent short loans, and saves himself the trouble of
reinvestment. Aside from these changes a steady diminution
of interest occurs in most civilized countries. This change,
which is not due to lessened risk, marks a change in men's
valuations of future goods. Present wants, being better
satisfied, are less clamorous and contrast less vividly with
remoter wants. Men gain confidence in the future and esti-
mate its possibilities more justly, or at least more favorably.
The lowering of the interest means that men are less needy
in the present or more appreciative of the future, than before.
Pure Profits. — In contrast with tlie routine of system-
atized industry where all returns are paid out to landlord,
laborer, and capitalist, and just suffice to secure their partici-
pation, we see concerns here and there which accumulate a
surplus over and above the profits of their rivals in the same
lines of business. They do business under the same condi-
tions, make the same goods, and sell to the same public as the
other firms; yet they have a surplus profit, while the others
have none. Every one knows that such things happen.
Thus, the so-called "merchant prince," A. T. Stewart,
maintained a business which distanced all competitors and
which could not be maintained after his death. Not un-
frequently a business depends so entirely on exceptional
abilities for its surplus profit that when these abilities
disappear business relapses to its former level of ordinary
returns. In other cases the improved management is con-
tinued until rival concerns learn the secret, competition low-
ers prices, and the surplus disappears in a cheapening of eco-
nomic service to society. Thus the achievements of genius
constantly tend to become an addition to social skill. But
21G OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
until they have become so special abilities command a rent
precisely as does special productivity in land. We may call
this surplus of pure profit a brain rent as the other is a land
rent. They are governed by the same law except that
genius is not fixed in amount, like land. Added to these
rent-producing powers of productivity and ability is a certain
element of chance (conjuncture) which affects incalculably
the result in particular cases, such as the accidental discov-
ery of a mine or a process which equally enriches their lucky
possessor; the outbreak of war and any combination of
events fortunate for the individual fall under this head.
Such elements can be enumerated and described only so far
as the individual is concerned. They cannot be reduced to
any assignable principle and interfere as disturbing elements
with the operation of general principles. They are, however,
of great importance in the distribution of wealth, making
many rich and also impoverishing others. The broad social
standpoint reduces chance to a minimum, for irregularities
counterbalance each other when we consider great masses of
facts or large areas. The poor wheat crop of one section is
accompanied with an unusually large yield elsewhere, etc.
Monopoly Profits. — "VVe have seen that under competi-
tion pure profits rest upon a precarious foundation. If the
special abilities on which they rest are such as cannot be
duplicated they perish with their single possessor ; if they
can be duplicated rival concerns are sure to duplicate them,
and the special advantage is lost through competition. But
there are advantages entirely equivalent to these which may
become the exclusive property of a concern and make com-
petition impossible. Such are the possession of those par-
ticular locations or privileges upon which a business depends,
the right of way of a railway, the privilege of supplying a
city with gas, electricity, water, transportation, etc. Under
such circumstances competition is usually not possible, and
never permanently successful. The business becomes a
monopoly by its very nature if not by distinct legal privilege.
The restrictive power of competition over price is removed,
INTEREST AND PROFITS. 217
and a surplus over rent, wages, and interest, and profit, in the
true sense of the word, is now a regular result. Unless
interfered with by legislation there would seem to be nothing
to prevent a monopoly asking any price it pleases. It is a
mistake, however, to suppose that a monopoly price has no
economic limits ; for increase of price tends to lessen con-
sumption, and a point is soon reached where an increase of
price is more than compensated by a decreased sale. This
point is the natural limit of monopoly price, and gives us its
law. Monopoly price is that price which yields the greatest
surplus. This will vary very much with the article. Some
will bear raising the price much more than others without
serious decrease of sale. TJie monopoly price will rise and
the monopoly siirplus increase as wealth and willingness to
spend increase in the community. It is thus that monopoly,
without any effort on its own part, shares in the increasing
wealth of the country and absorbs a large part of it. It is,
for example, among other things, the larger wealth and
greater willingness to spend freely which make monopoly
more profitable in the United States than in Germany.
It is to be noted that while pure profit, apart from the
gains due to a happy combination of affairs (conjuncture),
is largely a surplus produced by genius, and is in so far no
burden to the community which tends to profit by it even-
tually, monopoly profit is a surplus extorted by power and
privilege, and invariably a loss to the community. Distri-
bution of wealth comes increasingly under the influence of
monopoly. The economic surplus yielded by monopoly is
the source of many of the largest fortunes of our day, and is
the prime cause of the growth of inequalities of fortune
during the present century. "While in general competition
increases in severity, an increasing proportion of the industrial
field is withdrawn from competition and falls under the con-
trol of monopoly. There is thus a growing class enjoying
special economic privileges.
Monopolies will be further considered in Book III.
218 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMABY.
1. Capital is the third factor in production, a derivative element but
wholly comparable in its action to natural elements when once produced.
2. The return to capital is usually known as interest or profit.
3. The total surplus left in the employer's hands after wages and rent,
are paid must include: 1.) Replacement of capital; 2.) Insurance against
loss; 3.) Wages of superintendence ; 4.) Interest on capital; 5.) Pure profit.
4. Interest has been explained as due to the productivity of capital — in
oversight of the fact that capital derives its value from what it produces.
5. The explanation of interest as a payment for abstinence is inadequate.
6. Interest is the result of the fact that future goods, on account of
their present inaccessibility, have a lower value than present goods.
7. The former condemnations of interest arose partly from a misconcep-
tion of its nature, partly from a difference of conditions.
8. The rate of interest tends to fall as affluence and intelligence lessen
the disparagement of future wants.
9. Pure profit is a rent, usually temporary, paid to managing ability.
10. Monopoly profit is a rent paid to advantages of opportunity, as loca-
tion, privilege, etc., when exclusively controlled by individuals.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is the difference between capital and the other factors of pro-
duction?. Does this materially affect its operation ?
2. What is usually included under " profits? " Define each. How many
of these elements may be properly called profit or increase of wealth ?
3. What is the productivity theory of interest? its error? the abstinence
theory? its defects? the theory of Bohm-Bawerk? Does a man pay more
tyalue than he receives when he returns a loan with interest? Why?
4. What two changes are there in the rate of interest ? the cause of each ?
5. Why was interest once condemned ? Is it always right to-day? Why ?
6. What is pure profit? Why unstable? Does it become more stable?
7. What is monopoly profit? What are its limits? Has it any connec-
tion with pure profit? What is its character as regards social welfare?
LITEBATURE.
Bohm-Bawerk, E. von : Capital and Interest, for a criticism of former in-
terest theories is an ideal of logical and judicial criticism. Positive Theory of
Capital by the same writer presents his own theory.
Walker, F. A. : Political Economy.
Mill, J. S. : Principles of Political Economy.
Clark, J. B. : Philosophy of Wealth.
All standard works on Political Economy treat these topics.
PART IV.
CONSUMPTI ON,
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
CONSUMPTION is the correlate of production. As we said,
man creates no new matter ; lie also destroys no matter.
Matter constitutes things. By man's activity, and sometimes
without it, things acquire the power to satisfy human wants
0 and become goods. By man's activity, and sometimes with-
\ out it, goods lose their power to satisfy wants and become
things. To make things into goods with a view to satisfying
wants is production ; to make goods into things by satisfying
^ wants is consumption.
It is easy to distinguish production from the mere hap-
penings due to human caprice on the one hand, and from
the unaided workings of nature on the other; neither of
which can be called production. But it is necessary to use
more care in defining consumption. The term is one of that
unfortunate class which is used loosely in ordinary speech,
and must be made exact for scientific purposes.
In the first place, consumption does not include the passage
of goods back into things by the simple action of nature,
such as the rotting of apples, the dying of timber, animals,
etc. Such goods perish, but they are not consumed in
the economic sense. A more difficult distinction is that be-
tween consumption and destruction, both of them the result
of human activity. All difficulties are solved, however, if
we keep in mind the simple fact that the satisfaction of
220 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
human wants is the purpose and the measure of all economic
activities. Wood burned in a stove is consumed, because it
satisfies wants ; burned in a conflagration, it is only destroyed.
Moreover, a good may satisfy certain wants and still be
destroyed, as when we warm a house by burning furniture.
This satisfies wants, to be sure, but wants which are less than
those which furniture may satisfy. If we break up a stove
into old iron we still have a good, but one farther removed
from the satisfaction of wants than the good from which it
was made. All processes which destroy or diminish possible
utilities are destruction, not consumption.
On the other hand, we must guard against an opposite
error. We are apt to have certain personal notions of the
desirability of certain wants, and to say that goods are
destroyed or wasted when devoted to uses which we do not
approve. Thus we say that corn used for food is consumed,
while corn used for whisky is destroyed. Such a judgment
may be morally right, but it is wrOng economically. A
want is a want, and in economics wants are measured only
by their intensity as regards their economic validity. The
very fact that whisky is made indicates that a certain num-
ber of " wants " can be better satisfied by corn whisky than
by corn bread. It is undoubtedly better for a man to burn
his furniture to warm his house than to sell it to buy drink,
but economically the one is destruction and the other con-
sumption. All of this merely means that man is more than
a wealth-getting animal. Economic interests are not his
only interests, nor always compatible with his other interests.
The economist by no means claims that economic considera-
tions should always be followed. He knows full well that
economic wisdom may be human folly, and that life is con-
tinually neglected in order to get a living. Economics must,
however, consider the reactions of wants and their satisfac-
tion upon economic activities. We must also avoid the error
of supposing that consumption means the rapid using up of
things. We often think that some goods are consumed while
others are only used. The distinction is one of degree only
INTRODUCTORY. 221
All products are used up at last, and whether soon or late
makes no essential difference for present purposes. Houses
are consumed as truly as food. Consumption means nothing
more than using things in the way they were economically
intended to be used. The using up or wearing out is merely
an inevitable incident of this use or consumption.
Productive and Final Consumption. — Having de-
fined consumption, we have now to notice two kinds of con-
sumption, or, more exactly, the consumption of two kinds of
goods. These are capital and consumption goods, or goods
designed to satisfy wants directly. Machines and raw mate-
rials are consumed as truly as finished articles. The differ-
ence is that they are consumed to produce, while the others
are consumed to satisfy wants. Hence we call this produc-
tive consumption, while that consumption which attains the
ultimate goal of economic activity in the satisfaction of
wants is final consumption.
It is necessary again to guard against the idea that food
consumed by laborers is productive consumption. All such
questions are to be settled by the consumer himself, who has
final rights in the matter. He consumed not for the sake of
O
production, but for the sake of satisfaction, and produces
only that he may consume. Man is our final term.
It goes without saying that only final consumption is of
any real importance to life. This is the goal of our effort,
the measure of our success. Heterogeneous estimates of un-
consumed wealth mean little or nothing as to a nation's well-
being. How much is the final consumption of the nation in
a year? This is the important question in this connection. ,
Alleged Present Consumption of Future Products.
—We often hear of consumption in advance of production.
It is said people live on the future. It is frequently argued
that during our late war we were consuming faster than we
were pi-oducing. It is alleged that the federal bonds repre-
sented the consumption of future earnings. Those who talk
thus appear to have no clear notions. It is impossible to
consume faster than we produce unless we consume past
222 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
savings. We cannot eat to-day the wheat or potatoes of
to-morrow, nor can we wear coats before they are made.
What is alleged can only be true in case the capital or other
wealth of the country is diminishing, whereas during our late
civil war it increased. What really happened was this : We
as a nation became indebted to some extent to foreigners, and
within the nation some of us gained while the rest of us were
losing. Bonds do not represent a present consumption of fu-
ture wealth, but a consumption of existing wealth for which a
government agrees to remunerate its owners in the future.
If war can be carried on with the aid of bonds it can — leav-
ing out of consideration what foreigners send us — with a
sufficiently perfect taxing machinery, conceivably always
and practically sometimes, be carried on without bonds. It
is only a question of how to get hold of existing wealth.
War was formerly carried on without bonds, because they
are a comparatively recent contrivance. Consumption can
never anticipate future production ; it can only anticipate
future ownership.
INTRODUCTORY. 223
SUMMARY.
1. Consumption is the correlate of production, the change of goods into
things through the satisfaction of wants.
2. Consumption is to be distinguished from destruction which changes
goods into things with a partial or complete failure to satisfy wants.
3. Consumption is not to be restricted to the satisfaction of morally justi-
fiable wants.
4. Consumption is either productive or final, according as it results in the
production of more goods or in the satisfaction of wants.
5. There is no such thing as present consumption of future goods, though
future ownership may be anticipated in consumption.
QUESTIONS.
1. Define consumption. What is the difference between consumption and
production? between consumption and destruction?
2. What is the difference between using things and using them up? Is
the question involved in consumption, and if so, how ?
::. What is the relation of consumption to the problem of good and bad
wui its?
4. Define production and final consumption.
5. What is meant by the present consumption of future goods ?
LITERATURE.
Patten, S. N. : Theory of Dynamic Economics ; Tlie Consumption of Wealth ;
Premises of Political Economy, and numerous articles and monographs.
Roscher, Wilhelm : Political Economy. English translation. Book IV.
CHAPTER II.
CONSUMPTION AND SAVING.
WHAT has been said in no way invalidates, but rather
emphasizes, the importance of saving in connection with con-
sumption. To be sure, we save only in order that we may
have more to consume. Saving as a mere end in itself is
penuriousness, a most degrading and demoralizing passion.
But the efforts of man to produce goods are so inefficient un-
less he is aided by capital, which is impossible without pre-
vious saving, that he who does not save consumes his seed-
corn, which is his hope of next year's harvest. It is difficult
to say at what point consumption should stop and saving
begin. The rule will vary for individuals and nations. Un-
doubtedly both persons and peoples have erred on either side
at various times, now living in squalor to accumulate wealth,
now spending their substance in riotous living until there is
a famine in the land. There is not much to choose between
these two vices. They both amount to the same thing in
the long run, namely, a low average consumption and repre-
hensible poverty of life. Difficult as it is in practice to
settle this question, the principle itself is very clear. /So
much, and only so much, should be saved as will maintain a
maximum final consumption over long periods of time.
Inducements to Saving. — We have seen that men in
general prefer a future good to a present one only when it is
larger in amount. To provide for old age or for possible
accidents may be a sufficient motive for saving in some cases,
but most men will not save unless the goods saved will bring
an increase. It is, therefore, necessary to an extensive sav-
ing that the conditions of profitable investment should be
provided; and if wealth is to be widely diffused opportuni-
CONSUMPTION AND SAVING. 225
ties for investment must be readily accessible. It is a per-
ceived opportunity to make an investment with probability
of increase which stimulates saving above everything else.
Such an opportunity is often the beginning of individual
accumulation. Some of these conditions we have now to
consider. They may be grouped under two heads, security
and productiveness. If the investments of a country pro-
duce well on an average, but fluctuate between loss of prin-
cipal on the one hand and unreasonable profit on the other,
the condition is one to encourage speculation rather than
saving. On the other hand, general security of investment
will promote saving with a very low profit and of course in-
creasingly as profit increases. Among the institutions to be
considered are:
Private Property. — The abuse of the system of private
property by those who use it selfishly and oppressively is so
common that if we look only at that side we may be tempted
to conclude that it should be abolished. But over against
the abuse must be set the advantages of the system of which
the foremost is the encouragement it gives to saving.
Stock Companies. — These are but an extension of the
principle of division of labor. How much better it is for
each man to do the thing he can do best and leave other
functions to others is clear in connection with labor. Our
experience has made it clear in connection with management
as well. How few men know how or could ever learn how
to manage a railway ! On the other hand, there are multi-
tudes who could contribute something tOAvard building one.
Stock companies combine those two powers, the power of
saved-up wealth and the power of exceptional ability in
management. Few institutions of our day offer greater
possibilities in the way of encouraging saving than these
companies. It must be said, however, that these possibilities
have as yet been only imperfectly realized. These invest-
ments have in general been profitable, but by the speculative
nature of their management the security of such investments
1ms been almost destroyed. No severer indictment can be
226 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
brought against the stock gambling of our day than the fact
that it has destroyed one of the most efficient incentives
which society possesses for the general saving of wealth.
Who would dare advise a poor widow to invest her savings
in railway securities ? Yet no property in the country is
more evenly or certainly productive than many of our rail-
ways. The difficulty is due to a lax sentiment and lax legis-
lation affecting all stock companies alike, which permits a
kind of management little superior to piracy. Such robbery
does not simply steal the golden egg ; it kills the hen that
lays it.
Savings JJanks. — These have a noteworthy influence upon
saving, especially among the poor. It is here especially
that encouragement to saving is needed. The rich, who least
need to save, are most apt to do so, not simply because they
have most to save from, but because they have most induce-
ment to do so. The poor, on the other hand, as we all know,
and as we are over-fond of asserting, are poor in large part
because they are thriftless. With weak wills and clamorous
wants they know poorly how to keep money in the house
unspent. So " flush " times bring reckless expenditure, and
hard times bring distress. Savings banks, especially in
Europe, have done much to promote thrift among the poor.
Insurance. — This relatively modern institution is already
one of the most valuable factors in our economic civilization.
It has the great merit of providing in varying proportions
for both security and profit of investment. The provision
for security is especially prominent in the case of fire insur-
ance. It is often said that such an insurance is simply an
equalization of losses, or a distribution of a heavy sudden
loss over a long period of time. In fact, it is much more
than that. It is important to take the amount of a loss from
a business in such amounts and at such times that no vital
want is left unsatisfied, and this is done by insurance. Thus
perpetuity and equality of conditions is guaranteed to a busi-
ness in such a way as to greatly encourage investment. The
same principle applies to life insurance. The death of a
CONSUMPTION AND SAVING. 227
business man is often a more serious shock to a business than
a conflagration. The payment of a life insurance policy is
often a very great relief to the financial embarrassments in
which such a business is left.
But the addition of the endowment feature by which a
policy becomes payable at the end of a stated period greatly
adds to the other feature of life insurance, namely, the profit
of investment. An able business man who devotes his time
to the management of his investments will find in the low
rate of interest guaranteed a small inducement, and will
probably insure simply to guard against risk. But there are
multitudes who are not able business men — professional men
and others who do not spend their time in making and manag-
ing investments. To such it is easy to save the amount of a
year's premium. It is difficult or impossible to invest that
small amount profitably or to avoid spending it during a
long period of years. The insurance company collects these
myriad trifles, and by the employment of able investors
profitably invests them. We can scarcely overestimate the
importance to society of an institution which equalizes the
shocks and multiplies the incentives to thrift and whole-
some economic activity.
Some idea of the magnitude of the insurance business may
be obtained from the fact that there were in 1887 in the
United States 532 life insurance companies with 5,383,050
policies in force, $630,913,768 gross assets, and insuring lives
to the amount of $7,506,027,211, or nearly 13 times our in-
terest-bearing national debt. This, it must be remembered,
includes only a single branch of the complex insurance busi-
ness.*
Cooperation. — Cooperation in all its forms is an incentive,
not only to industry and good work, but also to saving.
The principal difficulty with it is that it requires some saving
before it can be started ; but once in operation its incentives
arc increasingly felt and appreciated. Nothing is so neces-
sary to the development of thrift as a flexible element in a
* Publications of the American Statistical Association. Vol. i, p. 146.
22? OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
man's income varying with thrift. Perhaps cooperation bet-
ter than any other agency makes a man feel the immediate
results of saving. This is especially true when the necessary
capital is in the form of stock which can be owned in large
or small amounts, according to savings invested. Coopera-
tive stores have been especially successful in England, and
while cooperation has been found more difficult in produc-
tive industries, there are numerous examples of its successful
application.
Governments and Capital Formation. — It is to be
noticed that governments are more or less prominent in
capital formation. When our federal government pays off
the national debt it forms capital. The means to pay the
debt are collected in small sums from millions of people who
would not have used them for purposes of production, and
then the aggregate is handed over to the owner of a written
obligation, a bond, who uses them as capital. These means
in the pockets of the people were not capital, and only a
small proportion would have been turned into capital.
There can be no doubt that debt payment by the United
States has increased the actual capital of the country. A
part of this new capital, it is true, simply restored capital
that hnd once existed and had been sacrificed years before.
Similarly, when the United States expends its revenues for
post office and other federal buildings, and for wise internal
improvements, it increases capital. It is a consumption
which is at the same time a capital formation. When mu-
nicipalities establish gas works, electric lighting works, and
pay for them by taxes or by loans repaid by taxation, the
capital of the country is increased. The people save a por-
tion of their income through the agency of government, and
it is the only way a large proportion of them can ever be
made to save anything.
CONSUMPTION AND SAVING. 229
SUMMARY.
1. Saving should be so proportioned to final consumption as to maintain
a maximum final consumption over long periods of time.
2. The inducements to saving are primarily security and productivenes3
of property.
3. Stock companies combine managing ability and saving ability, which
are not naturally united to a large extent.
4. This system has offered the inducement of productiveness, but has de-
stroyed that of security through speculative management.
5. Savings banks greatly increase saving among the poor.
6. Insurance offers both inducements in a high degree and is the great
modern capital creator.
7. Cooperation is highly productive of incentives to saving.
8. Through taxation and wise investment government contributes largely
to the formation of capital.
QUESTIONS.
1. Is saving always a virtue ? If not, what are its limits? What is the
difference between saving and penuriousncss?
2. What two inducements are necessary to saving?
3. What are the advantages of stock companies? their disadvantages?
Are the disadvantages inherent?
4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of private property as re-
gards saving ? (Note both sides )
5. WTiatis the effect of savings banks upon saving?
6. Why does insurance promote saving? What is the advantage of equal-
izing losses? Is life insurance a good investment, and why?
7. What is the effect of cooperation and capital sharing upon saving?
8. Are we always "out of pocket" as a result of government expendi-
ture? Why?
LITERATURE.
See works already cited.
16
CHAPTER III.
LUXURY.
LUXURY is the name of a vague something which society
has always viewed with a sense of mingled tolerance and
condemnation. We must know what is signified by the term
before we know what to think about it. Many and various
definitions have been offered not wholly satisfactory. With-
out decrying these definitions we will try to get at the popular
conception underlying the word. In the first place, it is
clear that people ordinarily consider as luxuries many things
in themselves innocent and desirable, silk dresses, jewels,
pictures, etc. No one but an ascetic will condemn as wrong
in themselves things that appeal to taste and the finer appre-
ciations, and yet we feel that the use of such things is often
unjustifiable. Second, the popular idea of luxury recognizes
a difference in persons. We cannot help condemning in one
person what we approve in another. Third, we judge luxury
differently at different times. There is a continual transfer
of articles from the list of luxuries into that of comforts and
necessities. This transfer is brought about by the consensus
of social judgment, and is increasingly acquiesced in by all.
So we see that the term luxury does not apply to goods of a
certain character, but to certain goods in their relation to
time and person. We may define luxury simply as excessive
consumption. But what determines whether consumption is
excessive or not? The answer to this question is connected
with the problem of the distribution of wealth.
Two facts are prominent. First, the distribution of wealth
is enoi-mously unequal. This needs neither proof nor elabora-
tion. Second, the ability of men to use wealth profitably
is enormously unequal also. There is not the remotest proba-
LUXURY. 231
bility that the latter inequality can ever be removed. Men
must ever differ, not only in the nature of their wants and
appreciations, but also in their aggregate amount. Should
wealth be equally distributed ? Remembering that owner-
ship means simply control over goods, let us put this question
in a simpler form. Should the wealth of a family be owned
or controlled in equal shares by its different members ? Be-
fore we hastily answer yes let us ask what this would mean.
Can the two-year-old control his part of the family fortune
as well as his father ? Can he appreciate or profitably use
rare books, pictures, and fine furniture, to say nothing of
capital, to anything like his numerical proportion ? Plainly
not. How much may he claim? First, he may claim as
fall a satisfaction of his ivants as is accorded to the rest;
second, he may claim as good an opportunity to develop his
wants as is accorded to the rest. So much he may indubitably
claim by the law of the solidarity of the family, which is the
epitome and type of the solidarity of society — a law which
lies far deeper and broader than all other laws, at the very
bottom and foundation of things.
Returning to our larger problem, we ask, How much may
a man consume ? As much as he can lay hold of ? We
must again remind the reader that this is the law among
swine. As much as every other man ? The result would be
an immediate and disastrous impoverishment of society.
How much, then? The only justifiable law is that already
enunciated for the family. He may consume in proportion
to his power to appreciate and utilize. To consume more
is to limit correspondingly the right of some other man.
There is no possible reason why goods should be distributed
alike to every man. To do so would be to nse goods where
they satisfied trifling wants or none at all — a use which, as
we have said, is not consumption, but destruction.
But, while such a form of injustice has never been perpe-
trated, an opposite form is exceedingly common. An ine-
quality of consumption is demanded on the basis of simple
justice, but not the inequality which exists. To consume dis-
232 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
proportionately to one's wants or one's likelihood of devel-
opment is to destroy or to consume with relatively small
returns, and is a wrong to society. The excessive consump-
tion which constitutes luxury is therefore a consumption in
excess of man's fundamental claims, which are in general,
first, the right to as fall a satisfaction of wants as can be ac-
corded to all ; second, the right to as free a development of
his wants as can be enjoyed by all.
Greater inequalities are admitted than would seem to be
the case on first thought. The wants of a king are very
great, and these wants are true, legitimate wants, upon the
satisfaction of which depends the welfare of society. The
wants of those engaged in the learned professions are greater
than are ordinarily understood. The higher scholarly, lit-
erary, or artistic work often involves large expenditures.
Travel is important for those doing this kind of work, and
books are indispensable. What is often thought of as
luxurious expenditure is simply an outlay which is an in-
dispensable part of the price society pays for the product.
Professors in American universities, for example, frequently
are not able to satisfy their wants sufficiently to give society
work of the highest sort of which they are capable.
The rule given is one which looks at consumption largely
from the standpoint of individual enjoyment as the result of
consumption. When we view the consumption of the indi-
vidual as a condition of social service a certain modification
may be necessary, especially if the entire social product is
not great enough to allow all to develop their faculties com-
pletely. It is unquestionably in the interest of society that
those with the highest capacities should be allowed to attain
the fullest development of all their powers, provided these
powers are used in the service of humanity. A dispropor-
tionately large consumption of the individual may be praise-
worthy, provided this consumption is for the real develop-
ment of powers designed to be used " for the glory of God
and the good of man."
While then justifiable consumption will, according to these
LUXURY. 233
principles, be exceedingly variable, can anyone for a mo-
ment claim that such principles now govern social con-
sumption ? Immense sums are squandered on passing caprices
which do not correspond to any really felt want. On the
other hand, multitudes of fine natures with keen apprecia-
tions and large capacities for development and present enjoy-
ment are left without the means for either. So long as
these things exist, so long as a vast amount of the world's
wealth is destroyed by vulgar and incompetent consumption
which might impart satisfactions of a high order if consumed
otherwise, and by others, the moral sense of the world will
condemn luxury as a social wrong.
And what is the excuse for this abuse? Usually the
simple fact of ownership. "It is ours," they say. But for
what ? Simply because the interests of production require
capital Jk> be massed under specialized control. The few
who are able to manage capital must be allowed to mansige
it ; and management means control. But the many who have
wants must have those wants satisfied, and that satisfaction
means the right of consumption, a right proportioned to
those wants. There is no more reason why a millionaire
should consume all the wealth he controls than there is why
a philosopher or an artist should withhold from society the
satisfactions afforded by his genius. A successful manu-
facturer once expressed the opinion that a man had a right
to put down silk velvet on a muddy crossing to walk on if he
were rich enough to afford it. When a man tramples in the
mire the fruit of human industry he tramples with it human
rights and humanity, and should expect humanity to avenge
the affront. It needs no prophet to foresee that men must
learn to own their property for the good of society, or society
will own it for them. The right of private property, like
other social institutions, is ever on trial. The obsolete objec-
tion is still sometimes urged that luxury gives employment
to labor. Does not philanthropic and productive expendi-
ture do the same ? But that is not the question. What
comes of the employment ? The payment of wages only
234 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
helps men to get more of existing goods — at the expense of
others among whom the goods are divided. It may help
workmen to get goods away from others, to give them em-
ployment ; but the only way to help society is to give work-
men useful employment, to aid and encourage them to pro-
duce needful goods. Every employment of labor which
encourages the production of luxuries is a misdirection of
social energy, an encouragement to society to spend its
money for that which is not bread and its labor for that
which satisfieth not. Excessive consumption is necessarily
wasteful consumption, and as such is necessarily reprehen-
sible. There can be no kind of doubt as to the teaching of
Christianity on this subject.
LUXURY. 235
SUMMARY.
1. Luxury is a vague conception, differently applied according to timo
mid person. It is the excessive consumption of wealth.
2. Consumption should be proportioned wants and capacity for develop-
ment. Consumption beyond this is excessive and unjustifiable.
3. Equal distribution of wealth would result in a most unwise consump-
tion of goods.
4. Ownership and the necessary centralization of capitalistic control are
no measure of the right to consume.
5. Luxury cannot enrich a community by giving employment to labor be-
cause it misdirects productivity.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is luxury? What is the popular idea? How does it vary ?
2. What may each man justly claim as a consumer? Why may he not
justly consume all he can get ? May he justly consume all he can produce ?
Why?
3. What would be the result of an equal distribution of wealth? Why?
4. What objection can be raised to our present distribution of wealth ?
Why?
5. Should capital and consumption goods be distributed according to the
same rules? Why?
LITERATURE.
Ely, R. T. : Social Aspects of Christianity.
CHAPTER IV.
HARMFUL CONSUMPTION.
WE have been careful to avoid the impression that luxury
consists in the use of pernicious goods. It is a common
query, " Why should I not have this if it does me no harm ? "
This we have tried to answer in the previous chapter. It
amounts to the same thing as harm if an innocent but insig-
nificant satisfaction prevents the accomplishment of a greater
good. A luxury may be a positive good in itself, a satisfac-
tion which society may well hope to make general, but it is
a good which society cannot yet afford because other and
greater wants are yet unsatisfied. It is a satisfaction per-
mitted ahead of its time.
But we have to consider a kind of consumption which is
objectionable in an entirely different way, not because it is
excessive or premature, but because it is intrinsically harmful.
It would be a violation of all language to call the use of in-
toxicating liquors a luxury in general, but it is certainly on
the whole harmful. As we have said before, these wants
are as really economic as any other, and we have no intention
of assuming the function of the physiologist or the moralist
in enumerating the evils which come from the consumption
of certain goods. But in one respect we have a distinct part
in this discussion. All production is for the sake of man,
and consumption is its final term. But in turn man is the
principal factor in production, and as the consumption of cer-
tain goods affects him the result is necessarily transmitted
to the productive process. We have anticipated this prin-
ciple in speaking of the influence of the standard of life on
the efficiency of labor. Now, experience clearly demonstrates
that the consumption of certain goods unfits men for efficient
production. This is, therefore, an economically harmful con-
HARMFUL CONSUMPTION. 237
sumption. Whatever may be said for this consumption from
other standpoints, the economist must deprecate it. All such
consumption as lessens bodily vigor, blunts the perception, and
in any way detracts from the delicacy of the human organism
is of this sort. Of course, no complete enumeration is possible,
but certain cases readily suggest themselves. The magnitude
of this harmful consumption, however, is enormous.
First in the list, of course, comes intoxicating beverages,
especially distilled liquors. According to government reports
there were consumed in the United States in the year ending
June 30, 1890, of distilled spirits 87,829,562 gallons ; of wines
28,956,981 gallons, and of malt liquors 855,792,335 gallons, a
total of 972,578,878 gallons. This was an average of 15.53
gallons for every man, woman, and child in the country.
The increase in amount is not less striking. In 1875 the
amount per inhabitant was only 6.86 gallons. Since 1886
the amount per inhabitant has increased almost exactly one
gallon per year. The number of men engaged in the business
of manufacturing these liquors, not including, of course, those
who produce the raw materials, is stated by the same report
to be 900,808.
Of course we cannot tell just how much wras paid by the
consumers for this immense flood of intoxicants, which, if
poured together, would fill a channel twenty feet in depth,
twenty feet in width, and fifty-four and one half miles long;
but many estimates have been made b.oth by those who de-
fend and those who oppose the use of alcoholic liquors.
They place the cost at from $700,000,000 to $1,000,000,000.
If we deduct that part used in the arts, and for other pur-
poses besides that of drinking, it is probable that the first
estimate, namely, $700,000,000, is not too high a figure to
represent the amount of money that is yearly paid for in-
toxicants which are used ns beverages. This is equal to
an expenditure of about $11 for every man, woman, and
child in our country.
In comparing the amounts expended for these liquors with
what our people expend for other purposes there have been
238 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
many misleading estimates made which in the long run can
be of no real service to the cause of temperance. For instance,
some persons in comparing the cost of drinks with the cost
of all the food consumed in the United States have placed
the former at the not extravagant amount of about
$900,000,000, but the cost of food they find to be only
$963,000,000. At this estimate the cost of liquors would
be $15 per capita, while the cost of food would be only
$16 for every man, woman, and child in the United States.
There is an important difference overlooked, namely, that
nearly all of the liquor consumed comes on the market and
is there estimated in dollars and cents, while perhaps less
than one fourth the food consumed is brought under the
conditions necessary for a money valuation.
It is important to note that if the $700,000,000 now
spent for grain in the form of liquors were expended for
food and other farm products to satisfy the rational
wants of the thousands of families who are rendered desti-
tute by intemperance it would purchase at least seven
times as much grain in the form of flour as it does in that of
liquor ; because it is true with regard to liquors, as wTith all
luxuries, that the amount of raw material used in their pro-
duction is far less, compared with their cost to the consumers,
than it is in any of the other products that satisfy human
wants. Thus we can see that those farmers who think that
the liquor industry creates a demand for their commodities,
and those brewers and distillers who endeavor to instill this
belief, are both deceived and deceivers. How much better
it would be if farmers could secure high prices for their grain
and other products by ministering to those rational and
higher wants which strengthen human nature and enable the
consumers to produce in turn a greater abundance of wealth,
rather than by satisfying the demands of base appetites that
degrade men and lessen the community's wealth-producing
power ! It is, of course, obvious that if men spend less for
liquors, tobacco, opium, and the like, they will have so much
more to spend for other things, and the opportunities for
HARMFUL CONSUMPTION. 239
employment will not be at all lessened. On the contrary, as
other expenditures are more likely to be productive, oppor-
tunities for employment will inevitably be multiplied.
The indirect cost of intoxicating beverages to the commu-
nity at large is far more tremendous and impossible of esti-
mation than the direct cost. We all have to pay for the
support of the armies of policemen, detectives, lawyers, judges,
whose chief occupation grows from the use of intoxicants ;
for prisons, penitentiaries, insane asylums, almshouses, fifty
to eighty per cent of whose occupants are the victims, direct
or indirect, of intemperance ; while all share in the loss of in-
dustrial power that comes from weakened contentions, dizzy
heads, and extravagance. Many books and articles have
been written and many public speeches have been made upon
these manifold and visible evils. Those who suffer the most
from drink are the working classes, and they are also those
who cannot conceal their excesses and misfortunes. But it
is a mistake to suppose that workingmen alone furnish the
drunkards, or that there are not great numbers of earnest
temperance men among them. The rich have their social clubs
where intoxicants perform their work as heinously as they do
in the gutters, but less publicly. Almost the only social
men's clubs in the United States without a bar attached are,
so far as the writer has observed, workingmen's clubs. These
appear to be generally devoid of that institution. There are
few fashionable club houses in the United States where intoxi-
cating beverages are not sold. While intemperance is a
monstrous evil, and cannot be too earnestly fought against,
we should not fail to see that it is at the same time both an
effect and a cause. When we look for the worst effects of
intemperance we go to our crowded cities and great indus-
trial centers. But here we find industrial and social con-
ditions which force us to believe that, until they are remedied,
we can look for no lasting growth of temperance or strengthen-
ing of character: on the one side, immense wealth, with its
temptations of pride and luxury ; on the other, crowded
tenements, hot and noxious in summer, always loathsome and
240 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
repulsive, occupied by those who do not know whether they
will find work that day or not. Their condition is often the
effect of their former intemperate habits, and in turn it drives
them and their children into further depths of inebriety.
An important reason for the craving for intoxicants, as is
shown by one of the foremost of American physiologists, is
the lack of sufficient food or of a sufficient variety of whole-
some food, and especially poorly cooked food. These and
many other facts with regard to the economic conditions of
our day admonish us that the thoughtful temperance advocate
must embrace in his efforts both temperance and industrial
reforms.
Another serious waste of wealth results from the use of
tobacco. In 1886 there were 743,460 acres of land devoted
to the production of this weed, and the quantity of cigars,
cigarettes, and cheroots consumed by the American people in
the year 1880 reached the enormous number of 2,821,776,282.
In the year 1892 (fiscal year ending June 30) there were
put upon the market for consumption 4,601,525,650 cigars
and cheroots, and 2,896,4.07,763 cigarettes, a total of
7,497,933,413. The tobacco that was consumed by chewing
and in the form of snuff was, in 1880, 136,275,835 pounds,
and in 1892 the amount put on the market in the United
States was 265,522,329 pounds. The indirect loss resulting
from the use of tobacco is not so great, nor are its effects
upon the consumers so disastrous as is the case in the con-
sumption of intoxicating drinks, but it is at least doubtful
whether the enormous outlay shown by the above figures is
compensated by any increased happiness of the people.
The opium habit is said to be rapidly growing in America.
Its effects are even worse than those of alcoholic intemper-
ance, destroying both the mind and body and transforming
its victims from productive members of the community into
a public burden.
There are other objects of foolish and harmful consump-
tion which will suggest themselves to any thoughtful per-
son.
HARMFUL CONSUMPTION. 2-il
STJMMABY.
1. Harmful consumption is that which demoralizes the consumer and
lessens bis economic efficiency.
2. The principal harmful consumption is that of intoxicating beverages
and tobacco.
3. The^er capita consumption of each is increasing in the United States.
4. In comparing this consumption with that of food it must be remem-
bered that a large part of the latter does not come on to the market.
5. The indirect'cost to the community is greater than the direct cost.
QUESTIONS.
1. Is luxury harmful consumption? Why?
2. Is all harmful consumption luxury? Why?
3. What is the ultimate destiny of the two?
4. What is the amount of intoxicants sold in the United States? Of
tobacco? The value of each?
5. How does it compare with food consumed? What is the difficulty of
comparison ?
6. What is the indirect cost of this pernicious consumption?
LITERATTJBE.
Mitchell, Kate, M.D. : T}it Drink Question.
Richardson, B. W., M.D. : Ten Lectures on Alcohol.
Kerr, Norman, M.D.: Inebriety, its Etiology, Pathology, Treatment, and
Jurisprudence.
Glum, Franklin D., M.D. : Inebriety, it* Causes, it's Results, its Remedy.
Cyclopedia of Temperance and Prohibition.
The Voice, of New York. An organ of prohibition.
The Union Signal, of Chicago. The organ of the National Women's
Christian Temperance Union.
CHAPTER V.
CRISES AND ANALYSIS OF CONSUMPTION.
Crises. — Crises are attended with a glut in the market,
and it is said that they are caused by overproduction. A
French economist, M. Jean-Baptiste Say, however, has de-
veloped what is called a theory of the market, which has
quite generally been accepted by economists. It is that
there is no such thing as overproduction, and never can be
until all wants are satisfied. He says that the remedy for
apparent overproduction is more production. Men bring
commodities to the market. What do they desire? Not
money, says Say, but commodities, money being a mere
medium of exchange. Now we have already seen that a
consumer is a producer. If there is a deficiency of con-
sumers it must be because those who would like to consume
have not produced economic goods for exchange. Overpro-
duction, so called, is really underproduction, according to this
theory. There is a large measure of truth in this theory.
When are we most troubled with a glut in the market ?
Undoubtedly when least is produced. When is there the
most ready sale for commodities ? Undoubtedly when every-
body is at work, or when most is being produced.
There is, however, another sid-e to the question. It is
quite possible to produce a larger quantity of some com-
modities, as potatoes, cotton, cloth, etc., than people need.
More railways are often produced than the people need at
the time. The effect of disproportionate production is that
some commodities cannot be exchanged. Those who have
produced them do not make their normal purchases. There
is a falling off in sales of some other commodities, and
among those engaged in producing these other wares some
CRISES AND ANALYSIS OF CONSUMPTION. 243
cease to produce. Demand again falls off, and still others
cease to work, as already explained. There is dispropor-
tionate production and overproduction of some things, and
finally general overproduction, owing to underconsumption,
due in turn to lack of purchasing power.
The intervention of money is an important factor. Un-
dou'itedly commodities are in the end exchanged for com-
modities, but the intervention of a medium of exchange
produces weighty consequences. Commodities are in the
first instance exchanged for money, and all liabilities must
be met in money. Houses, lands, etc., can only indirectly
pay debts, and at times cannot rescue one from bankruptcy.
Changes in money supply, especially a contraction of the
volume of money, will render it impossibel for producers to
meet their engagements; production will begin to diminish,
demand will begin to decrease, and the result is apparent
general overproduction.
Remedies for overproduction or underconsumption, which-
ever one may choose to call it, are many. Whatever im-
proves industrial society in any respect is a partial remedy.
It is especially desirable, however, to bring producer and
consumer as near together as possible, because it often hap-
pens that mutually desired products cannot, as a matter of
fact, be exchanged. Obstructions to trade should be re-
duced to a minimum where they cannot altogether be
removed.
Analysis of Consumption. — An analysis of the con-
sumption of individuals, families, and societies is most in-
structive. An analysis of the expenditures of a family is
called a family budget. Dr. Ernst Engel, the former dis-
tinguished head of the Prussian Statistical Bureau, has
advanced the theory that it might be possible by a careful
study of a sufficient number of family budgets for a period
of years to construct a sort of social signal service. His
idea is that changes in total expenditure and in expenditures
for various items in a sufficient number of typical families
could enable us to predict the coming of industrial storms.
244
OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
The theory has not, so far as the writer is aware, ever been
fully worked out, bnt the thought is suggestive.
The following tables, copied from the Report of the Massa-
chusetts Bureau of Statistics of Labor for 1885, are worthy of
careful examination :
ENGEL'S LAW.— PRUSSIA.
ITEMS or EXPENDITURE.
PERCENTAGE OF THE EXPENDITURE OF THE
FAMILY OF
A workingman with
an income of from
$225 to $300 a year.
A man of the Inter-
mediate Class ( "Mit-
telstandes ") with an
income of from $450
to $600 a year.
A person in easy cir-
cumstances ("des
Wohlstandes ") with
an income of from
$750 to $1,100 a year.
1. Subsistence
Per cent.
62.0 ]
5.0 \
2.0 1
1.0 j
1.0 V 5.0
1.0 J
Per cent.
55.0"
18'° 90 0
12.0 JU'U
5.0
3.5 '
2.0
2.0 V 10.0
2.5 J *
Per cent.
50.0]
12;0 y 85.o
5.0 J
5.5]
3.0 1
3.0 I 15.0
3.5 J
2. Clothing
3. Lodging
4. Firing and Lighting
5. Education, Public Worship, etc. .
6. Legal Protection
7. Care of Health.
8. Comfort, mental and bodily recre-
ation
Total
100.0
100.0
100.0
" The foregoing table demonstrates the points upon the
strength of which Dr._Engel propounds an economic law.XW
"The distinct propositions are:
" First. That the greater the income the smaller the rela-
tive percentage of outlay for subsistence.
" Second. That the percentage of outlay for clothing is
approximately the same, whatever the income.
"Third. That the percentage of the outlay for lodging or
rent, and for fuel and light, is invariably the same, whatever
the income.
* In the original table this item was 1.5. The present chief of the Bureau,
Hon. Horace G. Wadlin, kindly writes to the author that in his opinion it
should be as given above, which makes the total correct, and this preserves
'• the regular progression of item 8 in the three columns." ,
CRISES AND ANALYSIS OF CONSUMPTION.
245
" Fourth. That as the income increases in amount the per-
centage of outlay for sundries becomes greater."
MASSACHUSETTS.-PERCENTAGES OF EXPENDITURES.— AMOUNT, $754.42.
ITEMS OF EXPENDITURE.
Mass. Budgets,
1883.
Engel'sPrussian
Law.
Mass. Bureau
Table, 1875.
Average.
Subsistence
Clothing
49.28
15.95
50.00
18.00
56.00
15.00
51.76
16 32
Rent
19.74
12.00
17 00
16 25
Fuel
4.30
5.00
6.00
5 10
Sundry expenses. . . .
10.73
15.00
6.00
10.57
Totals
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
COMPARATIVE PERCENTAGES OF EXPENDITURES BY THE FAMILIES OF
WORKINGMEN IN ILLINOIS, MASSACHUSETTS, GREAT BRITAIN, AND
PRUSSIA.
ITEMS OF
EXPENDITURE.
Illinois.
Massachu-
setts.
Great Britain.
Prussia.*
Average.
Subsistence. . .
Clothing
41.38
21.00
49.28
15.95
51.36
18.12
55.00
18.00
49.25
18.27
Bent
17.42
19.74
13.48
12.00
15.66
Fuel
5.63
4.30
3.50
5.00
4.61
Sundries
14.57
10.73
13.54
10.00
12.21
Totals
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
These tables will help us to understand the social troubles
of our time. They show that the amount which workingmen
have for all the higher wants and for health and recreation
is still extremely small. Civilization develops the higher
wants, but the improvements of the distributive processes of
industrial society have not kept pace with the developmemt
of these wants.
* It is to be noted that for Prussia a family of the intermediate class is
taken.
17
246 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Crises are periods of arrested industry attended by gluts and apparent
overproduction.
2. Overproduction means really uneven production resulting in impeded
exchange.
3. The remedy is to remove the obstacles to trade.
ENGEL'S LAW (FOR PRUSSIA).
4. The greater the income the smaller the relative percentage of outlay
for subsistence.
5. The percentage of outlay for clothing is approximately the same,
whatever the income.
6. The percentage of outlay for lodging and rent, fuel and light, is in-
variably the same, whatever the income.
7. As the income increases in amount the perceutage of outlay for sun-
dries becomes greater.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is a crisis ? A glut ? What is the popular explanation of the
latter?
2. What facts are opposed to this explanation ? What kind of over-
production is possible ? Why ?
3. What is the remedy for a crisis ?
4. What is meant by Dr. Engel's theory of a social signal service?
5. What are his four laws ? Do they apply universally?
6. Compare in detail the expenditures of Prussian and American families
as given in the tables.
LITERATURE.
Say, J. B. : Political Economy, American edition, Book I, Chapter XV,
" On the Demand or Market for Commodities."
BOOK III.
PUBLIC ECONOMICS.
PART I.
PUBLIC INDUSTRY AND THE RELATION OF
THE STATE TO PRIVATE ENTERPRISE.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
WE said in the opening of Book II that the difference
between public and private economics was not wholly a dif-
ference between enterprises, but very largely a difference
between parts of the same enterprise. There is no such
thing as a purely private enterprise, and we may perhaps say,
also, that there is no such thing as a purely public enter-
prise. Certainly in the vast majority of the enterprises with
which we are familiar private and public activities are com-
bined in varying proportions. Let us take the case of an
industry which is as nearly private, perhaps, as any we can
find — that of agriculture — and notice the part which public
activities play in securing the farmer's result. First, we say
that the farmer owns his own farm ; this is private property.
But how comes it that the farm is his ? Why does not a
stronger man drive him off and take the farm himself ?
Plainly because the State, which is the organ of public
activity, protects him in the possession of his farm. When
he bought the farm he took his bill of sale or deed to a
government official, who recorded it and thus gave him an
official guarantee of possession. A neighbor's dog kills his
sheep, and an appeal to the State compels the neighbor to
redress the grievance. Another, far below, dams a river and
backs the water up so that it overflows his land. Another
appeal to the State removes the dam or secures damages.
250 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
When wheat is raised the farmer hauls it to market ; but
how is this made possible ? By a road built, not by private
but by public activity. The railway lowers the price of his
wheat by a discriminating rate, and again government inter-
feres in his behalf.
So much for the protections of government, the list of
which could be greatly extended. But there are exactions
as well which profoundly affect the farmer's economic activ-
ity. He has mortgaged his farm and does not pay. The
sheriff appears and sells it to another man. Taxes are levied,
and again if he does not pay his property is sold and the
amount of the tax appropriated by government. An infec-
tious disease, breaks out among his cattle, and in spite of his
protest they are slaughtered under public authority, and he is
paid, not his own but an appraiser's price. A railway is
built across his farm and, unwilling though he be, his land is
taken and an appraiser fixes the price. This list, too, might
be greatly extended, but enough has been said to show that in
a highly organized State public activities are inextricably in-
terwoven with private activities, and that any such thing as
independent and unlimited private control is out of the ques-
tion. The industry of agriculture, which we have seen to be so
largely dependent on government for its benefits, and respon-
sible to it for its obligations, is after all one of the most thor-
oughly private industries in existence. The farmer is free to
make any bargain he pleases with his laborers, the manufac-
turer often is not. He can build as he pleases ; the dweller
in the city cannot. If he hauls a neighbor's wheat, he can
charge what he pleases, the railway cannot ; and so on indefi-
nitely.
Thus we see that all enterprises are the result in part of
public activity, and also that the part played by this public
activity is different in different industries. We may lay it
down as a general principle that, as society becomes depend-
ent upon the individuals in control of an industry, it pro-
tects itself by State activity. The different forms of State
activity will be examined later.
INTRODUCTORY. 251
It is important for us to conceive clearly at the outset the
exact subject of our inquiry. We are not concerned
merely with State revenues or with the few industries which
the State has taken entirely under its control, but with the
partial control which the State exercises over all industries.
Considered thus, public economics covers all the ground
which we have examined under private economics. It
concerns rent, wages, interest, etc., because it has a part in
determining all these things. It affects profoundly all the
fundamental economic processes of production, exchange,
distribution, and consumption, which we studied under pri-
vate economics. We study the same facts as before, but
we study a different set of causes.
The State. — Without going into the question of what
constitutes a State it will answer our purpose here to notice
the extent of the conception as we use it. We in the United
States are familiar with many kinds of government. When
we speak of "the government," we generally mean the
federal government, with its seat at Washington. Then
comes the State government, then the city, the county, the
township, and the school district. Each of these has its own
governing to do, and is backed up in the doing of it by all
the governments superior to it. Now, it is entirely an acci-
dent with us that out of these half dozen forms of govern-
ment only one, and that not the highest, is known as the
State. In nearly every other country the governmental
divisions most nearly corresponding to our States are known
by some other name — departments, provinces, etc. When we
use the term in the present work we never mean a State in
our American sense unless that meaning is specified, but
any society acting through government. Local governments
are, of course, only branches of the main government. So,
when a school district hires a school-teacher, or a township
mends a road, or a city builds water works, or a "State"
builds a penitentiary, or the federal government builds a
post office, all these are State activities in the scientific sense
of the word. So, too, when we speak of State intervention
252 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
we may be talking about the township or the city or the
general government. These are only different ways of exer-
cising one and the same kind of power — that of organized
government.
The Nature of State or Public Activity. — The laws
which we have considered under private economics operate
for the most part unconsciously. A law regulates with force
the wages of workmen, but neither workmen nor employer
in general know why wages are as they are. Men loud
money or goods, now for one price, now for another, but
few know why they demand interest or why the rate
changes. . These processes go on visibly before us, but the
governing laws are hidden except to the careful investi-
gator. In this respect they are like the laws of physiology.
We all eat and digest our food, but how many people know
how or why digestion takes place ? The laws of this private
social economic activity are largely of this sort, spontaneous
and unconscious.
The laws of public activity are, on the contrary, conscious
and volitional. When we decide to make a law or levy a
tax we do it consciously, considering arguments, and finally
will the thing in question. Individual citizens may not real-
ize what is going on, but the men composing the govern-
ment know what they are doing and why they are doing
it. Some people are inclined to call those spontaneous and
unconscious forces which we have compared to digestion
natural, as contrasted with these efforts to modify results
consciously, which they would call artificial or even unnat-
ural. One objection to this is that unobserved it prejudices
all our conclusions. It is of the utmost importance that we
should understand what is natural to man.
We are all aware that nature and natural are vari-
able terms. Is it natural for animals to swim? That de-
pends on the animal ; for beavers, yes; for cats, no. Is it
natural for beings to be governed by unconscious laws or
instincts? That depends on the being; for cattle, yes; for
men, no. Is it natural for men to divide goods on the basis
INTRODUCTORY. 253
of selfishness, or "grab what you can?" For some men,
yes, but not for all; in some stages of development, yes, but
not in all. Plainly, that is natural in human conduct which
is in accordance with the nature of man. What kind of a
nature has man ? We can answer at least in part. Is man
a selfish animal ? Certainly. Is he a social animal ? Un-
doubtedly. Is he a thinking animal? Unquestionably. Is
he a moral animal ? Beyond a doubt. Few will question
that all these elements are contained in human nature and
that their diversity explains the perpetual warfare in the in-
dividual life. If selfishness is necessary to the beginning
of life it is inadequate to its completion. Selfishness never
makes a man. We must add the social nature, teaching men
to act in concert; the intellectual nature, teaching them to
act consciously; the moral nature, teaching them to act~
rightly. When a man defends his greed on the ground that
it is " human nature " all he means is that it is- his nature,
that greed is natural to those who have not developed be-
yond the barbarian stage. Concert, consciousness, and con-
science are as natural to the ultimate man as greed is to the
primitive man. It was the mistake of Rousseau and his
school to confound the primitive with the natural. They
said, " Back to nature." They should have said, " Forward
to nature." We have noted a tendency to increase public
activities as civilization develops. This may now be stated
in another way. As men come into closer and more vital
contact with each other their activities tend to become social,
conscious, and ethical. By no means all of this tendency cul-
minates in governmental action, but much of it does so, and
whatever we may conclude as to the wisdom of such action
Ave must not beg the question by calling it unnatural.
We have dwelt thus at length upon this point because
while no one urges that the long-established activities of
government are unnatural or artificial every proposal to ex-
tend these activities is tacitly or openly opposed on these
grounds. It is generally objected to a law limiting the
hours of labor that it is unnatural, as if a free scramble were
254: OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
the natural condition of society. Whether such a law be
wise or not we shall consider later; but one thing is certain,
it is not unnatural. If the social and ethical elements in
human nature are to dominate more and more the isolating
instinct of selfishness, we must certainly expect as a natural
result more associated action, more thoughtful action, more
action for the common welfare.
The State as an Instrument of Associated Activ-
ity.— It must be remembered that associated activity, far
from being confined to government, is rather the rule than
the exception in private enterprise. We have now corpora-
tions for railways, for commerce, for manufacture, for educa-
tion, for evangelization, for charity, for almost every under-
taking known to modern life. As these corporations increase
in permanency, magnitude, and power to accomplish their
purpose they approach increasingly to the character of in-
dependent governments. The question to-day is not between
individual action and associated action, but between differ-
ent kinds of associated action; that of the corporation and
that of the State. Without anticipating here a discussion
which must receive our careful attention later, we may notice
briefly certain characteristics of the State which distinguish
it from private corporations.
1. The scope of State action is necessarily great. A private
society may in some respects do better charity work than
the State, but nothing in its nature guarantees that it will
cover the whole field. That which is undertaken by the
State must usually be undertaken comprehensively and
apply equally to all parts of its territory.
2. The power of the State far exceeds that of any corpora-
tion acting under its authority. Great corporations some-
times seem omnipotent, and they exercise an enormous and
pernicious influence over legislation itself, but they can by
no means command the resources and power of the State
under which they operate.
3. The State acts for all citizens, Avhilc corporations in
general act for a few and not {infrequently sacrifice the
INTRODUCTORY. 255
interests of the rest. It must be remembered, however, in
limitation of this statement that the disinterestedness and
impartiality of State action is by no means what it should be.
There is a constant tendency on the part of the governing
class to manage government in the spirit of private enter-
prise, for their own sake and the sake of personal favorites.
Under despotic government the " divine right of kings,"
which, properly interpreted, conveyed a correct idea, some-
times degenerated into the " divine right " of private owner-
ship on the part of the monarch. Louis XIV of France,
who better than any other monarch of recent times repre-
sented this despotic principle, said on an important occasion,
"lam the State;" and he carried out his theory. Govern-
ment under such a theory is an entirely untrustwoi-thy
instrument of social action. Unfortunately, however, under
such circumstances private enterprise is apt to be equally
corrupt. Its only advantage is that it is usually much less
powerful for mischief. This private ownership idea is now
thoroughly discredited in theory, though the spoils system in
American politics shows its tenacious survival in practice.
Its presence unquestionably greatly reduces confidence in the
State and efficiency in State activity. Few will doubt, how-
ever, that public enterprise is conducted far more with a
view to the welfare of all than private enterprise which is
confessedly managed in the interest of a few.
4. The State in its activity may enlist private services. The
private citizens in cooperation with public servants in various
branches of the public service is one of the distinguishing
characteristics of excellent administration in modern times.
It follows from the foregoing that the State is most effi-
cient in the management of interests that are general, exten-
sive, slow in bringing returns, and dangerous as tools of
private interest. It is least efficient in the management of
interests that are special and sectional, and of those which
require minute supervision but do not convey dangerous
power to private hands.
256 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Public industry includes the part played by the State in private in-
dustry as well as the entirely public industries.
2. All private industries are largely dependent upon public activity.
3. All private industries are subject to demands on the part of the State.
4. The State is society acting through government.
5. State activity is conscious and volitional in its laws, while private
activity is governed by laws which are largely unconscious.
6. State activity is as natural, though not as primitive, as private activity.
7. Associated activity is displacing individual activity, leaving us only
the choice between the State and private corporations.
8. The State has greater scope, greater power, greater impartiality, and
can more readily enlist private activities than any private agency.
9. The State is fitted for the management of interests that are general,
extensive, slow in bringing returns, and dangerous as tools of private in-
terests.
1 0. The State is ill fitted for the management of interests that are sec-
tional and special and which require minute supervision.
QUESTIONS.
1. Define public industry ; private industry. Do they involve different
phenomena ?
2. In what two ways are private industries dependent upon the State?
3. Define the State; its two meanings; which meaning is intended here?
4. Is public activity natural or artificial? Explain fully.
5. What choice is open as to means and methods of industry ?
6. What are the advantages and disadvantages of the corporation as con-
trasted with the State? Of the State as contrasted with the corporation?
7. What interests are adapted to State management? To private man-
agement? Why?
LITERATURE .
Adams, H. C. : Relation of the State to Industrial Action.
Ely, 11. T. : Problems of To-day, Chapter XVII to the close.-
CHAPTER II.
FUNDAMENTALS— THE RIGHT OF PRIVATE PROPERTY.
BY far the most important economic function of the State
is the establishment and maintenance of those fundamental
laws which underlie all private economic activity. Only the
briefest statement of these is possible within the limits of an
elementary work.
Private Property. — This is a right so fundamental in
our modern life that we scarcely think of it as a creation of
man maintained by constant vigilance on the part of the
State and subject to human modification. Still less, perhaps,
does it seem to us a right open to question. It seems like
bed rock, an ultimate right, needing no other justification
than its own obviousness. If Ave feel thus, however, about
the right of private property or ownership it is only because
\ve are dominated by present and local customs rather than
by the facts of history or reason. We do not intend to im-
peach the right of private ownership, but it is a right which
may as fairly be called in question as any other and must
justify itself in the same manner. When a custom has ob-
tained very widely and is deeply rooted in human life there
is often a tendency to claim it as a " natural right." By a
natural right men usually mean a right which is arbitrary,
which is a right because it is a right, and " that's all there is
about it." There are no such rights. All true rights are
rational rights, rights which can show good reason for their
claims and can justify their existence on the ground that
they promote human welfare.
T/icre is no jyossible basis of human right except human
welfare. To claim that certain rights are ultimate without
reference to their effect on society is to beg the question, and
258 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
has been well characterized as " dogmatism in disguise." It
is characteristic of unscientific and superficial thought to talk
much of natural rights, and it is an encouraging sign that in
our day such rights are subjected more and more to searching
scrutiny. It is, therefore, as scientists rather than as icono-
clasts that we should inquire into this time-honored right of
private property.
1. Beginning of the Right. Looking back into history we
discover first that private property did not always exist.
The savage at first owned nothing. Doubtless when he had
caught or killed an animal he considered it more or less his,
though even here it was the common property of the family
or tribe rather than his own. Beyond this there were no
property rights as we now understand them. Doubtless
there were struggles for the possession of hunting grounds,
but the victor's sense of ownership or right was little better
developed than that of a victorious lion or buffalo. From
these insignificant beginnings the right or sense of ownership
has grown, including more and more articles and dividing up
the ownership more and more, until at last nearly everything
is owned and nearly everybody owns something. Not until
the agricultural stage did land become property, and the
last forms of tribal ownership have not yet everywhere dis-
appeared before individual ownership.
2. Strengthening of the Right. The next thing that im-
presses us is that private ownership has not always been
so extensive or so exclusive as at present. We have seen
already that the institution of private property has been ex-
tended to many things which were at first free goods. It is
equally noticeable that the right of ownership has grown in
intensity and exclusiveness. This is especially marked in
the case of individuals whose claims as opposed to those of
the tribe were at first slight and vague ; but they gradually
grew, especially in the case of the chieftain, until tribal or
communal rights broke down before them. The time was
when a Scottish clan had absolute right to the territory they
occupied, and no chieftain, however powerful, could have
FUNDAMENTALS— RIGHT OF PRIVATE PROPERTY. 259
abridged that right. Now there are beautiful tracts of coun-
try in Scotland which are almost denuded of their agricul-
tural population because the owners, the descendants of these
same chieftains, have preferred to raise game rather than
men on their estates. All are familiar with the general lib-
erty allowed in this country of hunting and fishing on pri-
vate estates, which in Europe is unheard of. Slowly, how-
ever, we are beginning to extend our claim to game and fish
also, and this leniency of ownership is disappearing.
Limitations of the Bight by and in Behalf of the
State. — 1. Taxation. We next notice that the right of
ownership, though tending toward absolutism as between
individuals, yet never reaching absolutism even as between
•private persons, has never been anything like an absolute
right as regards the guarantee of the State. The State has
always reserved certain rights over private property, and
while owners have gotten increasing guarantees of protection
against other individuals they have been 'obliged to make
increasing concessions to the State. Taxation, for instance,
as understood to-day is a comparatively recent right. Dur-
ing the Middle Ages the right to take private property for
the support of the State was stoutly resisted, and there was
a strong tendency to regard taxation in the modern sense as
extortion. It was in part a survival of this mediaeval spirit,
which made our forefathers so averse to British taxation and,
later, to taxation by their own government. Now the right
of taxation is universally admitted. This is the first, the
most universal and the most serious limitation imposed upon
the right of private property by and in behalf of the State.
2. Eminent Domain and Requisitions. The next limita-
tion is the right of the State to appropriate specific pieces of
property with direct compensation to the owner. This is
done especially in time of war, when all kinds of supplies
are seized and payment made as government sees fit, regard-
less of the owner's wishes. In time of peace such purchases
are seldom necessary, though the right always remains. In
one most important particular, however, this right is in almost
260 OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
constant exercise, that is, in regard to land. As applied to
the purchase of land this is known as the right of "emi-
nent domain," which simply means that the State's claim
to land is paramount. Transactions involving the exer-
cise of this right are not simple seizure, as is the case with
taxation, but genuine sales, with this important difference,
that they are compulsory. These two rights are exceedingly
comprehensive. The State may appropriate any portion of
the property of its citizens without compensation, so long as
it takes from all alike. It may farther buy any man's prop-
erty to any extent at an appraised valuation and without his
consent.
Limitations of the Right by the State in Behalf of
Individuals. — We have now to notice still farther limita-
tions placed by the State upon the right of property not now
in its own behalf but in behalf of individuals. The first is
the right of eminent domain exercised in behalf of individ-
uals or private corporations. We have seen that private
property has been more and more guaranteed against private
trespass, but while the individual is thus prohibited from
seizing another's property he may in certain cases get the
State to seize it for him. This is illustrated in the building
of railways. Railways in this country are built by private
enterprise, but their right of way is secured by the right of
eminent domain. This is simply a necessity, as no railway
could be built without it. Added to this is the vast system
of legal limitations to the use of private property with which
we are familiar. Nothing is more fallacious than the notion
that the right of ownership allows a person to do as he pleases
with his property. Undoubtedly a man's property rights
have often been so defined as to admit of much abuse, but it
has been the tendency of the State to so limit the right as
to exclude abuses, and such limitation is necessary to secure
private property against attacks. Whenever a given right
of property has proved to be generally unfavorable to the
welfare of society government has modified or abolished the
right or jeopardized its own stability by a failure to do so.
FUNDAMENTALS — EIGHT OF PRIVATE PROPERTY. 261
Historical Cause of Private Property. — If we ask the
reason of private property we must distinguish between two
things, the cause of private property in the past and the
justification of it in the present. We will first consider the
cause of private ownership. If we take the case of the sav-
age who captures an animal, the chieftain who appropriates
the land occupied by his tribe, the nation which dispossesses
another nation, and ask the origin of ownership in each
case we shall find it to consist in conquest or force. Prop-
erty was owned simply because those who held it had the
power to exclude others from the enjoyment of it. But how
does this ownership come to be right? Simply by long
continuance. The Normans held northern France at first
by the most unjust force ; afterward by the justest of rights.
Hardly anyone will deny that the original wanton seizure
was unjustified ; but surely all will admit that after the
lapse of centuries any attempt to expel the descendants of
the invaders would be the grossest of wrongs. But how can
a wrong become the basis of a right ? Simply by a change
in the conditions of human well-being. This brings us to
The Justification of Private Property. — It is not cor-
rect to say that a wrong ever becomes the basis of a right.
A violent seizure never in itself justifies ownership. Noth-
ing can be more perilous than for the owners of hereditary
rights to rest the justice of their claim upon its past origin.
Few titles of long standing could be traced back very far
Avithout disclosing at some point violence or craft or fraud
which the moral sense of the community would condemn.
The dead past should not be urged either in justification or
condemnation of existing institutions. They must be judged
by their relation to present and future well-being, and by that
only. Thus the seizure of Normandy was a wrong. It
rudely disturbed the conditions of social well-being. For
a similar reason the later retention of Normandy was right.
Human life had adjusted itself to the conditions resulting
from former wrong, and any disturbance of these conditions
for the sake of old scores would have been a sacrifice of
18
262 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
human well-being and a wrong. Any attempt to rectify
past wrongs when the disturbed equilibrium has been re-
stored is an attempt to gather up spilled milk.
Should Private Property be Retained? — Those
familiar with socialist doctrines are prepared for such a
question, although the modern socialist does not propose to
abolish private property altogether, but only in the instru-
ments of production, as we shall presently see when we come
to discuss socialism. In view of what has been said the
question may be put in another way : Does private owner-
ship promote the welfare of society — not the welfare of the
owner simply, but the welfare of society as a whole ? If it
does not, then there can be no question ; private property
should cease. The fact that I have long owned a thing, and
that my father and grandfather owned it before me, is no
reason why I should continue to own it. Of course we
should make no changes for uncertain reasons, but if it is
clearly proved that my ownership is an injury to society I
ought to renounce my title and society ought to annul it.
This is no place to discuss at length so great a question,
but we may mention some considerations of importance.
First, there can be no doubt that at present the ownership
of property is the greatest incentive offered to private en-
terprise. It is by no means the only incentive, nor need it
perhaps always be the greatest, but that it now is the great-
est can hardly be doubted. The greatest thing in human
life is its incentives, and while some incentives may, and
naturally do, diminish in importance as new ones develop, to
destroy a powerful incentive is a certain disaster. This
single consideration, to which many others might be added,
is in itself sufficient to justify the institution of private prop-
erty.
But, inasmuch as private property has always been and
must of necessity be limited, the question assumes another
form : JIow much private ownership should be retained ?
We may lay it down as a general principle, making at pres-
ent no application of it to details, that as private property
FUNDAMENTALS — RIGHT OF PRIVATE PROPERTY. 263
is a social institution it finds its limitations in the wel-
fare of society. As soon as any of its forms or extensions
become anti-social these should be suppressed. Private
property is in general specially beneficial as tending to in-
creased production, although some forms of it decrease pro-
duction, owing to large waste involved. The disadvantage
of private property appears particularly in distribution,
although here its effects are partially beneficial. We must
never forget that abundance of goods does not necessarily
make a people prosperous. If they are so distributed that
great goods are devoted to the satisfaction of little wants,
and little goods to great wants, then certain individuals
may be prosperous; but the majority of men will be miser-
able in the midst of abundance. That private ownership in
some cases tends to this result can hardly be doubted, and in
such cases no justification for it seems possible.
Influence of Private Property on Individual "Wealth.
— As private property lies at the basis of the existing eco-
nomic order it is the institution which, above everything else,
determines what share of the total income of society each one
shall enjoy, and every modification of the institution changes
the distribiition of wealth. Private property in railways ex-
plains a large proportion of the mammoth fortunes in the
United States. Whether public ownership of railways would
have been desirable or not, it is certain that it would have
brought with it no such inequalities as private ownership.
Even a change in the laws governing the transmission of
property from the dead to the living in France brought with
it a modification in distribution decreasing the number of
those owning vast fortunes, and adding to the number of
those enjoying a competence. Private property must be then
remembered as the greatest force in the distribution of
wealth.
264 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Private property is the most important condition of private industry
furnished by the State.
2. Like all other human institutions, it is subject to examination and
change.
3. Human welfare is the only possible basis of human rights.
4. Private property originated in conquest and force, a fact which neither
justifies nor condemns it.
5. The right of ownership was formerly less extensive and less absolute
than now.
6. The State has increased the guarantees of private property as between
man and man while asserting more extensively its own rights of taxation,
requisition, and eminent domain.
7. The latter right is now frequently exercised in behalf of private inter-
ests.
8. Extension of private ownership tends to stimulate production and to
concentrate wealth in large fortunes.
QUESTIONS.
1. Why is private property often held to be a natural right not open to
discussion ? What is a " natural right? "
2. What is the basis of human rights ? Are they subject to examination ?
3. What is the origin of private property? Does this justify it? Why?
4. What change has taken place in the extent of the property right ? In
its absoluteness ?
5. Has the State increased or decreased its guarantees of private owner-
ship as regnrds other private parties ? As regards its own claim? Why?
What farther extension of State limitations in recent times?
6. Should private property be retained ? If so, how far ? Why ?
7. What is the effect of private property on production? On distribution ?
How far is the effect in either case beneficial? Why?
LITERATURE.
The subject of private property in its economic and social aspects is
one which lias been singularly neglected by English and American writers.
John Stuart Mill treats it briefly in his Political Economy, Book II,
Chapters I and II. The most satisfactory treatment found in economic
literature is that given by Professor Adolph Wagner in his Grundlegung
der Politischen Oekonomie. By far the best treatment of private property
from the legal standpoint with which the present writer is acquainted is
given by the distinguished German jurist, the late Professor Rudolph von
Ihering, in the first volume of his Zweck im Recht. No one who would be
well informed on this subject should neglect to read his masterly exposition.
CHAPTER III.
FUNDAMENTALS— GUARANTEED PRIVILEGES.
Trade-marks, Copyrights, and Patents. — Closely
connected with the general subject of property is a legal
arrangement whereby exclusive privileges are awarded in
return for services to society. These privileges become a
special form of private property, and have particular signifi-
cance in the distribution of wealth, although they are not
without importance in the production of wealth on account
of the stimulus which they give to improvement.
Trade-marks come under this head. They give property
in a design which characterizes the product of a single
undertaking, as an individual manufacturer, a firm, or a com-
pany. It is altogether desirable that those who, by the
superiority of their wares, establish a reputation should be
protected from that contemptible class who, without energy
or initiative of their own, attempt to steal the fruits of the
exertions of others. It encourages a producer to establish a
reputation to know that he can distinguish his goods by a
design which others may not imitate.
Copyrights and Patents. — Government creates exclusive
privileges by copyright and patent laws; but this is done
professedly in the interest of the general public, and not of
any favored class. Authors and inventors are granted ex-
clusive rights in their productions for a limited period.
This monopoly is considered a fit reward for valuable public
services. Copyrights and patents have been objected to as
interferences with natural liberty, but they appear to have
justified themselves in the stimulus which they have given
to authorship and invention. It must, however, be remem-
bered that all intellectual effort is an historical product.
266 OUTLINES OB' ECONOMICS.
The telephone, for example, did not spring from the mind of
one man, as Minerva from the head of Jupiter. The tele-
phone was preceded by a century of scientific invention
and discovery, most of it poorly enough remunerated. The
telegraph was, similarly, the result of generations of careful,
plodding industry of scores of men. Professor Henry, of
Princeton College, whose services in connection with the
completion of the telegraph were most distinguished, con-
scientiously refused to take out any patent. It also happens
that several persons almost simultaneously and independ-
ently make the same discoveries and inventions. Now, if
the man who makes the finishing touches which lead to utili-
zation of a long line of work alone is rewarded, it is like
paying only the workman who put the roof on the house.
It is not generally understood how serious an interference
with liberty patents are. A man who has a patent is al-
lowed to say to all the rest of the world, " Because I have
first done such and such things you must not do them."
Yet there may be those who about the same time, without
any knowledge of him, had found out how to do them.
When a principle existing in nature is allowed to be
patented, and not merely the application of the principle,
the interference with liberty becomes still stronger. The
practical conclusion is somewhat like this : Patents, like
copyrights, are beneficial. Experience seems to warrant
this assertion. Patents do not, however, rest on so strong a
basis as copyrights, because no two persons could ever write
precisely the same book, and the fact that I have written a
book in no wise keeps you from writing any book you
please. Yet even intellectual effort is largely a social product.
No great author gives the world what was merely evolved
out of himself. On the contrary, such a one lets an age
speak through him. The principle which should govern
copyrights is a clear one. It is to give an author reward
for his services, not to give persons a reward for services
which others have performed. As has been well said, were
not copyrights limited we might now have a " Duke of
FUNDAMENTALS — GUARANTEED PRIVILEGES. 267
Shakespeare," deriving a large income from the services of
a man who lived three hundred years ago.
Patents should not be granted on light and trivial
grounds, and the period for which they are granted ought
to be strictly limited, and subterfuges for the evasion of
this limitation ought not to be suffered to succeed as at
present. Moreover, owners of patents ought to receive their
patents on conditions which will compel them to use them
or allow them to lapse ; also, to grant to others the right to
use the patent on payment of a reasonable royalty. It has
also been found beneficial in some countries to lay an annual
and perhaps slightly progressive tax on patents, so that
those which are not important or not used may not interfere
with industrial progress, for it is a condition that non-pay-
ment of the tax works forfeiture of the patent. Laws ought
also to be changed so as to prevent such an abuse of patents
as ^ye have frequently witnessed in our rural districts, where
farmers have been induced to infringe patents unwittingly
in order that damages might be collected from them. The
suggestion of a former commissioner of patents, that the
right of purchase of a patent be reserved by the United
States, is to be commended. Our patents at the present time
promote monopoly, and in some cases interfere senselessly,
it is to be feared, with manufactures. The patent laws re-
quire to be simplified and amended and their abuses removed.
At the same time reward should in some way always be pro-
vided for those who make valuable inventions.
The Right of Contract. — Scarcely second to the right
of private property is the right of contract for the mainte-
nance and value of which we are equally dependent upon
the State. Some sort of contract lies at the basis of all asso-
ciated activity. To secure the conditions of such activity two
things are necessary: First, that men should be allowed to
bind themselves; and, second, that they should be compelled
to respect the agreement thus entered into. Both these are
secured by the activity of the State. That such a condition
of associated activity among men should be maintained can
268 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
hardly be doubted, but it too has its limitations, limitations
resting here, as everywhere, upon human well-being. Limi-
tations upon this right have been known in varying degrees
and different forms from the earliest times. Legislation
prescribes under what forms and conditions contracts shall
be valid, and declares that under certain circumstances con-
tracts shall be null and void. Experience has shown the
necessity of this. Children, for example, cannot make valid
contracts, for they are not presumed to have the requisite
knowledge and judgment to protect themselves. Contracts
which are clearly opposed to public policy are invalid. A con-
tract whereby a person should sell himself into slavery would
not be binding, yet the rule is the validity of contracts.
The Right to the Establishment of Private Enter-
prises is closely allied to the foregoing. This right to man-
ufacture or sell what and when one pleases is a compara-
tively recent one. It has usually been greatly limited by
despotic governments, and the right has been made a matter
of sale for the purpose of raising revenue. Most such limi-
tations have been of the nature of abuses, and our own time
has seen the abolition of an immense number of hamper-
ing and vexatious restrictions designed for the plunder rather
than for the promotion of private enterprise. Restrictions
still exist, however, especially on the liquor traffic, which is
subject to severe limitations. In this case there is of course
a special reason for it. There is room for question whether
entire freedom in the establishment of private enterprises is
wholly profitable even in other cases. The tendency is often
to multiply the number of competing concerns far beyond the
point of greatest efficiency, and so to maintain a numerous
body of poorly paid toilers and an expensive service for society.
Personal Liberty, including the right of movement
and acquisition, is a right slowly acquired by society. It is
not and never was and never can be an unlimited right. So
long as men touch each other in society they must limit each
other, or the liberty of one becomes the slavery of another.
It is the endeavor of the State to equalize human liberty, not
FUNDAMENTALS — GUARANTEED PRIVILEGES. 269
to make it absolute, for this is impossible. The question is
not whether we shall limit liberty, but how we can so limit
it in each as to secure a maximum of liberty to all. Here
most of all we hear men talk of " natural rights." When
it is proposed to abolish the sale of intoxicating liquors it is
urged that men have a right to drink what they please.
When a man becomes a pauper through drink he claims
that he has a natural right to live and that society owes him
a living. If he leaves a helpless family at death the same
claim is made for them. Strange that men so seldom think
that society has " natural rights " of self-protection against
those who prey upon it. Liberty is indeed a great good, but
we must freely submit to restrictions upon our liberty — even
for the sake of liberty.
For the maintenance of these fundamental conditions of
private enterprise, namely, private property, liberty of con-
tract, liberty in the establishment of enterprises, and liberty
of person, we are dependent upon the State. No other in-
strument of society is adequate to this task. Self-help in
these matters, in a narrow sense of self-help, opposing self-
help to government activity, is not only insufficient for most
of us, but when exercised by the powerful, who prefer it, is
pernicious. There is a tendency of vast corporations in the
United States to use self-help in protection of property, sup-
porting armed forces to this end. This sort of self-help is
the beginning of anarchy, and tends to bring us back to a
condition of semi-civilization. Fortunately, legislation is re-
stricting the right of self-help in these cases. This is a point
on which there is virtually no disagreement. The mainte-
nance of these fundamentals, if they are to be maintained at
all, can be accomplished in no other way. When the State
attempts this and little more its policy is said to be passive.
Without its activity production, in its present form, would
be utterly impossible. And yet when its sphere is so re-
stricted we cannot say that the State participates actively in
production, as this word is generally used. This passive
policy is also called the laissez-faire, or let-alone policy.
270 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Trade-marks, copyrights, and patents are privileges guaranteed to in-
ventors, authors, and reliable manufacturers to reward and stimulate their
efforts.
2. All such efforts are largely social, however, and rights conferred should
be compatible with social interests.
3. Patents should be more stringently limited than now on account of
their exclusive and largely fortuitous character.
4. The right of contract is a condition of private enterprise furnished by
the State. Like the right of property, it should be preserved and limited.
5. The right to establish private enterprises, formerly much limited, is
now approximately free; it may require some limitation.
6. Personal liberty, including freedom of movement, is a right slowly ac-
quired and subject to some inherent limitations.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is a trade-mark? A copyright? A patent? "Which is most
clearly justifiable ?
2. What dangers attend the issue of patents ? Do they apply to copy-
rights as well ? Why ?
3. What element of injustice is involved in these privileges?
4. What two elements are involved in the right of contract? Under what
conditions is this right safe ?
5. What dangers attend freedom in the establishment of private enter-
prises?
6. What natural limitations are there to the right of personal liberty?
•
LITERATURE.
Annual Reports of the United States Commissioners of Patents, espe-
cially the Reports for 1 888.
CHAPTER IV.
STATE PARTICIPATION IN INDUSTRY.
WE have seen that the State's first service to economic
activity is the maintenance of certain fundamental condi-
tions which are the necessary conditions of that activity.
We have now to consider another set of conditions furnished
by the State, conditions less fundamental and more nearly
allied to the private factors of production, but of such a
nature that only the State can furnish them efficiently.
Industrial Facilities. — Under this head may be placed
roads, river and harbor improvements, lighthouses, and other
public works whose purpose is primarily to facilitate industry.
These are closely allied to capital invested in private plants,
but they are works of such general utility, and their service
to individual industries is so indefinite and difficult of calcu-
lation, that only the State can or will undertake them. To a
limited extent roads may be built by private individuals and
the cost be defrayed by charging toll, but this never pro-
duces a satisfactory and adequate road system. To a still
more limited extent private contributions may aid the con-
struction of works of general utility; but the experience of
all nations has shown that undertakings which require great
outlay, and promise only vague and remote returns difficult
of collection, will not usually attract private enterprise, and
the service, when rendered by private enterprise, is not satis-
factory if we view its results from a broad social stand-
point.
The only questions, therefore, are as to which department
of government should be intrusted with this economic func-
tion and how much should be done. On both these ques-
tions there has been much debate and much unsatisfactory
272 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
experimentation. In the case of roads the policy has pre-
vailed of leaving their construction and maintenance to 'the
city, village, or township. This policy, combined in the rural
districts with an antiquated and vicious system of taxation,
has resulted in a system of roads which are a national dis-
grace. This extreme localization of responsibility has fos-
tered narrow views and niggardliness which has brought as
a result impeded and impoverished rural industry. This
mistaken policy is largely due to a reaction against unwise
outlays made at an. early date in many States at a time when
resources were meager. The result was burdensome debts
which some of the States repudiated, and in some States
clauses were inserted in the constitution prohibiting expendi-
ture by the State for roads and similar improvements. This
explains the policy but does not justify it, and it is encour-
aging to note that an agitation in favor of roa'd improve-
ment has begun which promises substantial results. The
mistake seems to have been in defining local interests. Be-
cause a mile of road is in a township it does not follow that
it is a township interest. It may and often does form a part
of a far-reaching and important system, and represents inter-
ests which the town will quite fail to appreciate. A post
office is local in situation ; but suppose townships were left to
operate their own post offices; would they do it adequately,
and if not, would none but local interests suffer ? In sharp con-
trast to our road system*stand our river and harbor improve-
ments, in connection with which the policy of national main-
tenance has prevailed. Whatever may be said of jobbery and
mismanagement in connection with these improvements,
their record has been economy and efficiency itself compared
with the wasteful and shiftless management of our roads.
Bounties, Subsidies, and Franchises. — Under this
head are included a great number of tangible encourage-
ments, not to private enterprises in general, but to particu-
lar enterprises. They differ from industrial facilities, which
we have just discussed, in that they are not public works
opened to private use, but transfers of goods to particular
STATE PARTICIPATION IN INDUSTRY. 273
individuals or private corporations to encourage their under-
taking.
Bounties are sums of money offered as inducements to
private parties. During the late war they were offered to
induce men to enlist in the army. As their use in such cases
is exceptional and due to emergencies which do not ordina-
rily arise and do not directly concern industry, we may omit
this part from our discussion. Bounties are, however, paid
by many governments for producing certain goods, which for
various reasons it is deemed" wise to encourage. The ex-
x ample familiar to us is that of the sugar bounty of two
3 cents per pound on sugar raised within the United States.
~ Canada offers bounties on iron ore mined, etc.
Subsidies are closely allied in principle to bounties. They
are payments to those undertaking enterprises of importance
',.' to the public but too extensive to be directly remunerative.
They are usually in the form of annual payments of a fixed
I sum. Money subsidies are common. Such are the subsidies
5 to steamship companies which have been voted at one time
£ and another by nearly all powerful nations.* Subsidies
have been granted to many other objects. In some of the
countries of Europe theaters and operas received annual
subsidies.
Land Grants. — Subsidies are not always in money. A
frequent form of subsidy to railways and canals in this coun-
try is known as the land grant. Railways built through
unsettled territory have often received grants from govern-
ment of alternate sections of the government land for a dis-
* Steamship subsidies liave several times been granted by our federal
government. A subsidy of $350,000 per annum was granted to a line run-
ning to Germany in 1847, and others soon after, and in 1852 our government
paid $1,946,686 in subsidies to encourage the development of an American
merchant marine. The system was discontinued in 1 858, but resumed in
1865. It developed extensive scandals, and was abolished again in 1875.
The policy has seemingly been resumed by the last Congress in the mail
contract granted to the "American Line" of steamships by the conditions
of which the Paris and the New York were registered as American
vessels.
274: OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
tance of some miles on each side of the railway. These grants,
which might perhaps better be classed as bounties than as
subsidies, have been the subject of much dispute and the oc-
casion of great abuses. Railways which have failed to com-
ply with the conditions of their grants have not unf requently
managed to keep possession of them in defiance of obvious
justice.
Loans of public credit are another kind of subsidy. They
are in principle a guarantee of private indebtedness by
government. The most prominent example of this in our
history is the so-called Credit Mobilier Company, organized
for the building of the Union Pacific Railway. The federal
government, in addition to an imperial land grant aggregat-
ing over thirty million acres for the Union and Central Pa-
cific Railways, guaranteed the indebtedness of the company
for $25,000 per mile of road in addition. This remarkable
subsidy, almost sufficient to build the road, was secured by
extensive bribery in which many members of Congress were
implicated. This has been pronounced by a recent writer
to be " probably the most extensive legislative scandal ever
known in the United States." The uselessness of the assist-
ance is seen in the fact that the money was virtually " ab-
sorbed " by the construction company which had corrupted
Congress to secure it, and added practically nothing to the
value of the road.
Franchises may for our purposes be distinguished into two
classes, namely, franchises in a broader and franchises in a
narrower sense. Franchises in the broader sense are special
rights and privileges conferred by a legislative body which
could not be exercised otherwise. The power granted to a
number of men to act as a corporation is itself a franchise, and
the various attributes of the corporation are its franchises.
Franchises in a narrower sense are grants of the use of
public property for private enterprises. Such is the right
granted a street railway or gas company to lay its tracks or
its mains in the streets. A franchise may be granted for a
term of years or forever ; it may be granted free or sold for
STATE PARTICIPATION IN INDUSTRY. 275
a specified amount or for a percentage of receipts ; it may be
granted unconditionally or conditionally. But however it
be granted it maintains one character at the bottom; it is
a bargain between private parties and public officials for val-
uable public property. In general the interests are great,
the officials few, and the private parties wealthy. If corrup-
tion is possible these are the conditions to produce it. It
will not surprise us, therefore, to find that after the Credit
Mobilier, perhaps the next greatest scandal in the United
States of recent years is connected with the granting of
franchises. In 1884 thirteen out of twenty-four aldermen in
New York formed an organization for the purpose of selling
franchises and agreed to vote together on all "business
transactions." They held frequent meetings, at which they
debated offers from private corporations. The Broadway
Surface Company offered them $500,000 for a street-car
franchise, which was granted free. Being vetoed by the
mayor, it became necessary to enlarge their " organization,"
and before it was finally passed over the mayor's veto
twenty-two aldermen were implicated. The fraud was for-
tunately discovered and some of its perpetrators punished,
but none of the immense value of the property thus lost to
the city was recovered.
It is useless to reproach those men. Culpable as they
certainly are, they are in no small degree the victims of a
system which corrupts private parties as surely and effectu-
ally as it does the State, and for which society as a whole
is responsible. It is surely desirable that good men be
chosen to office, but as surely as carrion attracts vultures,
rather than doves, so surely will a system which holds out
special possibilities to rascality attract men who will profit
by these opportunities. It is doubtful if a government ever
existed in a developed country which could safely trust
itself with the management of the vast private interests
which our civilization has developed. Certain it is, no so-
ciety ever before asked of its officials such impossible vir-
tues, or obtained them if it did.
276 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
We have said already in speaking of the functions of the
State that it is ill adapted to enterprises of a special nature,
that is, enterprises which profit a part of its citizens rather
than the whole. We might expect, then, that the history of
State aid to the special industries would not be wholly flat-
tering, and we shall not be disappointed in this expectation.
Much is said about corruption in public undertakings. There
is relatively little such corruption, as we shall see later.
Corruption occurs in mixed undertakings, in which part of
the transactions are secret and irresponsible and bribery is
made both lucrative and safe. While an occasional public
enterprise, like the building of the Capitol at Albany, has
been characterized by extravagance and inefficiency, and
perhaps gross frauds, such cases are the exception. On the
other hand, the history of government aid to private corpo-
rations has scarcely a clean page. The reason is not far to
seek. A public transaction is wholly public. Every step
in it is open, not only to the inspection of officials, but often
to that of private individuals as well. Even when officials
are lenient and the public negligent the opportunities of
embezzlement are comparatively few. There is always a
chance, and generally a likelihood, of detection. A private
corporation, on the other hand, is private. It can conceal
profits, falsify accounts, water stock, and in a thousand ways
conceal the nature of its transactions. If it spends money
to buy up a legislature the public frequently does not find it
out. This power is bad enough when there is no question
of government aid, but when private interests are enlisted
to secure subsidies, land grants, franchises, etc., their power
is a menace to the very existence of liberty.
Another difference between public and mixed enterprises
is that the former are much more readily changed. When the
State decides upon a public undertaking, it does so by statute,
which can be amended or repealed as need requires. But
corporations are organized under charter, and, however in-
jurious to society, these charters, having been declared con-
tracts by our courts, are made inviolable by our federal con-
STATE PARTICIPATION IN INDUSTRY. 277
stitution. Mistakes thus made by the government in these
mixed undertakings cannot be remedied, as in the case of
strictly public enterprises. This branch of our history is
full of instances of exaggei'ated privileges conferred on
private corporations for long terms or in perpetuity, and
which simply had to be endured.
It is hardly too much to say that the principle of State aid
to special enterprises is the most vicious and uncontrollable
of all forms of State activity. While it may be and doubt-
less is justifiable in certain cases, all experience points to a
reduction rather than an increase of the number of mixed
enterprises. It is no implication that legislators are worse
than other men, to say that their integrity should not be ex-
posed to the extreme test which it has so often and so sig-
nally failed to bear. Where in the annals of contemporary
public enterprise can we find a parallel to the Credit Mobi-
lier in America, or the Panama Canal scandal in France ?
The corruption of government is a sad fact, but it is largely
a corruption by private interests. This leads us to the
second objection. There is no necessity for it. Private en-
terprises which, because of their magnitude or because they
are undertaken for the general interest, cannot succeed with-
out public aid are unfit for private management.
19
278 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMABY.
1. State participation in industry in its simplest form consists in the fur-
nishing of free industrial facilities, roads, harbors, etc.
2. The public roads in the United States have been generally left to units
more local than the interests involved, and have been neglected in conse-
quence.
3. River and harbor improvements have been committed to the central
government with better, though not ideal, results.
4. Bounties and subsidies are payments of money to encourage private
enterprises.
5. Land grants are a form of subsidy to railways and canals.
6. Loans of public credit are public guarantees of private indebtedness.
7. Franchises are grants of privilege, or, more narrowly, grants of public
property for temporary or permanent use by private parties.
8. All these forms of public aid to individual enterprises have been more
or less productive of corruption wherever adopted.
9. Mixed enterprises are less responsible to the public than public enter-
prises.
10. Mismanagement of mixed enterprises is more difficult of correction
than1 of public enterprise, being protected by charter rights.
11. Private enterprises requiring extensive public control are safer in the
hands of the State.
QUESTIONS.
1. Why should the State build roads? If left to private enterprise what
would be the result ?
2. What is the advantage of the county or State over the township in
road building, and vice versa ?
3. What policy has prevailed in the United States in road building? in
harbor improvement ? What are present tendencies?
4. What is a bounty? a subsidy? a land grant? a loan of public
credit? a franchise? What is the danger of each? Why?
5. What are the objections to State participation in individual private
enterprises? What other policy is possible?
LITERATURE.
Hudson, J. F. : The Raihvays and the
CHAPTER V.
STATE REGULATION OF INDUSTRY BY TAXATION.
Wi: have to do, not with taxation as a means of raising
revenue, the consideration of which conies later, but with
taxation as a measure of repression or encouragement. Such
taxation is of two kinds, taxation on domestic products and
taxation on imports.
Tax on Domestic Products. — When duties are laid on
a great variety of manufactured domestic products, most of
them are purely revenue duties. Such was the case during our
last war with our " internal revenue," and often in the history
of many European countries. Such duties are also frequently
called excise duties. No government lays duties in general
for the purpose of restricting or repressing the development
of its own industries. To this rule, however, England and
America have made a few undoubted exceptions. The to-
bacco and liquor industries need limitation of the most
stringent character, as many people believe, and this senti-
ment expresses itself in these countries by restrictive taxa-
tion. In England this restrictive character of the tax is less
marked, and the need of revenue would probably keep the
tax in force even if the theory of restriction were not held ;
but in the United States this purpose of the tax is so strongly
marked that at a time when our revenues were excessive and
a means of reducing them was earnestly sought the senti-
ment in favor of those taxes was strong enough to prevent
their repeal.
The history of our internal repressive taxation has at least
two lessons. In the first place, the tax must not be too high.
Beyond a certain point it fails to repress and results in
evasion and corruption of officials. During the period when
280 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
whisky was overtaxed in our country it was constantly sold
in our markets at less than the amount of the tax. What
clearer proof could there be that the law was evaded ?
Another tendency was developed at the same time, perhaps
even more pernicious, namely, the adulteration of liquors
with poisonous ingredients. The fearful character of the
intoxicating liquors sold here at and since that time is in large
part due to habits fostered by injudicious efforts at repress-
ive taxation.
The second lesson is that repressive taxation on industries
of this character exercises but a feeble influence in the direc-
tion of repression. Probably the most efficient service such
a tax renders is to shift consumption from a heavily taxed
and supposedly more injurious liquor to a more lightly taxed
and presumably more innocent one. This result has some-
times followed in a marked degree, but beyond this a princi- ^
pal argument for such taxes must be the revenue they produce.
Protective Duties. — These are duties levied on imports
with a view to increase the price of goods brought from
abroad and so " protect " the home producer against foreign
competitors, and thus regulate commerce in his favor. This
regulation is called protectionism, and it will at once be rec-
ognized as a vast subject which could easily be made to
fill several volumes like the present. It will here be possible
merely to mention the main points in the controversy be-
tween those who believe in this kind of regulation — protec-
tionists— and those who do not — free traders.
Arguments of Protectionists.— It is argued in favor of
protectionism that it promotes nationalism, and this is held
to be a good thing. It is urged that domestic trade draws
the citizens of a country together, while international trade is
cosmopolitan and tends to their separation. Protectionists
maintain further that protective tariffs are necessary in order
to build up a diversified national industrial life. They claim
that there exist in a new country like the United States
many natural industrial advantages of which the inhabitants
cannot avail themselves unless they are at least temporarily
STATE REGULATION OF INDUSTRY BY TAXATION. 281
protected. Government should, they say, foster infant in-
dustries, in order to develop our natural resources and to
produce diversity in industrial pursuits. The diversified-
national-industry argument and the protection-to-infant-indus-
tries argument are thus supplementary. It is held that older
nations, with their superior capital and acquired skill, will
break down new pursuits in their infancy in order thereafter
to have the market to themselves. Closely connected with
this is an argument based on military grounds. It is often
thought by protectionists that industrial national independ-
ence prepares a nation better for international war. The
home-market argument for protection naturally follows. A
home market is claimed to be superior because it is alleged
to be a surer market. Producers are less likely to be de-
prived of it by war and other emergencies. It is, moreover,
urged that it is beneficial especially to the farmer, because
it saves the expenses of transportation of products to foreign
lands. It has also been maintained by the distinguished
American economist, Mr. Henry C. Carey, that a country
can remain permanently prosperous only on condition that
what is taken from the soil should be returned in manure
and other kinds of fertilizers, and that this will be accom-
plished only when products are consumed at home.
Finally, protection has been advocated in the United States,
especially since about 1840, when the labor movement began
to assume prominence, on the ground that it has been the
cause of higher wages in the United States than in European
countries, and that it is necessary to maintain these high
wages, which are said to be one main cause of our higher
civilization.
Arguments of Free Traders. — It is frequently alleged
that protective tariffs are a violation of an assumed natural
right of every man to buy his goods where lie will and to
sell his products wherever he sees fit, untrammeled by hu-
man laws. The question of natural right has been sufficiently
considered elsewhere. It is much to be desired that argu-
ments of this sort should cease to be heard so frequently.
282 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
It has been claimed that the protective tariffs in the United
States are unconstitutional. It would be most unfortunate
and anomalous if nowhere in our country were lodged the
power to pass such regulations regarding international com-
merce as might appear to be required for the promotion of
the public welfare. But this argument is idle. It does not
correspond to the opinion of our best jurists, and it is very
certain that we shall never see a supreme court in the United
States which will venture to pronounce protectionism uncon-
stitutional. Protectionism has been called socialism, but this
epithet of malignity is so generally applied to whatever a
person incompetent to argue a cause does not like that it
will scarcely terrify any one.
The really able arguments of free traders are those which
aim to show that protectionism on the one hand fails to ac-
complish its ends, or is needless for the accomplishment of
the ends it contemplates ; on the other hand, actually does
accomplish positive harm. It is denied that protectionism
is necessary to foster nationalism, and modern experience
presents strong testimony to support this denial. During the
past fifty years international commerce has expanded mar-
velously, and international communication has been in every
way facilitated, while at the same time we have witnessed a re-
markable growth of national feeling all over the civilized world.
It is not clear that protective tariffs are necessary to pro-
duce a diversity of pursuits in a great country like the United
States. It is admitted that a purely agricultural nation is
not likely to progress rapidly ; but it would seem that our
enormous extent of country, our varied climate, our natural
gifts of all sorts, had in themselves amply provided for suffi-
cient diversity, and it can scarcely be maintained that one or
two pursuits, more or fewer, can be of importance. A vast
number of pursuits means widely extended division of labor,
and this is by no means an unqualified blessing.
The argument for protection on the ground that it is a
benefit to the wage-earner does not seem to the writer con-
clusive. When this argument is analyzed and answered in
STATE REGULATION OF INDUSTRY BY TAXATION. 283
detail it is seen to involve a discussion of many complex
economic problems. One consideration only will be suggested
in this place. Labor comes in competition with labor, not
directly with commodities. Labor desires commodities, and
the more commodities it receives the better. Now, if it is
desired to protect labor, a tax ought to be put on imported
labor, and labor ought thus to be rendered scarce. If this
were done, then those who desire labor would be obliged to
pay heavily for it, as actually happened in England after
' 3 *fj . the "Black Peath" in the fourteenth century had killed off a
large part of the laboring population. If it is desired to
. benefit labor it would seem to the author that after importa-
1^, c^^tion of labor has been taxed, and labor thus rendered scarce
and dear, the importation of such commodities as are con-
sumed by wage-earners primarily should be encourriged in
order that labor might secure an abundance of them cheaply.
It is maintained by free traders that protectionism is espe-
cially injurious because it diverts industry from a more to a
less productive channel. It is held that industrial forces, if
let alone, will seek those fields which yield largest returns,
and that if government artificially induces them to take an-
other direction the factors of production become less fruitful
and the national economy suffers.
It is, moreover, alleged that protectionism fostei-s monop-
olies because it shuts off international competition. Recent
combinations of domestic producers, as seen in trusts, which
control so large a portion of the industrial field, would seem
to support this allegation. It is certainly taken for granted
that if foreign competition is shut off or lessened home pro-
ducers will still compete. That has been one of the funda-
mental arguments of protectionists, but now we find home
producers combining to put an end to home competition. It
is scarcely too much to call this an abuse of the principle of
protection.
Some General Considerations ought to be kept in
mind in tariff discussions. First, its importance is exagger-
ated. "NVe find a country like England prosperous under
284 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
free trade; we find countries like France and the United
States prosperous under protection. It is of real but not of
vital importance. Domestic trade exceeds in its aggregate
amount in the United States almost immeasurably foreign
trade. The domestic trade of the Mississippi valley alone
is far greater than our entire foreign commerce. It is much
to be desired that other economic questions should be more
discussed.
Second, statistics about a country's prosperity, urged either
for or against protection, are, as usually presented, of no
value. The tariff policy of modern countries has been a
minor factor in their industrial life. Inventions and discov-
eries, especially the application of steam to industry, and the
growth of intelligence, have been the chief forces which
have made such astounding additions to the wealth of the
world during the nineteenth century.
Third, bad as it may be in many respects, the American
tariff is an historical growth, and during the century of our
national existence it has taken deep root. It has become
part of our life, and it cannot be suddenly eradicated with
impunity. If it is true that American labor would be better
off without it, it does not follow that it ought to be removed
suddenly in the interests of American labor. If an indus-
trial growth is abnormal it is none the less true that adjust-
ment to normal conditions is a painful process and should be
conducted cautiously. Displacements of labor and capital
cause suffering and loss. At the same time, it is impossible
to tolerate permanently a bad condition of things, and while
rashness is to be deprecated progress should be insisted on.
Our capital has become enormous. Skill has been devel-
oped in our country, and it is not clear that our industrial
leaders are not quite capable of holding their own with the
world in a free market. The fact that labor receives a large
share of the product, if such is the case, does 'not render
labor and the other factors of production less fruitful. Does
the American farmer abandon the cultivation of land be-
cause out of a hundred bushels of wheat grown he must
STATE REGULATION OF INDUSTRY BY TAXATION. 285
give the American laborer, say, fifty, while his European
rival gives only thirty bushels out of a hundred ? He still
has fifty bushels left.
This is only a small part of the subject of protectionism
and free trade, a very small part, but it is trusted that it will
prove suggestive, and that no one will terminate with this
his tariff studies.
It may be said in conclusion that reform of the tariff is
possible both from a protectionist and from a free trade
standpoint. One thing desired is simplicity in our tariff
system, which is now complex. No article should be taxed
unless there is some good reason for it. Other things being
equal, the fewer articles taxed the better. Reductions in
duties wherever practicable should be made. Specific duties,
that is, duties which are calculated by weight, measurement,
or count, as simple and less provocative of temptation, are
from the standpoint of honest administration preferable to
ad valorem duties, that is, duties which are a percentage on
value, a thing so hard to be determined.
The main disadvantages of specific duties are two, namely :
In the first place, they frequently conceal the real amount of
the tax. Five cents on an article does not seem a high tax
when mentioned, but if the price of the article is only five
cents it is a tax of one hundred per cent, which has a very
different sound. In the second place, it is not easy in a sys-
tem of specific duties to tax articles consumed by the rich
more heavily than those consumed by the poor. A tax on
cloth of five cents a yard makes no distinction between
cheap and expensive cloth. Of course, silk goods may be
taxed more heavily per yard than cotton goods, wine more
heavily per gallon than beer, and so on indefinitely. But
this is otily an approximation to proportionality. We can
only say that specific duties are to be preferred when their
peculiar disadvantages do not more than counterbalance
their obvious advantages.
286 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Taxes on domestic products are laid usually to raise revenue; rarely,
as in the case of liquors and tobacco, to restrict consumption.
2. Such taxes, if too high, produce evasion and adulteration, each more
objectionable than the normal consumption.
3. Taxes on imports are for revenue or to "protect" home production.
4. Protection is defended as encouraging nationalism, diversification of
industries, and industrial independence, saving transportation, keeping up
the soil, and maintaining high wages.
5. It is attacked as contrary to natural right, unconstitutional and unnec-
essary either to develop industries or national sentiment.
6. A tax on laborers imported would seem to be a better protection for
American labor than a tax on goods.
7. Protection is said to foster monopoly and pervert the natural course of
industrial development.
8. Present tendencies to monopoly indicate an abuse of protectionism.
9. The tariff has been intentionally exaggerated in political discussions.
10. It is deeply rooted here, and must be corrected or removed slowly.
1 1. A reform in the details of our tariff system is needed from the stand-
point of either protectionism or free trade.
QUESTIONS.
1. "What two purposes may justify an excise tax? an import tax?
2. What difficulties are there in the way of an excise for restricting con-
sumption ? What results are actually accomplished ?
3. What is protection? What arguments favor it? How far is each valid ?
4. What arguments are urged for free trade ? How far is each valid ?
5. What is the relative importance of the tariff controversy in politics?
6. What is the value of statistics in tariff arguments? Why?
7. What objection is there to a sudden change in the tariff system ?
8. What possible ways are there of protecting labor by taxation ?
9. What are the advantages of ad valorem duties? Of specific duties?
The disadvantages of each ?
LITERATURE.
List, F. : National System of Political Economy ; an able protection work.
Taussig, F. W. : Tariff History of tiie United States ; the work of a fair-
minded free trader.
Patten, S. N. : Premises of Political Economy; new view of protection.
Thompson, R. E. : Protection to Home Industry ; a popular presentation.
Ely, R. T. : Problems of To -Day. Chapters I-XV. Argument for tariff re-
form.
CHAPTER VI.
STATE REGULATION OP INDUSTRY BY POSITIVE STATUTE.
WE meet here a mass of legislation which it is impossible
to examine or even to mention in detail in the short space
available. It is the result of one of the most stubbornly con-
tested battles in all economic history, but a battle now
decided so far as the principle is concerned. We have
touched briefly upon this struggle in Book I in speaking of
the non-interference theory promulgated so vigorously by
Adam Smith and his followers. The essence of this was
that the State should let industry alone ; that beyond pro-
viding the fundamentals and the most general industrial
facilities any interference on the part of the State is pro-
ductive of more harm than good. There was a profound re-
liance on the regulative power of competition, which is the
balanced equilibrium of self-interest. The mistake of the
older economists lay in treating it as though it were the only
regulative force. The fact is that competition is only one of .
a number of forces which balance each other, and if the
other forces are removed competition itself soon disap-
pears. Now, one of the most fundamental and natural
of these forces is law, the expression of the ethical sense of
society through the organ of government. It is as natural
for men to make laAvs as to try to "buy cheap and sell
dear." The attempt to regulate industry by competition
alone was an attempt to travel on one leg. At the first
jostle it was necessary to call the other leg into service or
tip over.
Labor Legislation. — Legislation in behalf of labor was
soon found necessary. It became evident that workmen did
not by any means move about sufficiently to secure the high-
288 OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
est wages, that they did not quit the employer who was
careless of their lives and safety, above all that they did not
limit their numbers in a way to prevent a fall of wages.
The reason is plain when we stop to think of it. Wage-
earners have families and are attached by many ties to the
places where they live ; they are poor and cannot move to
distant localities ; they are ignorant and do not know where
better wages are to be had ; they are improvident and do
not prepare for the future wisely, especially for a future
which mostly concerns posterity. In a word, they are inca-
pable of competition on equal terms. Employers, too, do not
do as they were expected to do. It is for their interest to
develop a strong and efficient class of workmen, but they
sadly neglect their interest in this regard. It cannot be
claimed that employers as a class have taken any consider-
able precautions to maintain a high standard of efficiency
and well-being in Avorkmen, though they would be better off
as a class if they did so. The reason is that their immediate
interest is in lowering wages, and they cannot under a sys-
tem of fierce competition ignore their immediate interest
while seeking to promote ^tlt^mate interests, for those who
did so would be speedily driven to the wall by those who
did not. It is just here that the necessity for law or collect-
ive social action appears, namely, to enable men to substitute
large and ultimate interests for immediate and destructive
ones. It would be unjust to employers to assume that they
do not care for their employees. The most would be glad to
deal more liberally with their men, but a few will not, and by
their competition they compel the rest to do as they do or
leave the business. This gives us a fundamental principle
of the utmost importance. Under pure competition the least
scrupulous competitor tends to impose Ms moral standard
ttj)on the rest. An instance of this is found in the case of
barbers who on different occasions in large cities and recently
in national convention have resolved to agitate for a law
closing barber shops on Sunday. As a class they desire this,
but a few will keep their shops open, thus compelling the
STATE REGULATION OF INDUSTRY BY STATUTE. 289
rest to do so or lose their regular customers upon whom
their business depends.
Exactly the same need of law appears in connection with
wage-earners. Without legal regulation we may expect as
a certain result, first, a lowering of wages through competi-
tion (or what amounts to much the same, a keeping down of
wages when general prosperity is increasing); second, a sub-
stitution of women and children for men in easy employments
with a lower wage and a farther ultimate reduction in the
wages of men, so that not infrequently after women and
children arc employed the wages of a whole family are no
more than the wage of a man before ; third, the destruction
of home life and hoinc economy and the great extension of
immorality ; finally a permanent reduction in the standard
of life. This progression is the chief disaster which can be-
fall any people.
1. Laws JRestrictinff the Employment of Women and Chil-
dren. We must insist upon a limitation of labor for children
which will allow a sound physical and mental development.
Not only are most employments injurious to the health of
children, but they all interfere with education. Even if we
gained in goods by child labor (which on the whole we do not
do) we should and must sacrifice this advantage rather than
wrong the future citizen and jeopardize the republic by neg-
lecting his education.
The case of women is equally imperative. As mothers
they must neglect their children if they work in factories.
Infant mortality and disease are the certain result. This is
by no means all. It is a mistake to suppose that we are rich
simply in proportion to our goods. We are rich also in pro-
portion to the use we make of them. What can we expect in
homes where parents and children simply come home to
sleep ? Thrift, neatness, comfort, to sny nothing of affection
and the thousand elements of value in home life and associ-
ations, can scarcely exist. This is emphatically a case where
the wage-earning classes would be richer with fewer goods,
with time left to attend to the problem of consumption of
290 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
their income. But goods would not be less. Of course legis-
lation cannot prohibit female and child labor, but it can and
should limit it strictly with a view to the facts here con-
sidered.
2. J5(Mcs Limiting the Hours and Days of Labor. — Nothing
at first seems more unnatural than to forbid a man's working
as long as he likes. This would actually be the case, if he
worked for himself, but " no man liveth unto himself." It is
a demonstrable fact that if a small minority of workmen in
a community are willing to work twelve hours per day un-
der the competitive system the rest will have to do so. They
probably get no more wages and produce no more goods ;
they simply live so much less and retard human progress.
It is the same as with the barbers. Without law it takes
practical unanimity to carry a point ; with law a majority
can do so. The unanimity is impossible. When a large
majority of society favors a change, which should rule, it or
the minority ? We may lay down the following principles
in confidence :
First, the working days should be limited, with different
limits for men, women, and children. Sometimes the limit
can be established by private combination, and legal limita-
tion is not required. It has been observed that in the ab-
sence of well-enforced legislation the working day is apt to
be longer in those manufacturing establishments in which
women and children are employed .than in those in which
men are employed, because the latter can combine more
effectively. Private combination to effect a reduction of
working hours has both limitations and disadvantages. It is
not likely to be effective in an occupation unless a considera-
ble degree of skill is required in it, because otherwise it is
not possible to bring about common action among nearly all
competitors for employment, and, as just stated, a small mi-
nority can defeat the wishes of a vast majority. It is to be
remembered that industrial invention and progress have bro-
ken down the barriers between occupations and made it com-
paratively easy to learn to do new work in a manufactory.
STATE REGULATION OF INDUSTRY BY STATUTE. 291
Private combination is, therefore, less effective than formerly,
and this may explain the favor with which legal regulation of
the length of the working day is received in a country like
England by the very classes which a few years since rejected
it. Private combination would, in the light of recent strikes
in the United States, not seem to be sufficient for employees
of vast corporations like our American railway companies.
Private combination has its disadvantages, because it causes
serious loss in strikes which attend it and because it incon-
veniences and injures innocent third parties, namely, the gen-
eral public. When the public interest is so great, as in rail-
ways, it would seem the only rational course to have public
regulation of the hours of labor, establishing a normal work-
ing day, and, with this, public preservation of the peace.
It is to be noticed finally that in ordinary manufactories
it often appears to be sufficient to establish a normal work
day for women, children, and young persons, as when these
stop in establishments in which their work is essential the en-
tire working force must also quit work. It is customary in
England at present to limit the day only for these three
classes named.
Second, Sunday labor should be limited to the real needs
of society. The day is needed for something else than get-
ting a living.
Third, employers should be compelled to take due precau-
tions for the safety and health of employees.
Fourth, law should be invoked in those cases where a
minority can thwart the purpose of the majority or other-
wise seriously injure society.
Just how long a working day should be we cannot here
discuss. Ten hours is doubtless a maximum, and there is
some reason to believe that an eight-hour day in manufactures
would prove equally productive and be of immense gain to
society. Instead of so short a day of labor a shorter week,
allowing a Saturday half holiday, has some decided advan-
tages. This system, which is in vogue in England, is at least
worthy of careful consideration in this country.
292 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
3. Laws Regulating Labor Contracts. — These have been
found necessary almost everywhere. Laborers are notori-
ously unable to make prudent contracts, and the courts are
frequently given power to set aside such contracts and sub-
stitute more equitable ones. A law of the most sweeping
character has often been urged, establishing a minimum rate
below which wages could not go. There is something to be
said in favor of such a law, but unfortunately one serious
objection to it aside from the very great difficulties of
carrying out its provisions. While laws limiting the hours
and establishing the conditions of labor all tend to develop
and uplift the workmen, this simply tends to give him more
goods. As we have said, this alone cannot help him. If it
resulted in wastefulness or simply in increase of numbers, as
might be the case, such a law would enlarge society without
benefiting it. It is doubtless better to enact laws affecting
the wage-earner indirectly, and, by making him more intel-
ligent and capable, to try to enable him not only to secure
but to profit by a larger income.
Laws Regulating Monopolies and Trusts. — The leg-
islation we have been considering has been developed mostly
in England, and grew out of the inability of employees to com-
pete with their employers. Different conditions in America
have shown the inadequacy of competition more especially on
another side. Competition is as unable to protect the con-
sumer as the wage-earner. The breakdown of competition has
in many cases been complete, and society has found itself face
to face not with rivals who vied with one another in offers of
cheap service, but with monopolists who exacted what they
could. Of late law has been freely invoked to protect society
from their extortion. The justice of such laws can hardly
be doubted, but their expediency and efficiency is by no
means so clear. The case is simply the converse of what we
considered under subsidies. The private interest which will
use its resources to secure a vote of land or money or other
advantage will do the same thing to ward off a threatened
tax or vexatious regulation. Railways furnish a familiar
STATE REGULATION OF INDUSTRY BY STATUTE. 293
illustration. In every legislature they keep a powerful lobby
which often dictates all important legislation. Not to men-
tion other forms of bribery, which, of course, are private, a
most demoralizing species familiar to everyone is the giving
of passes. In the legislature of a Western State a number
of railway lobbies keep clerks writing passes all the time. A
single State legislator is said to have received and distributed
a thousand passes in one session. These passes are even sent
to people who do not ask for them, in the hope of winning
their political support. In this State alone the fares repre-
sented by these passes amount to hundreds of thousands of
dollars. It is needless to say that the people pay for these
free rides, but this is not the worst. It is a species of brib-
ery by which the State is plundered, its government demoral-
ized, and its citizens corrupted. It is astonishing that consci-
entious people are so slow to recognize the nature of the crime
in which they thus participate.
When public clamor at last secures the passage of a law
the same corrupting agencies are turned against the officers
charged with its execution. It would be hasty to conclude
that anti-monopoly laws cannot succeed, but it surely cannot
be claimed that they have so far succeeded. The lesson of
State assistance, tax regulation, and statutory regulation is
the same. When private interests become monopolistic and
powerful they not only do not serve society reasonably, but
all efforts to compel them to do so result in the corruption of
government and in ignominious failure. Laws regulating
labor are feasible and just because, laborers having little power
to lobby and corrupt legislatures in their behalf, such laws
are the concession of humanity, while laws favoring powerful
monopolies are usually the price of a bribe. Laws opposing
such monopolies are too often in turn only an occasion — per-
haps even a bid — for bribes in their application. Would it
be strange if a person unbiased by prejudice or self-interest
should conclude that private interests which have grown
powerful enough to deny responsibilities and defy regulation
should pass ivholly under public control ?
20
204: OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Statutes regulating industry were generally abolished early iu the pres-
ent century, owing to reliance on competition.
2. Legislation protecting labor was soon found necessary, however.
3. Under pure competition the least scrupulous competitor tends to im-
pose his moral standard upon the rest.
4. Women and children especially require protective legislation.
5. Law can feasibly limit the hours and days of labor, which can other-
wise be limited only by unanimous agreement.
6. Labor contracts can be somewhat, though not extensively, regulated
by law.
7. Legal regulation of monopolies and trusts has been extensively tried,
with most unsatisfactory results.
QUESTIONS.
1. What was relied on to regulate industry during the Middle Ages? dur-
ing the first part of this century? With what result?
2. What classes have proved unable to do without legal protection ?
Why?
3. What kind of a competitor has the advantage under pure competition ?
Why?
4. What should the law aim to secure for women? for children? Why?
What is the result of their extensive employment iu industry ?
5. How should days and hours of labor be regulated? Why? Labor
contracts ? Why ?
6. What is the result of attempts to regulate monopolies bylaw? Why?
LITERATURE.
See works already cited, and
Jevons, W. S. : The State in its Relation to Labor.
CHAPTER VII.
STATE MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRY.
Ix the preceding chapters we have considered the relations
of government to private industry, and have discovered two
connections in which our history has been a disastrous fail-
ure. These are, first, assistance in enterprises which are
too great or too general in the benefits they confer to make
private enterprise adequate; and, second, the regulation of
private enterprises which have become so powerful and des-
potic as to be a menace to society. If we examine closely
into those cases of corruption which we have considered we
shall find one characteristic pervading all. The -enterprises
in question are in their nature monopolies, or they are made
so by the action of government. By a monopoly is meant a
business which is not limited by competition. It may con-
sist of a single firm or of many firms bound by an agreement
not to compete. If this agreement is definite and formal it
is called a pool or combine ; if the parties merge their sepa-
rate existence in that of a single larger corporation this is
called a trust. The principle is the same in any case. The
monopolistic concern, the pool and the trust, all agree in
this, that they charge what they please. The limitations to
this principle we have already considered. But while mo-
nopoly price has a natural limit it is a limit much less favor-
able to the public than tliat set by competition. The result
is that monopoly business creates increasing inequalities in
the distribution of wealth and corresponding suffering on
the part of the poor. Monopoly is inherently objectionable.
Even if its owners are magnanimous and unselfish, which has
hardly been true up to date, the centralization of the power
of industry in a few hands, with its enormous resulting
296 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
wealth, is undemocratic, and makes the many dependent upon
the few. Such a dependence, not of man upon society, but
of society upon a despot, would be a paternalism more odious
than any that a government has ever offered. The reaction
against the mediaeval system which we have before consid-
ered was due in no small degree to the monopolies estab-
lished by royal grant, which were one of its most hateful
features. The experience of all the past teaches one lesson:
private monopolies are intolerable in a free country.
There is a group of industi'ies which we may call natural
monopolies, because they are monopolies by virtue of their
own inherent properties. They are of vast importance, and
the property which they own is in value a considerable pro-
portion of the property of the United States, and, in fact, of
any modern country. The monopolistic character of these
enterprises can be plainly seen by reference to their chief
characteristics : 1. They occupy peculiarly desirable spots
or lines of land. 2. They can increase the service or
commodity which they supply without a corresponding in-
crease in capital. 3. The service or commodity which they
supply must be used in connection with the plant which sup-
plies it.
We will examine briefly these characteristics. If there is
only one spot or line of land for the business it is manifest
that the enterprise having the position must be a monopoly;
but when there are several spots or lines of land one may be
much better than another. Usually there is room for onlv
one street-car company in a street, or one elevated rail-
way over a street, and the company having the possession
has, so far as that street is concerned at least, a complete
monopoly. Often the possession of a few streets gives con-
trol of an entire section of a city, or, indeed, the whole city,
so that any extension of the service must come from the com-
pany already in possession. This is, for example, very nearly
the position of New York city with respect to the elevated
railways. The great steam railways occupy peculiarly favored
spots or lines of land to an extent which is not generally
STATE MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRY. 297
appreciated. Of course along a considerable distance of their
line duplication, so far as land is concerned, seems easy enough ;
but there are certain very important points at which such is
not the case, as a pass through a mountain which may be very
narrow. It frequently happens that a railway which passes
between a mountain and a river occupies the only line which
is available without enormous cost; in cities, too, a company
early in the field often secures a valuable line or tract of land
which cannot be duplicated. This is the case with the New
York Central and Hudson River Railway, in New York city,
and with the Pennsylvania system in Philadelphia, and to
some extent also in Baltimore and in Washington.
The fact that the industry can be increased without a pro-
portionate increase of capital makes it, of course, cheaper for
one company to do a given amount of business than for two
or more. It is on this account that monopolies have been
called industries of increasing returns. To what extent
economy is secured by increasing the magnitude of a business
is in many branches of industry more or less open to question,
but in the case of the industries under consideration it is not
only cheaper to manage a business as one whole, but very
muc'i cheaper ; consequently there is always an inducement
held out to various companies or persons engaged in a busi-
ness which is a monopoly in its own nature to effect a combi-
nation. The result of a combination is increased gains, and
as the purpose for which the business is followed is gain there
is a constant force contending to bring all those together who
are in this business, and this force ultimately overcomes the
most serious obstacles.
If the commodity could be separated from the plant
furnishing it the monopoly would be far more difficult and
perhaps impossible. If the German telegraph service could
furnish us with telegrams in the United States, as a German
manufacturing establishment can send us its products, we
would of course use the German service, and in the United
States often save seventy-five per cent ; but telegraphic service
can be only furnished where the plant is. The service which
298 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
a railway furnishes must be used in connection with the rail-
way itself.
The monopolistic character of these enterprises is further
demonstrated by experience. Competition has been tried in
all these branches of business and has never been permanently
successful. If we see a given experiment tried a thousand
times by different persons under every conceivable circum-
stance and find that it never succeeds we naturally draw
the conclusion that the effort is a hopeless one. This de-
scribes the situation with respect to the gas supply. It has
been tried in certain cities a half a dozen times, and it is
probably an underestimate to say that altogether the experi-
ment in various countries has been tried a thousand times,
and no one can point to an instance of successful perma-
nent competition. The experiment has been tried over a
hundred times in the telegraph business, but has had the
same outcome, namely, monopoly. In France and England
the outcome of attempted competition among railways has
been monopoly, and the reason why many people in the
United States still believe in the possibility of competition
among railways is because the development of the railway
business is not yet complete, and it is not generally appreci-
ated to what extent the railway business is conducted even
now by agreement. A striking instance was recently afforded,
however, when it transpired that certain railways in the
Northwest had agreed not to exceed a given rate of speed
between Chicago and Minneapolis.
It is perfectly plain that monopolies cannot be left to
manage themselves. What shall be done? Two answers,
and only two, are possible. Such enterprises must be regu-
lated by the State or they must be owned by the State. State
regulation we have already considered at length. Its object
is to secure a safe, efficient, and inexpensive service of the
public. What has been the result? Last year 7,029 persons
were killed and 33,800 injured by our railways. Such a record
would appall the least civilized State of Europe. It has been
claimed that it is more dangerous to be an employee on an
STATE MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRY. 291)
American railway than to he a soldier in the Prussian army
in time of war. All this, too, in face of the fact that safety
appliances are well known which would save nearly all of
this destruction. But to adopt these would cost money.
Electric wires are exceedingly dangerous and should be run
underground, but companies, with few exceptions, have suc-
cessfully resisted this improvement. It would cost money.
It is idle to say that society does not desire these improve-
ments. It does desire them, and our legislators desire them,
but they are at the mercy of the lobby. This is a principal
point under the head of safety. Is it safe to have railway
lobbies in our State and national legislatures which con-
trol legislation, not only affecting railways, but legislation
of every kind, and make legislators their servants ? Such a
despotism is a danger to society compared with which the
killing of a few thousand innocent citizens each year may be
held to be a small affair, serious as the latter is.
In the matter of efficiency, again, AVC cannot view the results
of State legislation with complacency. Our railways, to be
sure, where competition has not been suppressed on through
lines, have in some particulars shown great enterprise; but
this is in part the result of a competition now fast dis-
appearing, not the result of State regulation which must take
its place as monopoly is established ; in part, also, the result
of the fact that many Americans have means sufficient to
enable them to pay for comforts and conveniences greater
than those to which an ordinary ticket entitles the holder,
and these conveniences and comforts are of special importance
where distances are so great as in the United States. A con-
siderable proportion of the lauded enterprise in American
railways is seen in the provision of services and accommoda-
tions for which an extra charge is made. The telegraph,
which has become fully monopolized, has persistently refused
to adopt improvements which are continually introduced into
the English service. This is the invariable spirit of monop-
oly. We hear much about destroying private initiative and
individual incentive. Private enterprise when it becomes
300 OUTLINES or ECONOMICS.
monopolistic ceases to be enterprising, and cannot be made so
by regulation.
It is in the mattei1 of expense that our judgment of regu-
lated private monopoly must be most severe. Our telegraph
service costs twice what it ought, and is, of course, less pa-
tronized and less serviceable for that reason. Our railway
rates are needlessly high, according to the confession of prom-
inent railway officials. Our municipal street-car service is a
scandal and an oppression. Why do we not regulate prices
as they should be ? Because government is "influenced," and
the continuance of private monopolies will make this "influ-
ence" ever more powerful and subtle. Added to all this
overcharge there is the enormous waste of millions of capital,
which has been sunk, and is still being sunk, in efforts at
hopeless competition, which has been a favorite means of
" regulating " monopoly.
The other resource is State ownership and direct manage-
ment. The applications of this principle are numerous in
Europe and are increasing rapidly in America. In most
countries in Europe the State owns the railways and all own
the telegraph.
Our cities long ago discovered that the water supply was
so essential that it could not be intrusted to private enter-
prise, and while private ownership of water works is not un-
known it is distinctly a discarded policy.* Municipal owner-
ship of lighting plants is rapidly increasing, and municipal
ownership of street railways has begun. What are the re-
sults of this policy ? It must be remembered that we are
comparing a young policy with an old one, and that a policy
in the experimental stage is usually more expensive than in
that of full development. We must consider, again, the three
points of safety, efficiency, and expense.
The Prussian railway statistics show that in 1888-89 one
sixth as many persons were killed and one thirteenth as many
* Irrigation works are indispensable in many parts of the United States,
and it is especially important that they should be public property. To in-
trust them to private enterprises is to disregard the teachings of history.
STATE MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRY. 301
injured in proportion to the number of passengers as in the
United States. It has been objected that the average pas-
senger in the United States travels much farther than in
Prussia, and so the chances of accident are increased ; but, on
the other hand, it must be remembered that the population
in Prussia is much denser, and that the number of crossings per
mile and possible casualties is therefore much greater. The
greater safety is due simply to greater care, which character-
izes all branches of State industrial activity. The reason is
clear: the private owner naturally considers immediate in-
terests ; the State, from its greater perpetuity, is less con-
cerned in an immediate advantage ; the individual, again,
has little interest in the general safety ; this, however, pro-
foundly interests the State. *
Under the head of safety must also be considered the re-
lation of these great enterprises to social order. The ob-
viously unfriendly relations between these corporations and
their numerous and well-organized employees is a constant
menace to the order of society. Strikes suspend traffic vital
to public interest, and when prolonged and bitter, result in riots
and train wrecking, imperiling the most important interests.
Under State management such dangers are minimized. Gov-
ernment employees do not strike or use dynamite. They are
usually reasonably though not exorbitantly paid, and are not
irritated by excessive toil, by oppressive conditions of service,
or by the thought that unreasonable incomes are accruing,
through their efforts, to private individuals.
The question of efficiency is a much more disputed one.
We are told that government enterprise is wasteful and un-
enterprising, and that private enterprise under the spur of
* Were not space too limited the many devices to insure safety of railway
passengers in Prussia would be described. Some of them are quite un-
known in the United States. Probably no observant traveler in that State
fails to notice the great ingenuity displayed in securing safety. That greater
regard for human life is displayed by government than by private corpora-
tions is unquestionable, and, although little discussed, is one of the weightier
considerations in the controversy of public versus private enterprise.
302 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
competition is the condition of efficiency. We have seen that
in the cases under consideration competition is but partial
and temporary, and that where it is absent private enterprise
regularly takes as much and gives as little as it can. But,
on the other hand, experience does not seem to bear out the
charge made against government enterprise. The Prussian
railways have constantly and rapidly improved their service
since they were purchased by the government. It is claimed
that on the whole trains are run faster and that fewer changes
of cars are required for holders of ordinary first or second
class tickets than on American railways, and this seems to be
substantiated by a comparison of time-tables in the two coun-
tries, with the added advantage that the Prussian trains are
on time, as ours frequently are not. Of course German rail-
ways, either under private or public control, will show Ger-
man peculiarities, and the main question is whether, take
it all in all, improvement has been as great under govern-
ment as could have been anticipated under private enterprise.
There seems room for little doubt on this point.
Our post office is a more efficient service by far than any
private service in the country. It must be remembered in
such comparisons that any private company charged with
such service would cut off many routes which, in themselves,
do not pay, and would be exceedingly loath to extend or im-
prove the non-paying but important parts of the service.
Compare the routes chosen by express companies with those
followed by our postal service. The individual initiative
which is so much urged in favor of private enterprise seems
to have been far less active in the introduction of improve-
ments in the case of express companies than in that of the
post office. The management of municipal service in the
lighting, etc., has proved more efficient than that of private
companies, if we may judge from the testimony of those
cities which have tried both methods and have almost, if not
quite, uniformly preferred public ownership. This argument
is made more conclusive when we consider the situation in
which a managing official is placed. Under private manage-
STATE MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRY. 303
merit he is expected to make the largest possible amount of
money for the stockholders; in the other case he must secure
the most satisfactory service for the public. Which system
will naturally defer most to public demands ? As a matter of
fact, the prejudice against government management comes
largely from experience with mixed enterprises, not with pub-
lic enterprises.
In the matter of expense we can consider only certain
cases where both systems have been tried and made compar-
isons possible. This we find especially in municipal service.
In nearly every case on record in which the two systems
have been successively tried there has been a saving of ex-
pense under public ownership, sometimes a very great sav-
ing, and that, too, without reduced efficiency. More often,
especially in the case of electric lighting plants, municipal
ownership has been tried at the outset, and comparisons
made with towns similarly situated show an almost invari-
able advantage, usually very great, in favor of the city
plants. It is astonishing how cheaply these services can be
rendered when the issue of fictitious stock is prevented and
profits are paid only on cost. A committee in Ilaverhill,
Mass., report that in that State 62 cities having electric light
plants under private ownership pay on an average $105.13
per year for each lamp of 2,000 candle power. In the same
State 14 cities operate plants of their own at $55.12 per
lamp. In 1892 Kansas City paid $200 per light ; Rutland,
Vt., paid $280 ; San Francisco, $440.67. Many private com-
panies, of course, work more reasonably. Brown's Directory
of American Gas Companies for 1892 reports 224 companies
which furnish lamps at an average cost of $102.40, while 39
cities Avidely distributed (all from which returns could be
obtained) furnished their own lamps at an average cost, in-
cluding interest, taxes, and depreciation, of $77.68. The
lamps in the former case burned on an average 6.84 hours,
and the latter, 7.9 hours per night. Allowing for this differ-
ence, public lighting secured a saving of over thirty per cent
as compared with private lighting.
304 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
Where railways have become public property not only
facilities have been improved, but rates have been reduced
and revenues retained. In some cases reduced rates have
resulted in large increase of revenues, as in Hungary.
It is sometimes said that this country will never consent
to raise by taxation the enormous sum necessary to buy the
railways. No taxes are needed. If the government can
secure the money at three per cent while railways pay six
per cent or more the railways bought on credit would pay
for themselves in less than a generation. Much the same
would be true of the other monopolies we have considered.
Very often, too, it is urged that public enterprise of this
sort is contrary to the traditions of our government, which,
it is asserted, was founded on the principle of unmolested
private enterprise. But why was it so founded? Simply
because there were then no monopolies, no collective and
non-competitive services where private ownership was danger-
ous and public ownership a necessary safeguard. Enter-
prises such as then existed were naturally private. How
were houses supplied with w ter and light? How were
goods transported? And yeu there was one collective
service, the post office. Why was that not made private
property ?
It is in harmony with the principles of our institutions
that there is a rapidly developing sentiment in favor of pub-
lic ownership of those enterprises which from their nature
cannot be subject to competition. These become more
numerous and important and more dangerous in private
hands as civilization advances. Public industry in the mo-
nopolistic and private industry in the conyietitive fitld seems
to be the only feasible or natural law.
Forestry. — There are some other enterprises which, for
various reasons, it is desirable that government should as-
sume. In different countries the State is furnishing insur-
ance of various kinds, and that successfully. Strong argu-
ments, based both upon the nature of the industry and
actual experience, can be adduced for the assumption of in-
STATE MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRY. 305
surance by the State. The limited space of the present book
will allow us, however, to discuss in this chapter only one of
these other industries, and that one which has immediate
practical importance in the United States, namely, forestry.
All governments are taking upon themselves the owner-
ship and management of forests, but for reasons of a differ-
ent nature from those which lead to ownership and manage-
ment of businesses which are monopolistic. New York State
has acquired forests in the Adirondacks and has entered
upon forestry, having in her employ foresters. Bills have
been brought before Congress which look to management of
forests as a permanent function of our national government.
Switzerland, France, and Germany are increasing the area
of governmental forests. The reasons are very obvious
when the conditions of successful forestry are examined.
First of all, it may be said that rational forestry requires
plans to be made for one hundred and twenty years in ad-
vance. Trees must be planted to be felled at the expiration
of that long period, for it takes that length of time for them
to grow to their full size, and when they are allowed to
grow to full size the amount of timber needed can be grown
on the smallest amount of land. Private individuals will not,
however, invest money from which they expect to receive no
return for over a century. Second, forests ought to be cul-
tivated on a vast scale on land especially adapted for forests
— land often good for nothing else — and certain great regions,
like steep mountain sides and sources of streams, ought to be
entirely covered with forests. Their climatic influences are
generally believed to be important, and forests with their
leaves and undergrowth certainly prevent rainfall from
rapidly rushing down mountain sides and deluging the coun-
try below. Forests prevent a waste of soil. It is said that
where forests have been rashly removed from mountain sides
in Baden, Germany, and in Switzerland it will take three
hundred years to repair the damage. Soil must be slowly
formed again. Private individuals will not select for forestry
vast tracts of land properly situated. In America farmers
OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
have quite generally kept a few isolated acres in woodland,
but this is not what is wanted. Very likely the land kept in
trees is better adapted for something else, and forests may
not be needed at this particular point. Third, it requires
highly trained scientific men to take care of a forest. It is
necessary to go through high schools, to follow a course for
several years in a forestry academy, and then to supplement
this by an apprenticeship of several years in practical work
in forests. Only a State owning tens of thousands or hun-
dreds of thousands of acres can train and organize a properly
qualified body of scientific foresters. The difference between
a forest which grows up wild and one which is developed under
a proper system of culture is so great that the trained eye can
detect the difference nearly as far as sight can reach, and it
is probably safe to say that it takes twice as much land to
supply a given need when forests grow up ,of themselves as
where a rational system of forest culture obtains. Fourth,
when forests are cultivated in large tracts, as they should
be, covering perhaps an entire mountain, very considerable
quantities of game can be grown, and this forms an impor-
tant element in the food of a people. Our private system of
forests in America results in an almost total destruction of
game in the settled parts of the country. Fifth, although
forests do not pay private individuals, the profits of Belgian
forests, for example, not exceeding, it is said, one per cent
on their selling value, they do pay the people as a whole, on
account of their general beneficial effects.
More might be said on this topic were not space too
limited. It is manifest from this that petty measures which
some of our States are introducing, like tax exemption for
planting a few trees or covering even a few acres with trees,
will never accomplish anything of economic significance.
Even "arbor days" are of little account save for their edu-
cational value. On that account, and on that account alone,
unless it be perhaps for the sake of another holiday, they
should be encouraged.
STATE MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRY. 307
SUMMARY.
1. Private monopolies are inherently objectionable and are intolerable in
a free country.
2. A business which controls a peculiarly desirable location, which can
increase its service without corresponding cost, and which supplies a service
available only in connection with its plant, is inherently a monopoly.
:i. Railways, gas works, etc., have proved incapable of control by com-
petition.
4. Under private ownership they have not secured the maximum of
safety, efficiency, or economy.
5. Private enterprise when it becomes monopolistic ceases to be enter-
prising, and cannot be made so by regulation.
6. Public management of railways in some countries, and of municipal
monopolies in American cities, has proved more satisfactory in all respects.
QUESTIONS.
1. Why are private monopolies objectionable?
2. What is a monopoly ? What conditions are necessary to constitute a
monopoly? What industries especially present these conditions?
3. What has been the result of private ownership in these industries as
regards safety? efficiency? economy?
4. What has been the result of public ownership in each case? Where
has it been tried ?
5. What is the necessary condition of enterprise under private owner-
ship?
6. What is the proper field of private enterprise? of public enterprise?
7. What special reasons exist for government forestry?
LITERATURE.
Works already cited, and
Adams, H. C. : Relation of the Stute to Industrial Action.
CHAPTER VIII.
SOCIALISM.
The Elements of Socialism. — Those who desire indus-
trial democracy — not prematurely, but in its own time — are
many, and they include perhaps most of the best economists.
There are, however, different ways by which it is proposed
to attain the desired goal. One of these ways is voluntary
cooperation for all competitive pursuits and governmental
activity for monopolistic undertakings. Another one of these
ways is called socialism. Socialism means coercive cooper-
ation, not merely for undertakings of a monopolistic nature,
but for all productive enterprises. Socialists seek the establish-
ment of industrial democracy through the instrumentality of
the State, which they hold to be the only way whereby it can
be attained. Socialism contemplates an expansion of the
business functions of government until all business is ab-
sorbed. All business is then to be regulated by the people
in their organic capacity, each man and each woman having
the same rights which any other man or any other woman
lias. Our political organization is to become an economic
industrial organization. Private property in profit-produc-
ing capital and rent-producing land is to be abolished, and
private property in income is to be retained, but with this
restriction, that it shall not be employed in productive en-
terprises. What is desired, then, is not, as is supposed by
the uninformed, a division of property, but a concentra-
tion of property. The socialists do not complain because
productive property is too much concentrated, but because
it is not sufficiently so.
There are four elements in socialism, namely, first, the
common ownership of the means of production ; second, the
SOCIALISM. 309
common management of these means of production ; third,
the distribution of annual produets of industry by common
authority ; fourth, private property in the greater portion of
income. Socialists make no war on capital, strictly speak-
ing. What socialists object to is the private capitalist. They
desire to nationalize capital and to abolish capitalists as a dis-
tinct class by making everybody, as a member of the com-
munity, a capitalist ; that is, a partial owner of all the capi-
tal in the country.
Socialists say that labor creates all wealth. N"o rational
socialist means thereby to deny that land and capital are fac-
tors of production, but as they are passive factors they hold
that their owners ought not to receive a share of the product
unless they personally are useful members of the community.
Labor is the active factor, and all production is carried on
for the sake of man. Land and labor are simply the tools of
man. Socialists admit that the owners of these tools must
receive a return for them when industry is organized as it is
now ; hence they desire that these tools should become com-
mon property. They wish to make of universal application
the command of the apostle Paul, "If a man will not work,
neither let him eat."
Distributive Justice. — The central aim of socialism, the
pivotal point, is distributive justice. It proposes to distrib-
ute products justly. The ideas of socialists are, however,
not harmonious as to what constitutes justice. Some say
equality is justice; others, distribution in proportion to real
needs, so that each may have the economic means for his
completest development. Still others say justice means dis-
tribution in proportion to merit or service rendered, but the
service of the individual, not of his ancestors. Bequest and
inheritance, except of articles of enjoyment, like pictures, old
family plate, books, household furniture, possibly also the use
of a house as a home, must be abolished. Socialism allows
no inheritance which renders labor needless.
Socialism an Extension of Existing Institutions. —
Our government owns the post office ; most governments own
21
310 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
the telegraph. Nearly all own the wagon roads. Some own
the canals and railways. Many governments own factories.
Probably every national government does at least a little
manufacturing. Most governments cultivate forests, and
some cultivate more or less arable land. We have only to
imagine an extension of what already exists until govern-
ment cultivates all land, manufactures all goods, conducts all
exchanges, and carries on, in short, every productive enter-
prise, and we have socialism pure and simple.
At the present time we have private property in nearly all
the income of society, or the national dividend, as it is called.
But some things are used in common, and afford what may be
called a common income. Public parks, public schools, public
galleries, and the like are of this character. Private property
in income would continue under socialism, and there would
be provision of private property for everyone, so that in this
respect socialism emphasizes and extends the idea of private
property. On the other hand, socialism would naturally
continue and intensify the tendency to enjoy things in com-
mon. This is what is meant by saying that socialism signi-
fies private property in the greater proportion but not all of
income.
The Strength of Socialism. — Socialism makes perhaps
its strongest claim in its plea, first, for a scientific organiza-
tion of the productive forces of society, and, second, for a
just distribution of annual social income. It is said that the
present production of economic goods is small in proportion
to population, but socialism replies : " Naturally enough.
Competition is wasteful. Two railways are built where one
would suffice. Two trains run parallel between two cities
where one would serve the public equally well. Three times
as many milk wagons, horses, and drivers are required to
serve the people with milk as would suffice if the milk busi-
ness were organized like the mail distribution business in
cities. Look at the shops, wholesale and retail, and see the
waste of human force! Without competition the whole dry
goods' and grocery business could be carried on with a third
SOCIALISM. 311
of the present economic expenditure of force. Reflect on all
the idle classes in modern society. Socialism would set every-
body to work, and, making each one dependent on his own
exertions for success, would stimulate all energies." The
argument is continued after that fashion, and it is a telling
one. It does not prove the point unless we grant two things:
first, that, the present waste and idleness cannot be suppressed
or greatly diminished without a departure from the funda-
mental principles of our present industrial order ; second,
that socialism is practicable.
Justice is a strong plea in the program of socialism, and
it cannot be for one moment claimed that each one's income
is at present in proportion to his services to humanity. In-
come in proportion to industrial merit is attractive to an
ethical sentiment. But cannot we approximate more nearly
to that than at present by social reform ? And by social
reform is meant the improvement of existing institutions,
but not their abandonment. No doubt the idle man is mor-
ally a thief. He receives, but gives nothing in return. Any
man who by past services of his own has not earned the right
of repose is a shameless cumberer of the earth, unless, indeed,
he is physically or mentally incapacitated for useful employ-
ment. Would the world suffer if you should die ? That
is the test. If you merely clip coupons, then no one would
miss you. Others would willingly relieve you. But your
service need not be manual toil.
Dr. James Fraser, the late Bishop of Manchester, England,
recognized the obligations of personal service, but he did not
in consequence favor socialism. He argued in this wise :
" Most of us are by our necessities obliged to render services
to our fellows. Some of us, however, have inherited or re-
ceived money in some way without a return on our part.
We are placed by God on our honor. It is now a matter, not
of physical compulsion, but of honor with us to serve our fel-
lows." * "What is here said would apply, of course, not merely
* These are not the bishop's exact words. It has been many years since
the author has read them, but he has reproduced the idea.
312 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
to those who receive wealth by inheritance, but to those who
become wealthy by the discovery of valuable treasures, like
oil, natural gas, gold, minerals, etc., on or under soil, which
they own, or by the mere growth of cities, which adds im-
mensely to the value of land. Legally the wealth is mine,
but morally it is simply a new opportunity for me to help
forward the progress of humanity ; for ethically I myself am
not my own.
Social Reform. — We may likewise inquire whether with-
out a departure from the institution of private property the
laws of bequest and inheritance may not be so changed as
to bring about a fairer distribution of products ; whether,
also, by public ownership and management of natural monop-
olies much of the waste of present private competition may
not be avoided. These and a multitude of other questions
suggest themselves. Social reform seems likely to accom-
plish more valuable results than socialism. What is
needed is a free and peaceful evolution of industrial insti-
tutions, but not a radical departure from fundamental insti-
tutions.
The "Weakness of Socialism. — It does not appear clear
to the author how socialism could be made to work in actual
life. The danger to freedom seems a very real one. It is
frankly admitted that up to a certain point there is a tend-
ency on the part of government to improve as its functions
increase. But would this hold with the indefinite extension
of the sphere of government ? Let us admit that as our
livelihood would depend on the efficiency of government all
the force and energy which now go into private service
would be turned into public channels. But what would hap-
pen if, in spite of all precautions, some unscrupulous combina-
tion should secure the control of government ? There would
be no standing-ground for effective opposition outside of gov-
ernment, for dismissal from the service of government would
mean a cessation of opportunity to gain a livelihood. If all
production is to be carried on by public authority there could
be no private press for criticism; and it is to be feared that
SOCIALISM. 313
unwelcome views, which after all may be the true ones, would
fare much worse than at present.
The domination of a single industrial principle is also dan-
gerous to civilization. It has been held that the domination
of a single social principle has led to the downfall of older
civilizations, and a distinguished American* has expressed the
fear that the private business principle, with what naturally
goes with it, called by this scholar " mercantilism," threatens
American civilization. Now what is wanted is a coordina-
tion of the two principles, the principle of public business
and that of private business. It is desirable that some should
serve the public in an official capacity. Some are adapted
for that. It is desirable that an ample field should be left
for those who prefer private initiative and activity. Thus
only will our civilization be rendered rich and full.
Character of Socialists. — Socialism has rendered good
service by calling attention to social problems, by forcing
us to reflect on the condition of the less fortunate classes,
by quickening our consciences; ateo by helping us to form
the habit, acquired by few as yet, of looking at all questions
from the standpoint of the public welfare and not merely of
individual gain; finally, by calling our attention to the nature
of the industrial functions of government and helping us
to separate rationally the private industrial sphere from the
public industrial sphere. Socialism as a theory of society
cannot, of course, be regaixled as in any sense morally blame-
worthy. It has been advocated by good men and by bad
men also. To-day it numbers earnest Christians and sincere
ministers of the Gospel among its adherents. As there are
good republicans and bad republicans, there are good social-
ists and bad socialists. If every time a republican was guilty
of a criminal act all the newspapers said, "That is what
comes of being a republican," we might begin to think all
republicans bad men. It is a mistake to suppose that social-
ists belong to the criminal classes. Those who have worked
* Hon. A. D. White, ex-President of Cornell University, in an excellent
address entitled " The Message of the Nineteenth Century to the Twentieth."
314 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
among the criminal classes and carefully studied them will
tell us that almost no socialists are found among them. At
the same time it must be said that the socialists have been
most unfortunate in a large proportion of their public repre-
sentatives, especially of their noisiest representatives, who
have secured the largest amount of attention. Some of
them have been vicious men, and many of them have been
bitter and vindictive. Needless animosity has been aroused
and class hatred nourished. The cause of progress has thus
been seriously injured. Furthermore, a number of questions
having no connection with socialism have been, even by
socialists, not infrequently associated with it. Infidelity and
free love may be mentioned. Of course these have nothing
to do with socialism. Socialism has done harm on account of
the manner in which it has been too frequently presented, and
it has also accomplished good, but the best effects of socialism
have been its indirect and not its direct consequences.
Anarchism. — In contrast with the socialists there are
those who hold that if all government were abolished men
would freely and spontaneously form cooperative groups
which, federated, would manage all production. These men
attack government and deny the moral right of man through
government to exercise authority over his fellows. These
are the anarchists, sometimes called anarchist-socialists. The
writer frankly confesses his inability even to imagine how
this kind of socialism could bo made to work in actual life.
Communism is an older term not now often iised. It
has been employed in the past to designate an extreme kind
of socialism. Some writers have called violent schemes of
radical social reform communistic, and reserved the term so-
cialistic for the more conservative plans of reconstruction.
All the existing communistic societies in the United States are,
however, composed of peace men, who do not believe in war
but in non-resistance. It is, perhaps, as well to abandon the
attempt to make a distinction between communism and so-
cialism, and to drop the word communism. Collectivism is
often used as a synonym for socialism, particularly in France.
SOCIALISM. 315
SUMMARY.
1. Socialism is coercive cooperation in all industrial enterprises.
2. Socialists admit private property in income but not in means of pro-
duction.
3. Socialists claim that labor produces all wealth, and they aim at a dis-
tribution based on justice.
4. Socialism is but an extension of existing institutions.
5. The strength of socialism lies in its proposed saving of waste and
its juster distribution.
6. Its weakness lies in its almost impossible requirements of virtue and
the absolute dependence of all upon this.
7. Anarchism is the opposite of socialism, a belief in the needlessness of
government.
8. Communism is a vague arid nearly obsolete synonym for socialism.
. QUESTIONS.
1. Define socialism, communism, anarchism.
2. What is the attitude of socialism toward private property?
3. What effect would successful socialism have on production ? on distri-
bution ?
4. What difficulties are in the way of the attainment of the socialistic
ideal ?
5. What is the character of socialists ?
6. What socialistic features now exist in our government? .Do they in-
crease or diminish?
7. What is the origin of wealth according to socialists? Are they cor-
rect?
8. Why is anarchism unfeasible?
LITERATURE.
Bellamy, E. : Looking Backward.
Marx, Kail: Capital.
Gronlund, L. : Cooperative Commonwealth.
Schiiefle, A.: The Quintesseme of Socialism.
Lavelcye, E. de : Socialism of To-day.
Rae, J. : Contemporary Socialism.
Browne, T. E. : Studies in Modern Socialism and the Labor Prollem.
Kirkup, T. : Inquiry into Socialism.
Ely, R. T.: French and German Socialism; Labor Movement in America.
PART II.
PUBLIC EXPENDITURE.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTORY.
IN Part I we considered the relation of the State to the
productive activities of society. We* now come to a part of
our work which is usually called public finance. By public
finance we understand that part of economics which deals
with the acquisition of the public revenues, their management,
and their expenditure. The remainder of the present book
deals with what we may in a broad sense call public finance,
although other than purely financial considerations enter into
our treatment.
Investment and Expenditure. — As a result of what
has gone before, we have reached the conclusion that as a
rule private enterprise should manage the various competitive
industries, but that industries not subject to competition are
best managed by the State. In the management of such
enterprises the State will necessarily invest immense amounts
of capital, but these transactions do not come under the head
of public expenditure as the term is here used. When we
lend money we do not call it spent, nor yet when we use it to
buy productive property. Such uses are investments, not ex-
penditures. By an investment we mean any outlay of capital
which returns a direct income equal to current interest. An
expenditure is an outlay which yields an indirect income
only, or is for the purpose of satisfying wants directly.
Any public enterprise may be managed either as an invest-
INTRODUCTORY. 317
ment or as an expenditure. If the service rendered is sold
to the individual consumer at a price which covers cost and
affords a reasonable profit it is an investment. If the service
is furnished free and the expense paid by taxation or other
revenue it is an expenditure. Still a third method is to com-
bine the two, furnishing the service, not free, but at less than
cost. State railways and municipal lighting plants are exam-
ples of investments. The public roads are examples of expen-
diture. The post office is a combination of both. We do
not here include the entire outlay for the postal service under
expenditures, but only the deficit which is annually covered
by an appropriation. On the other hand, if a public invest-
ment yields a surplus it is classed as revenue.
Whether an enterprise should be managed as an investment
or an expenditure, or both, is purely a question of its nature
and the result to the general welfare. If it is something
which men need to be encouraged to use it should be made
cheap without regard to cost. If it is something the use of
which needs restraint it should be made dear equally without
regard to cost. For example, it would be possible to charge
an admission fee for entrance to the public parks, but such
an effort to make the parks pay for their maintenance would
simply keep people out of them, and especially those who
most need to frequent them. Here is a case where people
need to be encouraged to use a public service, and conse-
quently no charge is made for it. The postal service is
another case where encouragement is needed and restraint as
well. Ease of communication is highly important, but no
one can doubt that if no charge were made the mails would
be unprofitably used and waste incurred. Our own govern-
ment has thought best to put the charge low without remov-
ing it and to meet a small part of the outlay by expenditure.
Water is a similar case. Its use needs encouragement, but
to furnish it free would result in wasteful use. A small
charge usually makes people more saving. Municipal light-
ing is usually made to pay cost, and often a considerable
revenue. The same is true of street cars. As an extreme
318
OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
example of the investment principle may be mentioned State
monopolies of intoxicating liquors and tobacco. Where such
monopolies exist prices are put far above cost, as the use of
these articles requires strong discouragement. In every in-
dustry a point will be found where the service will confer a
maximum benefit upon society, and here the price should be
fixed, no matter what the cost. Roads, harbors, lighthouses,
schools cost much money, but it is very generally held that
they should be free. It costs but little to carry a letter, but
everyone believes that the sender should pay something for it.
Increase of Public Expenditure. — There is a distinct
tendency in highly civilized societies to increase public ex-
penditure. The expenditures of England increased forty-six
times between 1685 and 1841, while the population only
trebled. The French budget in 1828 reached the sum of a
thousand million francs, and people were alarmed. Since
then it has passed three thousand millions, and including local
expenditure, four thousand millions. The State taxes of Ohio
increased forty-six times in sixty years, and local taxes over
one hundred times. The expenditures of the federal govern-
ment are shown in the following table :
Years.
''ivil Establishment.
Total Expenditures
less interest on the
debt.
Net ordinary Total
Expenditure includ-
ing interest, but not
bond purchases.
1828
$3,676 053
$13296 041
$16,394,842
1844
5,645,184
20,650,103
22,483,560
I860
27,977 978
60 056 754
M 0(10,875
1887
85,204,825
220,190,603
267,932,180
1892
99,841,987
321,645,214
345,023,331
The first impression one receives from such facts is one of
alarm, and there are many people who see in this a sign of
demoralization. But we must examine carefully these facts
before we reach a conclusion as to their meaning. Increased
expenditure on the part of government may mean either in-
creased costliness of service or increased amount of service.
The prejudice against government expenditures arises from
a confusion of these two things. If the State does no more
INTRODUCTORY. 319
for us than formerly, and yet spends more of our wealth in
doing it, then indeed there is reason for complaint and alarm,
as there is also if expenditures exceed capacity and bank-
ruptcy or repudiation threatens us. But if government
doubles its expenditures and at the same time trebles its serv-
ice to us we have reason for satisfaction. It is not possible
for us to enter into an exhaustive examination of this <jut's-
tion, but there is abundant evidence that the service of
government has been improved in extent and in quality enor-
mously during this period of increased outlay. Compare our
postal service or our educational system with that of fifty or
a hundred years ago. When was ever a letter carried so far,
so quickly, or so cheaply as now? When have equal educa-
tional advantages ever been had at so low a price as now ?
Public and Private Expenditure. — We must not for-
get that wealth is to be consumed with a view to the satis-
faction of human wants. An increase of expenditure is a
good thing if the increase is wisely spent. This brings us
to the question which is vital to our whole subject. Do
we get more from public or from private expenditure ? On
this point we have long been in the habit of feeling rather
than thinking. We dislike to pay taxes. The things which
taxes buy we do not carry home in our pockets or have " all
to ourselves," and we feel as if taxes were so much pure loss.
Of course we know better, but we act as if we did not. It
behooves us to think very carefully on this point, for some
of the most momentous problems of our day are here in-
volved. Let us notice the principal differences between pub-
lic and private expenditure.
Public Expenditure is Inclusive, Private Expenditure Ex-
clusive.— A private citizen buys a beautiful painting for ten
thousand dollars and puts it in his house, where he and a few
friends can see it. Perhaps a thousand people see it in a
year. The same picture in a public gallery is seen by all
who wish, say a hundred thousand persons per year. Where
does it do the most good ? Or look at it from another stand-
point. Suppose interest, insurance, etc., amount to ten per
320 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
cent. It costs the owner a thousand dollars to keep a picture,
or a dollar for each person who sees it, while in a public gal-
lery the expense is one cent each. The wealthy owner who
pays ten thousand dollars for the picture could see it as
often as he liked in the public gallery by paying a single
extra dollar in taxes. If it be right for a wealthy man thus
to imprison a world treasure away from the public one thing
is sure, that system is better which puts things where they
will do the most good. But our picture problem brings us
to another difference between private and public expenditure.
Public Expenditure is Cumulative in its Results. — Sup-
pose the hundred thousand people who visit our art gallery
have an average of a dollar apiece to spend on art. "What
can each one buy? A cheap chromo or engraving. But
suppose they combine. They can buy an immortal work of
art. Let a hundred thousand people spend a dollar apiece
in beautifying their front yards and the result will scarce be
noticed. Let them combine and they can create a park
which will change the aspect of the place and increase the
value of property far more than it has cost. Nor is it alone
in art and nature that this cumulative value of public service
appears. In Baltimore the mediaeval custom prevails of
compelling each man to sweep the street in front of his own
house. It costs many times what public service would cost,
and is not half as efficient. The meaning of our enlarging
public expenditures is simply this, that year after year we
discover new methods of associated economy or a new serv-
ice. Of course we must remember that many services gain
nothing by consolidation, and such should and do remain
private ; but the great gains of a higher civilization are pre-
cisely of this kind which are impossible without vast coor-
dinated resoiirces. These are by far the most profitable
expenditures AVC can make. A dollar spent in wisely used
taxes brings to the citizen sometimes ten, sometimes a hun-
dred times as much as if spent in any other way.
Opposition to Public Expenditures. — It is urged that
government spends unwisely, but how about the average cit-
INTRODUCTOKY. 321
izen ? Does not the average competency of the State in coun-
tries like England, Germany, and the United States to spend
wisely, even allowing for dishonesty, exceed that of the
average individual ? Where do we see more absurd " finan-
ciering" than that of private individuals, even judged by
their own standard of interests ? *
The second reason why people oppose public expenditure
is ignorance. The public expenditures which offer such im-
mense benefits are, on the whole, new developments. To be
sure, cases like Athens may be cited in the past, where in the
days of Pericles one third of the public revenues was ex-
pended in art, resulting in a public education which it has
been claimed made an Athenian gamin more of an artist
than many a modern man of learning ; but such cases are
exceptions. Our modern civilization has an immensely
broader ideal than that of Athens. We seek not merely
art, but comfort, health, security, virtue, intelligent citizen-
ship, culture, education, and, in short, everything that makes
for human well-being, and that not only for a relatively few
citizens with an excluded mass of slaves, but for all. No
such attempt was made in the past by public or associated
action, and no such end was attained save by a small num-
ber who made it a point to monopolize their advantages.
The third reason for popular prejudice is a false concep-
tion of the character of government. We are but recently
become familiar with the fraternal State. Of old the State
centered in the ruler, and too often his theory of govern-
ment was that of Louis XIV, "I am the State." The peo-
ple were not citizens, but subjects, and existed for the sake
of the ruling class. A large part of public expenditure,
under such circumstances, was a loss to the people. When
taxes were increased it meant too often another palace for
the king, or more banquets and wasteful luxury. Subjects
* Much is said about dishonest transactions in government;, but how
about transactions in our Stock Exchange ? The average congressman is
as honest as the average merchant would be if obliged to manage monopo-
lies and "regulate" unscrupulous private despotisms.
322 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
have become citizens and rulers, and with all recognition of
the weakness and corruption of government there is little
room for doubt that public expenditures are more general in
their benefits than private expenditures. When AVC consider
their inclusiveness and their immense cumulative power we
are tempted to draw this conclusion: If government is a*
honest and competent as the society it represents, the greater
the proportion of public to private expenditure which can be
permanently maintained, the better.
Probably most readers will feel that some qualifications
are required, even if they do not at once know what they
are. We must acknowledge that the above is a high ideal.
It requires close examination of accounts and great watch-
fulness to intrust large consumption to the public. Un-
bridled public extravagance and loose financial methods can
soon ruin a great commonwealth, whereas the damage of
private prodigality is more restricted. The dread of large
expenditures in the United States rests in part on waste and
fraud in public finance in the past.
Another qualification is suggested by the danger that very
large taxation may paralyze private industry. Thus we say
that not more must be taken than can be permanently taken,
which means that we must not begin an exhaustion of our
sources of supply. We can also add that we cannot take more
than the state of public opinion at the moment will tolerate.
Still another qualification occurs when we remember that
if wealth is wasted in private hands it is sometimes in such
hands expended with greater wisdom than could be antici-
pated from public authorities. It is the function of wise and
strong men to go before the mass of men and to illuminate
the path of progress with their superior insight. It would
be a great loss were there no surplus wealth in private hands
to be used for public purposes.
Finally, the fact cannot be overlooked that many things
need to be done which the general public cannot be persuaded
to undertake. It remains, therefore, for private parties to
do these things, or they must be entirely neglected.
INTRODUCTORY. 323
SUMMARY.
1. Expenditure differs from investment in that it is not directly produc-
tive of revenue.
2. The same enterprise may be managed by the State as an investment
or as an expenditure, according to the object to be attained.
3. The great modern increase in public expenditures is to be judged, not
simply by its amount, but by its productiveness.
4. Public expenditure is inclusive, private expenditure exclusive.
5. Public expenditure is cumulative in its results.
6. Opposition to public expenditure is due to distrust of government,
ignorance of modern developments, and false conceptions of the character
of government.
7. With healthy government increase of public expenditure means prog-
ress, but this principle is subject to important limitations due to circum-
stances.
QUESTIONS.
1. Define expenditure ; investment. What determines the basis on which
a given public enterprise shall be conducted? Illustrate.
2. What is the tendency of public expenditure as regards increase ? "What
possible explanation of this tendency may be offered? Under what condi-
tious would either be correct ?
3. What will justify an increase of expenditure? "What are the natural
limits of such increase?
4. What are the advantages of public over private expenditure? Are
these true of all industrial fields?
5. What are the objections to public expenditure? How far are they
justifiable? How are they to be accounted for?
6. What is the law of increase of public expenditure? its limitations?
LITERATURE.
Marshall, A.: Economics of Industry.
Adams, H. C. : TJie fetation of the State to Industrial Action ; Public Debts.
Kly, R. T. : Problems of To-day.
Bivstable, C. F. : Public Finance.
CHAPTER II.
EXPENDITURES FOR SECURITY.
HAVING considered the general principle of public expendi-
tures, it now remains for us to notice some of its varieties
and consider their relative claims.
National Defense. — Under this head is included the
cost of army and navy. If we leave for a moment our own
country, which enjoys exceptional immunities from attack,
and consider Europe, we shall find that we are in the pres-
ence of the most serious item of the national budget. The
six great powers of Europe spent in 1888 nearly nine hun-
dred millions of dollars for this purpose. Moreover, the ex-
pense is constantly increasing. From 1868 to 1888 the
increase for the same nations was about seventy-three per
cent, not counting expenses of actual war or interest on
debts incurred. This increase is due in part to the more ex-
tended scale on which military defense is now conducted,
and also to new inventions which constantly make old arma-
ments worthless and require new outlays. Of course, if we
were calculating the cost of war as a whole we should have
to add the immense loss of keeping hundreds of thousands
of men in enforced idleness, and then the destruction of life
and property during actual war. This indirect cost of war,
while of immense importance to economic interests, is one
which we can but allude to here. The direct expenditure
for war, however, we must consider more carefully.
In the first place, we must not forget that this outlay has
some economic advantages. We in America are apt to com-
miserate Europe xmduly on her outlays for defense. It must
not be forgotten that the men who compose the army derive
immense benefit from the discipline to which they are sub-
EXPENDITURES FOR SECURITY. 325
jected. This makes them better producers as well as better
soldiers ; in short, it makes men of them to a considerable
degree. This fact, which is keenly appreciated by intelligent
Europeans, is neglected by us. Moreover, a certain part of
the army is, of course, composed of persons who are naturally
not a help but a burden, perhaps a positive danger, to society.
Whatever may be the ultimate cost of national defense, it
is demanded on economic grounds if no others. A sense of
security and stability is indispensable to economic prosperity,
and is worth all it costs. And yet if due care is taken we
may expect a lessened need of military and naval expendi-
ture, and while we should avoid " slothful overtrust " we
should rely so far as possible upon peaceful guarantees.
The United States is peculiar in the emphasis it \&ys upon
a form of military expenditure which cuts but a small figure
in European budgets, namely, pensions for past services in
the army. General Garfield, when a member of Congress,
favored a pension bill which appropriated the enormous sum
of thirty-five millions for pensions. He claimed that the ap-
propriation would never pass this amount, and that through
the death of the pensioners the amount would steadily dimin-
ish. Since then the appropriation has been quadrupled, and
now equals or exceeds the direct cost of the most powerful
standing army in the world. It is not in any sense a military
necessity as regards either present or future. Immense
resources which might be expended by the State with
incalculable advantage are thus distributed among vast
numbers of dissociated and to some considerable extent in-
competent spenders who for the most part simply " use it
up." A judicious public use of the same resources would
confer equal benefit upon the pensioners themselves, and a
like benefit upon all the community, but it would not in-
fluence so many votes.
Internal Security. — Under expenditures for internal se-
curity are included the cost of our police system in all its
branches — including constables, sheriffs, etc. — and that of our
judiciary system, since both of these are occupied almost
22
326 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
wholly in securing person or property from injury. This
expense varies greatly according to circumstances. Among
primitive peoples, and, indeed, until civilization has made
some progress, nothing like a modern police system is known.
Individuals protect their own property and persons, the right
of vengeance being recognized and constituting a system of
summary justice in charge of private enterprise. The in-
crease of expense in this connection therefore marks at first
a new branch of public enterprise, later a more perfect per-
formance of this function, and closely allied to this a more
humane treatment of offenders. When more than two hun-
dred offenses were punishable by death the cost of dealing
with a criminal was slight. Now for most crimes he is
subjected to a long imprisonment, which becomes more ex-
pensive as increased efforts are ma<le for his reformation.
When we remember how largely society as a whole is respon-
sible for the existence of crime and how great is the injustice
necessarily involved in its punishment, as well as the gain
even in economic resources from the reformation of the
criminal, there is no expenditure Avhich we ought to make
more willingly than that for the reformation of criminals.
Another cause of increased expenditure is the increase of
wealth and of the temptations which it excites. New inter-
ests require new safeguards and suffer increasingly from
criminal interference. Not only are social relations more
delicate than formerly, but means of injury ore much more
potent. The invention of dynamite necessitates precautions
once unthought of.
For these and other reasons the expenditure for this pur-
pose has rapidly increased. In France the increase from
1822 to 1890 was over one hundred per cent, while in Eng-
land from 1825 to 1890 it was over three thousand per cent.
This means, not that England is growing more criminal than
France, but that she is caring for more interests and caring
for them more humanely than her neighbor.
Here, too, we ought to expect an ultimate diminution of
expenditure, but it must come slowly and by a reformation,
EXPENDITURES FOR SECURITY. 327
not of criminals, merely, but of the social conditions that
produce them. Prevention rather than punishment or even
reformation will be the goal of a wise society.
Administrative Supervision. — This is in reality an
extension of police functions,. though its agents are more
often known by some other name, as commissioners, inspect-
ors, etc. Its purpose is likewise public security, though not
so much against open violence as against unsuspected and
indirect dangers. This function is really a revival of a
mediaeval system, denounced by Adam Smith and discarded
in part during the earlier part of the century. It must be
remembered, however, that its present form is far better than
the discarded one. It includes the inspection of sewers,
tenements, mines, factories, ships, steam boilers, tramways,
railways, etc., the testing of articles of food, such as milk,
meat, etc., and also of many articles, like gun barrels, silver
and gold plate, etc., where only expert examination can de-
termine quality.
We cannot here discuss the extent to which such legisla-
tion should be carried. It is important, however, to notice
that the exigencies of modern life have actually forced it
upon us in spite of the most vigorous opposition on the part
of believers in ultra-private enterprise. The more compli-
cated our civilization becomes, and the more sensitive our
social organization, the more indispensable such protection
is found to be. In an increasing number of cases men can-
not tell what they are buying or discern whether it secures
their interests or not. As Professor Jevons tersely says :
" While it is a fact that people live in badly drained houses,
drink sewage water, purchase bad meat or adulterated gro-
ceries, it is of no use urging that their interests would lead
them not to do so. The fact demolishes any amount of pre-
sumption and argument. We may assume that no consumer
wants to buy putrid sausages, poisonous pickles, dangerous
guns, or fraudulent plate. Thus the government official who
excludes these things from public sale actually assists the
purchaser in carrying out his own desires."
328 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. Expenditure for national defense has greatly increased in recent years,
in Europe by the maintenance of armies, and in the United States by the
payment of pensions, an expenditure only nominally for the purpose of de-
fense. ..
2. National defense is an economic necessity, and is, in many ways, re-
munerative.
3. Expenditure for internal security is closely allied and likewise rapidly
increasing. Increase means, not wastefulness or increasing danger, but im-
proved service.
4. Administrative supervision is a necessary form of protection to so-
ciety revived aftiT a brief suppression.
QUESTIONS.
1. What'is the cause of increased expenditure for security? Is it justifi-
able? How far is its necessity a misfortune ?
2. "What is the real connection between pensions and national security ?
How far is such payment justifiable ?
3. What is the significance of increased expenditure for internal security ?
How much of the increase is due to new dangers?
4. What has been the tendency regarding administrative supervision?
How much is included under this term ?
LITERATURE.
See works already cited, especially
Jevons, W. S. : The State in its Relation to Labor.
CHAPTER III.
EXPENDITURES FOR THE POOR AND THE UNFORTUNATE.
Tins includes primarily the paupers, the deaf, the blind,
the insane, and the feeble-minded, who from their natural
defects are unable without assistance to hold their own in
the struggle for existence. We might also include here
those extraordinary cases of sufferers from fire and flood
and other widespread and sudden misfortunes, but as these
are less important we will omit them from our present con-
sideration.
In earlier ages the defective classes were sometimes most
summarily disposed of, but the moral development of the
race makes this impossible. For a long time, however, their
only resource was begging, as we see from the constant allu-
sions of the New Testament and other ancient books. This
doubtless assured them a most uncertain and wretched sub-
sistence. In the Middle Ages they were systematically but
insufficiently and unwisely cared for ,by the Church, whose
great monastic establishments were largely used for this
purpose. This system was enormously expensive relatively
to its results, and its obvious abuses were one of the chief
causes leading to its abandonment. It demoralized the poor,
neglected the defective, and treated the insane with almost
incredible cruelty. It was a palliative but not a remedy.
Government care of these classes is now recognized by all
as a necessity. Their removal from immediate contact
with the rest of society, and systematic treatment of them by
experts, is not only a great advantage to them but an im-
mense relief to society.
From the standpoint of economics little need be said re-
garding the treatment of the insane and the feeble-minded.
330 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
The expense is inevitable and should be cheerfully borne, for,
though abnormal beings, they feel, and a human feeling is
an ultimate thing, a good or an evil which we who have the
power to determine its character must wholly respect. Here,
as elsewhere, however, that expenditure is best justified
which tends to prevent insanity by the removal of the causes,
sanitary and otherwise, which produce it. If our insane
asylums constantly increase it will suggest that the State
fails to take care of its citizens until they have become insane.
The problem of the blind and deaf is primarily one of
education, which must be of a special character such as
local facilities cannot furnish. By means of such education
these unfortunate members of society can become often so
useful as to be no burden to society. It is needless to
say that this is not all of the problem. They must exist, and
we are not at liberty to decide the matter regardless of their
convenience or well-being. The worst thing that can befall
a man is to be deprived of all opportunity to be useful to his
kind. This opportunity the State should, if possible, provide
for those who cannot obtain it unaided.
The Difficulties of Poor Belief are far greater than
those of the cases just mentioned, and its economic bearings
indefinitely more serious. The reason is simply that in the
case of the insane, the deaf, the blind, etc., nature has
sharply drawn the line between them and the rest of society.
No matter what advantages they enjoy, no one is tempted
to become blind or insane for the sake of enjoying these
advantages. Not so with pauperism. The majority of men
under present conditions are necessarily poor, as poor, many
of them, as paupers themselves, so far as accumulations go.
Now, if the dependent poor are treated better by the State
than the independent poor are treated by society, thousands
of the latter will join the former. Discouraged by the fact
that by their utmost exertions they get less than they could
receive by no exertions at all, they naturally choose the lat-
ter. The history of poor relief is full of such cases. Early
in this century, when the industrial revolution had produced
EXPENDITURES FOR THE POOR AND UNFORTUNATE. 331
great suffering in England, a system of relief was adopted
which pauperized thousands and immensely aggravated the
difficulty. An allowance was given to each laborer in pro-
portion to the size of his family. If he earned enough to
meet the legal requirements he received nothing. If he
earned less the balance was paid by the community. If he
was out of work the community paid his wages, etc. Now, it
seems just that a man should be guaranteed a minimum in-
come by society ; but what was the result ? The measure
was supported both by employers and employees. The em-
ployer could now cut wages without resistance on the part
of employee. The men could live whether they worked or
not. The wage-earning population became, it is said, mu-
tinous and rebellious, intimidating the overseer. Poor rates
became so heavy that it is said that some landowners aban-
doned their farms rather than pay the taxes. The law was
long ago repealed, but the mischief it had wrought is by no
means eradicated yet.
In America we have had no legislation so mischievous as
this, but our experience has been most unsatisfactory. The
relief of the poor has been so managed as to increase pau-
perism in many instances, especially when the poor receive
relief in their own homes, and, worst of all, when such relief
is furnished in money. Fraud in a thousand forms has re-
sulted, and in all cases where such relief is loosely adminis-
tered pauperism has been increased and the poor have been
degraded. Experience has taught us the recognition of cer-
tain principles which we can only barely outline here.
1. A careful distinction must be made between the victims
of temporary distress and paupers. The first lack goods
merely, and may be helped without danger, often preferring
positive starvation to the demoralization and humiliation of
relief. They are very few compared with the other class,
and often find private help sufficient. The second class lack
character, and must be treated accordingly.
2. Attention should be directed to fundamental rather than
surface needs. If a man lacks food because he is lazy it is
332 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
liis laziness rather than his hunger which should receive chief
attention. That is, the treatment of paupers should be dis-
tinctly reformatory in character. This cannot be too much
emphasized. Chronic pauperism rests largely on defects of
character. It is more difficult to reform paupers than crim-
inals, and their condition is hardly less degraded. Crime is
misdirection of energy; pauperism, lack of energy, or, as it
has been well defined, pauperism is under-vitalization. The
greater leniency accorded to paupers is due, not so much to
their moral superiority over criminals, but to the fact that
they are seemingly less dangerous.
3. Pauperism is closely connected with vice and disease,
and should be treated with a view to the restoration of physi-
cal and moral health. Vicious practices should be stopped,
and, if possible, the tendency to them eradicated. If by
any possible argument a man may claim the right to spend
in vicious indulgence the proceeds of his own industry no
one will accord him the right to spend thus the bounty of
society.
4. Pauperism is largely the result of a bad environment
and wrong education. So far as possible the environment
must be changed and the education corrected.
5. Above all things, industry must be inculcated. The
labor of a pauper may be worth little to society; it is inval-
uable to his own manhood.
6. From the foregoing the conclusion has been generally
drawn by American experts that, so far as possible, paupers
should not be relieved in their own homes, where supervision
and reformatory efforts are difficult, but in institutions under
the direction of experts. The aim of American reformers
has been either the total abolition of outdoor relief or its re-
duction to a minimum. Another idea is that of Germany,
as seen in the " Elberfeld system," so called from the city
which has tried it with great success. It is the reduction of
indoor relief to its lowest terms and the substitution therefor
of outdoor relief, relief in the homes of the needy. This
prevents the breaking up of homes and enables the dis-
EXPENDITURES FOR THE POOR AND UNFORTUNATE. 333
pensers of public charity to give only so much as is needed.
Cases which would require full support in an institution
often find all the relief required in partial support in their
own homes. Sometimes partial outdoor relief is required
temporarily only, as when the breadwinner is removed by
death and a widow is left with small children. This system
keeps the family together, and it soon takes its place again
among other independent families. It seems to the writer
that the ideal of the Elberfeld system is a higher one, but it
requires a pure and efficient civil service such as German
cities have, and it necessitates also a general cooperation of
the best social elements as friendly visitors with the officers
of government. Private persons, in our defective system of
administration, do not cooperate with government to the
same extent as in Germany, and, where the " spoils " system
prevails in the civil service, " wire-pullers," politicians of
" the baser sort," take the place of trained experts in the
service of government. Civil service reform is a question of
economics as well as humanitarianism, for a poor civil serv-
ice is in its effects cruel and wasteful and an obstacle to prog-
ress in all departments of social life.
7. The treatment of paupers should not be such as to
make their lot attractive. It does not follow, however, that
they should be starved or treated with gratuitous severity
in any form. A rigid discipline and vigorous reformatory
measures will do more to deter from voluntary pauperism
than any amount of starvation and neglect. Severity is often
the truest kindness. A tramp will endure exposure and des-
titution with fortitude who will be appalled at the sight of
a woodpile and sawbuck.
8. Much pauperism is due to old age and failing health,
coupled, perhaps, with previous improvidence or incapacity
now past remedy. For such there is nothing to prescribe but
humanity and kindness to ease the pangs of dissolution.
9. Finally, and most important of all, pauperism, though
an almost incurable malady in its advanced stages, is largely
preventable. The State can do little to prevent blindness
334: OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
or deafness, it can only alleviate the misfortune. But pau-
perism is, to a great extent, the result of bad social organiza-
tion. A pitiless system, based on unmitigated self-interest,
an exaggeration of individual as opposed to social rights, a
legislation which favors the strong, even a well-meant legis-
lation which is negligent and unwise — any of these causes
may multiply pauperism many fold. Nowhere does the
duty of preventive legislation and wise, liberal preventive
expenditure appeal more loudly to the conscience of society
than here. Comparatively, at least, prevention is cheap and
cure expensive, prevention is easy and cure difficult, preven-
tion is profitable and attempted cure of little avail.
There are those who deny that the problems here discussed
are economic problems. If these things in their cost to so-
ciety, in their loss to productivity and their demoralization
of organized industry, do not affect the problem of man in
his relation to wealth, what things do ?
EXPENDITURES FOR THE POOR AND UNFORTUNATE. 335
SUMMABY.
1. The poor and unfortunate were formerly uncared for, then cared for
by the Church and finally by the State.
2. The care of the deaf, the blind, and the insane is purely one of detail,
the duty being admittedly a public one.
3. The treatment of paupers is much more difficult, owing to the ease
with which wrong treatment increases their numbers.
4. Paupers are in general the victims of weakness of body and character.
Their treatment should be distinctly reformatory in character, the inculca-
tion of habits of industry being especially important.
5. Pauperism should not be made attractive nor treated with needless
severity when due to old age, etc.
6. Pauperism should be prevented so far as possible, cure being both ex-
pensive and difficult.
QUESTIONS.
1. What victims of misfortune are the natural wards of the State?
Why?
2. What was the earliest treatment of defective persons? Why? What
has changed this policy?
3. What is the objection to leaving such to private charity ?
4. What is the objection to church supervision and control? How did it
work unfavorably?
5. What is the goal of public effort in behalf of the deaf and blind?
6. Mention the difficulties in poor relief. What is the real cause of
pauperism ?
7. What should be the aim of State relief?
8. What was the experience of earlier English legislation ?
9. What is the Elberfeld system ? the difficulty of introducing it in the
United States ?
10. Why are leniency and kindness difficult or even dangerous in dealing
with paupers?
LITEBAT U JiE.
Toynbee, A. : The Industrial Revolution in England.
Boies, H. M. : Prisoners and Paupers.
Proceedings of the National Conference of Charities and Correction, a
list of nineteen very valuable Reports.
The literature upon this subject is extensive, but not wholly satisfactory.
CHAPTER IV.
EXPENDITURE FOR EDUCATION.
OF all the expenditures of modern times that for education
has grown most rapidly and constantly in the development
of the modern State. We noticed the remarkable increase
in England of the expenditure for internal security and
reform of criminals, an increase of nearly 3,000 per cent
in about seventy years. But in the same period the expen-
diture for education increased nearly 5,000 per cent, or over
six times as fast as the average of the other civil departments
of government. In France the expenditure for education
was, in 1869, the last year of peace under the second empire,
twenty-five and a half millions of francs; in 1883, after four-
teen years of immense financial difficulties, the expenditure
for education was one hundred and thirty-three and eight
tenths millions — an increase of 425 per cent, while the expen-
diture for internal security slightly decreased during the
same period. In England the expenditure for education is
second only to that for internal security ; in France it is sur-
passed only by that for public works, which, it must be re-
membered, is largely a revenue-bearing investment and not
expenditure. The record in other countries is similar if not
so marked, but we in the United States have relatively lost
ground in this respect. If we have advanced our progress
has not been nearly so rapid as that of either of the two
countries named.
In ancient times, with a few notable exceptions, education
was left to private individuals. During the Middle Ages it
was left to the Church, whose services to education at this time
in her monastic institutions are often underestimated. With
the seizure of church property by the various monarchs of
EXPENDITURE FOR EDUCATION. 337
Europe, and with a change of ideas regarding the functions
of the State, the State was, however, compelled to take up
the work of education, and with the growth of popular gov-
ernment the necessity of education was felt and emphasized.
It is generally admitted that one cause of the defeat of
France by Germany in the last war was the superior educa-
tion of the German people. With the establishment of the
republic France recognized the necessity, both military and
political, of general education and vigorously applied herself
to the task, as we have seen.
Education had become so firmly established a function of
government in the days of Adam Smith that with all his dis-
like for State activity in such matters he admitted its legiti-
macy. Both he and his followers, however, favored State
aid to primary education only. Higher education they con-
sidered a luxury for the rich which they should pay for.
State aid to such was class legislation. This is an example
of the narrowness of views to which this principle leads.
While recognizing the public danger of illiteracy they char-
acteristically regarded all the benefits of higher education as
matters of private concern only — private luxuries. If a poor
boy who could not afford the " luxury " of a higher educa-
tion had talents to be a great statesman, inventor, or scholar,
the State should not seek to develop these. They were
his affair. How plain it is that such a policy is ruinously
wasteful of the best treasures which the State possesses, the
powers and faculties of its citizens 1 Whatever may be said
as to what private beneficence might do, we must consider
what it does do and has done. Does it offer any sufficient
guarantee that the available resources of the State will be
utilized ? It is the function of private beneficence to supple-
ment public activity. This it does do to some extent, and
will do more when the value of State enterprise is appreci-
ated.
It is urged against public maintenance of higher education
that only a few can or will avail themselves of its advantages,
and the many are burdened for their sake. This is true of
338 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
our courts. Not many people have lawsuits, but all help
maintain the courts. It is true in a measure of every activity
of government. Not a law is passed, not a tax imposed,
whose benefits or whose burdens are distributed with perfect
justice. It is as just as may be. But this is not the ques-
tion. The advantages offered by a high school, academy, or
university are not simply the privilege of individual instruc-
tion enabling a person to carry away a luxury which profits
only him. Do such persons profit the State through the ed-
ucation thus acquired ? To ask this question is to spare the
need of the answer. There is many a university whose entire
cost has been returned to society in clear cash by the service
of a single one of its students, a service made possible by his
education. But this is as nothing to the general influence
exerted by people thus educated. They fill responsible posi-
tions, public and private, positions in which society exacts
large capacities which only educated men can supply.
It is urged in view of the numerous private universities
and colleges in the United States that private schools might
render this service. But why should they ? It is the State
in particular which demands an ever-increasing number of
competent men, ought to demand them, ought to demand
more than it does, would do so if they were to be had. What
more natural than that the State should furnish them ? We
justify State primary education on the grounds that the
State requires of all the duties of citizenship ; we should
justify State universities on the ground that the State requires
of many the duties of legislative and administrative service,
and of all the development of their powers for the service
of society.
But private colleges and universities do not adequately
perform this service — cannot do so from the very nature of
private enterprise. That a few such schools are of the high-
est rank none will deny, though even here the "highest rank"
is lower than it need be on account of the waste of private
resources. As a rule these are most wastefully employed.
The State of Ohio has thirty-five colleges. Was such an in-
EXPENDITURE FOR EDUCATION. 339
vestment wise? What would have been the result had these
resources been united in a single university ? This could not
be, we are told, because no unifying power controlled the in-
vestment. Certainly; it is an example of the uncohesive
and wasteful character of private enterprise in education.
The unifying power needed was that of the State, the only
one possible. Its university struggles weakly against such a
rival league. It loses the majority of religious students of
the State, and then is called irreligious ; it educates few
students and so educates few sympathies, receives few be-
quests and meager appropriations. If the private educa-
tional enterprise of the State were efficiently consolidated it
would justify itself. As it is it represents divisive forces
descended from an obsolete sectarianism. All honor to re-
ligious convictions past and present ; but the confessedly dis-
astrous influence of sectarianism upon private education em-
phasizes the need of coordination and the wisdom of private
beneficence aiding rather than retarding the work of the
State. The United States has four times as many colleges
and universities as Germany, but the latter have more students
and more professors than the former. Which system pro-
duces greater results in instruction and research ? The
function of a university is not simply instruction but also re-
f-carch. Few expenditures produce greater returns, direct
and indirect, than this* Notice the remarkable results of re-
search in German universities in the last half century, par-
ticularly in sanitary science. The discovery of a simple test
for milk a fe\v years since by a professor in an American
State university has revolutionized the dairy business of that
and other States. As a simple matter of economic production
a body of expert investigators is one of the most profitable
investments of government. Such a body can only be main-
tained by the State. Otherwise they must sell their services,
divided and inefficient, to speculators who appropriate the
results of their investigations.
The expense of modern research practically necessitates
resources which as a rule only the State can adequately fur-
340 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
nish. Especially do the physical sciences, whose development
has created so large a part of modern wealth, call for increas-
ing outlays for their continued development. Private benefi-
cence has done much and accomplished notable results, but by
competing with the State ratlier than supplementing its work
it has produced a superfluous number of embryos and has not
yet achieved a single perfect development.*
We have considered at length the case of higher education
because it is the only debatable portion of the problem of
public education. Objections to primary education are now
questions of detail, not of principle. It is interesting to note,
however, that government in all enlightened countries has
altogether abandoned the mistaken policy advocated by Adam
Smith. It regards higher education not as a luxury which
the rich should be left to pay for, but as a necessity of social
development.
Under the head of education must be included art galleries
and museums and many other agencies not directly employed
in giving instruction. The impression should be overcome
that the purpose of such things is the amusement of specta-
tors. They are repositories of material for scientific study
and investigation, and under the influence of science are
rapidly ceasing to be curiosity shops. They are an indispen-
sable adjunct of higher education. Art galleries have a par-
ticularly broad and beneficent influence upon society. Of
course, if beauty has no value, if a house has no other use
than shelter, and paint no other purpose than to preserve
timber, if a sunset might as well be mud color as rainbow
tinted, if exquisiteness of form and color and the manifold
* It is not intended to disparage the results of private beneficence in
higher education. Not only has it accomplished great results directly, but
it has created the sentiment which now makes public effort possible. The
lack of coordination, also, which has so greatly lessened its efficiency, was
not its fault, but was inherent in the situation. Its record is that of self-
denying and heroic effort against overwhelming difficulties, and the wonder
is that it has accomplished so much. We do not estimate lower than others
the results of this system ; we estimate higher than others the possible
results of a wiser system, which this should supplement.
EXPENDITURE FOR EDUCATION. 341
movements of grace by which Nature speaks from her soul
to the senses — if these are not worth the trouble it costs to
perceive them, then art galleries and much more besides
will find little to justify their existence. But if such
things have value, if art is the interpreter of nature and
a means of using wealth which confers supreme satisfactions,
then it is preeminently the State which should make such
expenditure. Only so can the rare and costly works of
genius be made a general good and enabled to confer their
greatest service.
We often hear of public luxury as though it were a repre-
hensible thing. What do we mean by public luxury ? We
have seen that luxury consists in a false distribution of
wealth. When a rich parvenu buys a masterpiece of art and
locks it up it is a luxury. It is so utilized that it renders
little service to him or to others, and so attains but a frac-
tion of its possible utility. If he were the one man in so-
ciety able to appreciate or profit by that picture it would
not be a luxury, but a wholly justifiable expenditure. Of
course that can never be the case. If, now, the government
buys that picture and puts it where the largest possible
number of people can see it, it cannot be called a luxury.
It renders its greatest possible service to society. The
writer has no hesitation in expressing the conviction that a
public art gallery and a public library should be the aspira-
tion of every community and the immediate attainment of
all those which have a reasonable development of private
affluence. This is not luxury, but the best possible safe-
guard against luxury, which by the misapplication and non-
utilization of wealth makes us poor in our abundance.
23
342 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
SUMMARY.
1. In modern times expenditure for education has enormously increased
in highly civilized countries.
2. Education as an activity of the Slate was partially admitted even by
Adam Smith.
3. Higher education, however, was regarded as a luxury of the rich, to
be left to private enterprise.
4. Higher education has now been generally added to the educatioual
work of the State.
5. This is necessary to the maintenance of free institutions and to the de-
velopment of needed individual talents.
6. A perfectly equal distribution of educational as of other advantages
offered by the Slate is not possible.
7. Private universities and colleges have not sufficiently provided for
higher education nor wisely economized social resources, owing to a lack of
coordination in their efforts.
8. Art galleries and museums are a part of the machinery of public edu-
cation, and are not to be condemned as luxuries.
QUESTIONS.
1. What did Adam Smith think of elementary education by the State?
of higher education ? Why did he distinguish them? Was he right? Why?
2. Why should the State provide for elementary education ? for higher
education? How far do the two differ?
3. What is the defect of private management of higher education? Is
this defect inherent? If private enterprise performed the work equally well
would it be better to leave the service to it ?
4. What is the function of art galleries and museums?
5. What is the difference between public and private luxury?
CHAPTER V.
EXPENDITURE FOR COMMERCE, DIPLOMACY, AND GOVERN-
MENT.
Ix tliis chapter we consider a number of expenditures
which are grouped together, not because of any inherent
connection, but because all must be considered briefly, and
they are all relatively slight in their importance.
Commerce. — Under this head are included, first of all,
the maintenance of those industrial facilities which we have
already considered in Part I : roads, bridges, canals, im-
provements in rivers and harbors, lighthouses, and many
others. But little time need here be spent on this branch of
public expenditure farther than to emphasize its importance
and its necessarily public character. Most of these improve-
ments and conveniences cannot be arranged so as to furnish
a direct revenue sufficient to tempt private enterprise to
undertake them. This is clear in the case of lighthouses,
and even in the case of roads where private ownership and
toll is possible no one would now return to the toll roads.
The amount of expenditure will, of course, vary with a great
variety of circumstances. In general, however, we may say
that the State should act according to much the same rules
as a wise individual would follow in the same position. We
know, of course, that subdivided private enterprise is nig-
gardly in its outlnys for such purposes; but imagine a single
person, a shrewd business man, in possession of all the re-
sources of government and managing them as such men
manage their business; would he leave our roads in their
present condition ? If not, we should not either.*
* Pullman, 111., furnishes an illustration. The company owning the town
finds that it pays to sprinkle the streets because, among other things, it is
not necessary to paint the buildings so often as would otherwise be required.
344 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
Post office, telegraph, and railway lines are primarily
commercial in their purpose, and subject to the same con-
siderations, but they are generally managed as investments,
the last especially yielding a considerable revenue. The
difference of method between expenditure and investment is
purely one of convenience, the latter method being prefer-
able when it is feasible to collect the revenue in the opera-
tion of the enterprise and when the enterprise is of especial
advantage to certain interests, or liable to abuse if its bene-
fits are furnished without charge.
The cost of maintaining a currency falls to the State.
This may in like manner be defrayed by a charge for coin-
age, and in other ways. Closely allied to this is the estab-
lishment and maintenance of a system of weights and
measures, a slight but important and necessary expense.
In some countries special codes of commercial law and
special commercial tribunals are maintained in the direct and
exclusive interest of commerce. Bounties and subsidies,
which we have already discussed, are, of course, expenditures
to be included in this chapter.
Diplomatic and Consular Service. — This is not wholly
but very largely a service in the interests of commerce. The
modern State in its foreign relations is largely, if not chiefly,
a social organization for the purpose of securing commercial
and other economic advantages to its people. International
disputes, and even wars, are seldom concerned with religion,
or national honor, or claims of sovereigns, or even race
antipathies, as was the case formerly. They are about eco-
nomic advantages. These in different ways make up the
principal duties of consuls and ambassadors.
Government. — All the expenditures we have been con-
sidering are expenditures by government. We have to con-
sider now certain expenditures for government ; that is,
expenditures for certain governmental functions too general
in character to be ranged under any of the heads we have
considered. Such are expenditures for legislation and ad-
ministration. In some countries, notably England, legis-
EXPENDITURE FOR COMMERCE, DIPLOMACY, ETC. 345
lators get no salary. The result is a development of public
spirit on the part of wealthy and able men who, in England,
serve the public with as much disinterestedness as in any
country in the world. On the other hand, the system seems
to prevent poor men from entering Parliament, though this
difficulty is partly met by private subscriptions in their be-
half. The success of this system in England is doubtless
largely due to peculiarities of the people and the distribution
of wealth. That country has many wealthy men, who, by
reason of social and other conditions, are relatively free
from the spirit of money-making. In new countries wealthy
men are largely successful money-makers, who are not likely
to lay aside their habits of looking out for a good bargain if
they are not made to realize their obligations by the pay-
ment of a salary. For this and other reasons the new coun-
tries founded politically by Englishmen have adopted the
principle of paying legislators.
The amount of the salary is a matter of dispute. Unques-
tionably no attempt should be made to pay members of
Congress the full pecuniary value of their services. This
would be offering a strong mercenary inducement, and
would probably attract mercenary men. On the other hand,
petty and inadequate salaries are a provocation to fraud,
neither appealing to the generosity of the rich nor satisfying
the necessities of the poor. It would seem that the general
principle governing the payment of salaries ought to apply
here in full force. This we have seen to be the standard of
life; that is, an adequate provision for the life of the official,
due regard being had to the influence of his position upon
the necessary demands of his establishment. The social and
moral importance of keeping families together, the expense
of change of residence, and the social demands of life in an
official center should be fully considered in making the nec-
essary estimate.
The administrative department includes not only the offi-
cial head of the nation, but that of various subordinate
officials connected with this function. In all countries such
346 OUTLINES OF ECONOMICS.
services are paid, and in the case of monarchies very highly
paid. At the center of government are those ornamental
and yet indispensable functions of government which are so
expensive. The importance of these functions is variously
estimated in different countries and paid accordingly. The
French Republic pays its president over fifteen times as much
as does the United States. No rule can be laid down farther
than that the nation must not demand socially more than it
pays in appropriations.
Tax Collection. — This is an expenditure of government
which aggregates a large amount. We may say of this, as
of every other expenditure for government, that it is not
a consumption of wealth by men in a social capacity for
the purpose of conferring direct satisfactions, as is the case
with art galleries, schools, etc., but a production expenditure
which should be made as small as possible, relatively, to the
work to be accomplished. Of course reductions must be
limited by efficiency and the necessities of an honest service.
EXPENDITURE FUR COMMERCE, DIPLOMACY, ETC. 347
SUMMARY.
1. The government expenditures for commerce include the cost of main-
taining roads, bridges, harbors, etc., the cost of maintaining a currency,
and commercial law and tribunals.
2. The diplomatic and consular service is primarily an expenditure for
commerce.
3. A large item in government expenditure is for the maintenance of
legislatures and administration.
4. The salaries of public officials should be measured neither by the value
of their services nor by their ability to forego payment, but by the require-
ments of living in official station.
5. The expense of tax collection is an expense to be minimized rather
than extended by the development of society.
QUESTIONS.
1. What is included under government expenditures for commerce ?
2. Should these expenditures be minimized or not with the progress of
society ?
3. What is the chief reason for the existence of a diplomatic and consular
service ? In what respect does this differ from former conditions ?
4. What are the advantages of the English system of unpaid legislators ?
its disadvantages? Would it work equally well with us? Why?
5. If legislators are to be paid for their services what law should deter-
mine the amount of their salary ?
6. In what respect does the expense of tax collection differ from that of
many other functions of government ?
LITERATURE.
Bastable, C. F. : Public Finance.
The principal literature on the subject is by French and German writers,
and is therefore not enumerated here.
OL C^ZX/XxC^fv /tx^v) J
&
' <(/cT??
' :'t &Jj CVLA/
"4, CA,^ob /$• -'--0 7 ^L^nJU
ff
<? ' & : 6 ^S-^irCU LtJirw
,
'^TisWIJUO
C
" - t:
- <?
>-->t/0,eX>
JLA
. ' ' ' " ""• -TT'TTx x^->^.6tx^
(^
<L>0 Q^x^f '
^^^t^C^Vy
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Los Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
OCT241968
Form L9-Series 444
A 000123500 1